probing the star-forming region w3(oh) with ground …
TRANSCRIPT
PROBING THE STAR-FORMING REGION W3(OH)
WITH GROUND-STATE HYDROXYL MASERS
A THESIS SUBMITTED TO THE UNIVERSITY OF BRISTOL
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DEGREE OF
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN ASTROPHYSICS
IN THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE
BY MARK WRIGHT
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
MARCH 2001
51,000 WORDS
i
Abstract
This thesis presents observational data and analysis of the OH masers in the star-
forming region W3(OH). The observation was performed with the VLBA in dual
circular polarization at all four ground state frequencies, with a velocity resolution of
~90 m s–1, a resolution of ~7 mas, and an rms noise in the images of ~15 mJy/beam.
The maser emission is fit by 2-dimensional elliptical Gaussians, which allows
for high precision measurements of position, dimensions and flux of each maser. 276
masers have been detected, and from these 83 Zeeman pairs identified, allowing the
velocity profile and magnetic field structure of the gas to be determined. The bulk of
the masers lie in a north-south distribution that contains a clear velocity gradient and
indicates ordered Keplerian rotation, placing a minimum mass for the central star at
~8 M . Proper-motion calculations support previous work in the literature, and
combined with the discovery of a rotating disc suggest that a cluster of masers not in
the disc may be in an orthogonal outflow. The proper motions suggest there may be
an element of expansion in the rotation – possibly the destruction of a disc is being
observed.
Deviations from Gaussian lineshapes were found to be extremely rare: major
deviations exist for just two cases. Polarization studies indicate that the magnetic field
orientation varies systematically over the field. New correlations are demonstrated
between the degree of polarization and the FWHM of the maser; and the Landé
splitting factor of the transition and the likelihood of finding Zeeman pairs.
In several parts of the region, the masers lie in arcs, where the major axis of
the maser usually lies parallel to the arc; these may represent propagating shocks. A
spectacular arc of maser emission occurs in the far south of the region at both 1665
MHz and 1667 MHz. Such co-propagation of maser frequencies is very rare and
exists only for pairs of lines where one line is 1665 MHz. Analysis of the two-point
correlation function shows that the dimensions of a typical maser cluster are ~600 AU.
ii
Acknowledgements
A huge “thanks” must go to Dr Malcolm Gray – my main collaborator and mentor.
For handing me the kind of dataset that most postgrads could only dream of, and
dragging me kicking and screaming against my will for a spectacular month in the US
– cheers to that man! I only hope I’ve done the data justice. A massive “thanks” goes
to Dr Martin Hardcastle – AIPS God, Unix guru, radio-data wizard, and all round
helpful guy. It would have been that much harder to get finished if he hadn’t been
around to constantly bother.
Thanks as well to the bods down in ‘my first home’ of Chemistry for not
booting me out, even after all these years! I’m thinking of Professor Mike ‘The
Patient’ Ashfold and Dr Peter ‘Always There’ Cox. Special thanks to Peter for
helping me get this thing written by reading it a dozen times! I like to think of myself
as Chemistry’s prodigal son. Hope I did you proud.
Thanks as well to the Physics department, Professor Mark Birkinshaw
especially, for taking me on all these years. I know I’ve taken advantage – as a
chemist, the Laws of Physics never did really apply to me though... A big thanks to
Dr Jeremy Yates and Professor David Field – for setting me on the road to this PhD; a
shame perhaps that the astro-chemistry crew didn’t stay together, perhaps we would
have done great things.
I must also thank Phil Diamond and other long forgotten people at the NRAO
facility in Socorro, NM, for their time and guidance through the long data reduction
sequence. Who knows what would have happened had I been left to wrestle with
AIPS alone…
iii
Declaration
I declare that the work in this thesis was carried out in accordance with the
Regulations of the University of Bristol. The work is original except where indicated
by reference in the text, and no part of the thesis has been submitted for any other
degree. This thesis has not been presented to any other University for examination
either in the United Kingdom or overseas.
Any views expressed in the thesis are mine, and in no way represent those of
the University of Bristol.
SIGNED:
Mark Michael Wright
DATE:
iv
Contents
Abstract ......................................................................................................................i
Acknowledgements...................................................................................................ii
Declaration ...............................................................................................................iii
Contents....................................................................................................................iv
List of Figures ..........................................................................................................ix
List of Tables....................................................................................................... xiiiii
Astronomical Units and Abbreviations ................................................................xv
Dedication .............................................................................................................xvii
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
OH Spectral Line Emission and Masing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1 The OH Molecule and its Rotational Spectrum ..............................................4
2.1.1 Angular Momentum in the OH Molecule ......................................................4
2.1.2 Hund’s Cases for OH ....................................................................................6
2.1.3 The Hyperfine Interaction in OH ..................................................................8
2.2 Magnetic Fields and Polarization in OH........................................................10
2.2.1 The Zeeman Effect .......................................................................................10
2.2.2 Selection Rules ............................................................................................13
2.3 Fundamentals of Maser Emission...................................................................14
2.3.1 The Boltzmann Distribution ........................................................................14
2.3.2 Population Inversions .................................................................................15
2.3.3 Collisional Factors......................................................................................17
2.3.4 Radiative Transfer: Optical Depth..............................................................18
2.3.5 Radiative Transfer: Source Function..........................................................19
2.4 Characteristics of Maser Radiation................................................................20
v
2.4.1 The Unsaturated Regime.............................................................................20
2.4.2 The Saturated Regime .................................................................................22
2.4.3 Brightness Temperature ..............................................................................24
2.4.4 Pumping ......................................................................................................25
OH Maser Environments..........................................................27
3.1 Star-Forming Regions......................................................................................27
3.1.1 Star Formation ............................................................................................27
3.1.2 Physical Characteristics of GMCs..............................................................28
3.1.3 Stability of Molecular Clouds .....................................................................29
3.1.4 The Collapse of Molecular Clouds and Birth of Stars ................................31
3.2 Chemical Evolution in Molecular Clouds ......................................................33
3.2.1 Gas-Phase Chemistry..................................................................................35
3.2.2 Grain-Surface Chemistry ............................................................................35
3.2.3 Shock Chemistry..........................................................................................36
3.2.4 Photodissociation Regions ..........................................................................38
3.2.5 The Role of Dust..........................................................................................40
3.3 Interpretation of OH Masers in Star-Forming Regions ...............................41
3.3.1 Physical Location........................................................................................41
3.3.2 Occurrence ..................................................................................................42
3.3.3 Environment ................................................................................................44
Data Reduction ..........................................................................46
4.1 Interferometry ..................................................................................................46
4.1.1 Detection in Radio Telescopes ....................................................................47
4.1.2 Aperture Synthesis.......................................................................................49
4.1.3 Visibility Data .............................................................................................50
4.1.4 Imaging........................................................................................................52
4.1.5 The Stokes Parameters ................................................................................54
4.2 Data Acquisition ...............................................................................................56
4.2.1 AIPS.............................................................................................................56
4.2.2 The Observation ..........................................................................................56
4.3 The AIPS reduction sequence .........................................................................59
4.3.1 Preliminary Flagging..................................................................................59
vi
4.3.2 Amplitude Calibration.................................................................................60
4.3.3 Phase Calibration .......................................................................................61
4.3.4 Bandpass Calibration..................................................................................61
4.3.5 Polarization Calibration .............................................................................62
4.3.6 Image Calibration .......................................................................................63
4.4 Measuring the Maser Emission.......................................................................66
4.4.1 Gaussian Fitting in AIPS (SAD)..................................................................66
4.4.2 Identification of Masers (HAPPY) ..............................................................73
4.5 Data Analysis ....................................................................................................75
4.5.1 Lineshape Fitting.........................................................................................75
4.5.2 Filtering the Masers ....................................................................................76
4.5.3 Zeeman Pairs...............................................................................................77
4.5.4 Demagnetisation..........................................................................................78
4.5.5 Magnetic Field Strengths ............................................................................79
4.5.6 Proper Motion .............................................................................................79
4.5.7 Two-Point Correlation ................................................................................80
Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz.............................................86
5.1 The Observational Data...................................................................................87
5.2 Comparison with Previous Work at 1665 MHz ............................................98
5.3 Maser Morphology .........................................................................................102
5.4 Maser Lineshapes ...........................................................................................103
5.5 Polarization .....................................................................................................110
5.6 Magnetic field Structure ................................................................................116
5.7 Velocity Distribution ......................................................................................121
5.8 Proper Motion ................................................................................................128
5.9 Statistical Relationships.................................................................................134
5.10 Two-Point Correlation .................................................................................137
Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz ................ 139
6.1 1667 MHz ........................................................................................................139
6.1.1 The Observational Data ............................................................................139
6.1.2 Comparison with Previous Observations at 1667 MHz............................145
6.1.3 Comparison with Norris et al. (1982) .......................................................146
vii
6.1.4 Maser Morphology....................................................................................149
6.1.5 Maser Lineshapes......................................................................................153
6.1.6 Polarization...............................................................................................154
6.1.7 Magnetic Field and Velocity Structure .....................................................155
6.1.8 Statistical Relationships ............................................................................157
6.1.9 Two-Point Correlation ..............................................................................158
6.2 1612 MHz ........................................................................................................160
6.2.1 The Observational Data ............................................................................160
6.2.2 Comparison with Previous Observations at 1612 MHz............................165
6.2.3 Maser Morphology....................................................................................167
6.2.4 Maser Lineshapes......................................................................................167
6.2.5 Polarization...............................................................................................167
6.2.6 Magnetic Field and Velocity Structure .....................................................169
6.2.7 Statistical Relationships ............................................................................171
6.2.8 Two-Point Correlation ..............................................................................171
6.3 1720 MHz ........................................................................................................173
6.3.1 The Observational Data ............................................................................173
6.3.2 Comparison with Previous Observations at 1720 MHz............................173
6.3.3 Maser Morphology....................................................................................180
6.3.4 Maser Lineshapes......................................................................................180
6.3.5 Polarization...............................................................................................182
6.3.6 Magnetic Field and Velocity Structure .....................................................182
6.3.7 Proper Motion ...........................................................................................184
6.3.8 Statistical Relationships ............................................................................185
6.3.9 Two-Point Correlation ..............................................................................186
6.4 Comparisons between the Ground State Lines ...........................................186
6.4.1 Co-Propagating Masers............................................................................186
6.4.2 Polarization...............................................................................................196
6.4.3 Velocity Structure and Magnetic Field .....................................................198
6.4.4 Morphology ...............................................................................................199
Concluding Remarks ............................................................... 201
7.1 Data Acquisition .............................................................................................201
7.1.1 The Observation ........................................................................................201
viii
7.1.2 Data Reduction..........................................................................................201
7.2 Analysis ...........................................................................................................202
7.2.1 Comparisons with Previous Work.............................................................202
7.2.2 Morphology ...............................................................................................202
7.2.3 Lineshapes.................................................................................................203
7.2.4 Polarization and Magnetic Field ..............................................................204
7.2.5 Velocity Structure......................................................................................205
7.2.6 Proper Motion ...........................................................................................205
7.2.7 Two-Point Correlation ..............................................................................206
7.2.8 Co-Propagation.........................................................................................206
7.3 Future Work ...................................................................................................207
7.3.1 Observations..............................................................................................207
7.3.2 Code Enhancements ..................................................................................207
7.3.3 Modelling ..................................................................................................208
Appendix A............................................................................... 209
References................................................................................. 231
ix
List of Figures
2.1 Hund’s cases (a) and (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2 Energy levels of the two ladders of rotational states of OH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.3 Lambda doubling and hyperfine splitting of OH rotational levels. . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4 Magnetic field splitting of the 1665 MHz transition in OH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.5 Zeeman components of the 2Π3/2, J=3/2 ground state of OH in a magnetic
field. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.6 The saturated tubular maser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
3.1 The popular ‘Burning Cigar’ model of sequential star-formation . . . . . . . . . .33
3.2 The state of molecules in the environment around massive YSOs . . . . . . . . . 37
3.3 Diagram of the transition from UCH II region (left) to dense molecular core
(right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.4 The most important reactions of oxygen bearing molecules in PDRs. . . . . . . 40
4.1 The NRAO’s VLBA sites. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.2 Diagram of a ‘tied array’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.3 The u,v coverage of the VLBA during the observation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.4 Diagram illustrating the relationship between the Stokes parameters and the
polarization properties of the electromagnetic radiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.5 Variation of Tsys for 1665 MHz LCP throughout the observation . . . . . . . . . . 58
4.6 Plot of amplitude versus u,v distance for 1665 MHz Stokes I channel 64;
W3(OH) only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.7 Complex bandpass calibration calculated for the RCP feed of the Brewster
antenna at 1665 MHz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.8 The observational beam for 1720 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
x
4.9 The variation of (off source) actual channel noise for 1612 MHz and 1665
MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.10 The variation of (off source) actual channel noise for 1667 MHz and 1720
MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.11 Two hypothetical Gaussian sources at separations of 7 (top) and 15 (bottom)
units, showing the effects of overlap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
4.12 The bin counts (i.e. the undivided correlation) for each box and the
correlation for each box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.13 The correlation to a random set of sources with different numbers of
iterative averaging of the random field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
5.1 1665 MHz spectra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
5.2 The 1665 Stokes I integrated flux map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
5.3 The 1665 MHz maser spot map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
5.4 Position angles of 2-Dimensional Gaussian fits to the 1665 MHz masers. . . . 101
5.5 The three most intense masers, found in the northwest of W3(OH) . . . . . . . . 102
5.6 The most intense 1665 MHz maser lineshapes showing slight deviations
from a Gaussian form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.7 The most intense 1665 MHz maser lineshapes showing Gaussian form. . . . . 104
5.8 Distinctive non-Gaussian maser lineshapes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.9 Contour plots of masers with non-Gaussian lineshapes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
5.10 W3(OH) maser groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.11 Stokes lineshapes of simple 1665 MHz masers with high linear flux
densities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
5.12 The two candidate 1665 MHz maser Zeeman triplets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.13 A possible 1665 MHz maser π component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.14 The variation of linear polarization with RA and DEC; and the variation
of circular and total polarization with DEC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
5.15 The Projection of the angle of linear polarization for masers with over 30
mJy/beam of linear flux intensity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.16 1665 MHz Zeeman pairs in W3(OH), with maser groups labelled. . . . . . . . . 116
5.17 Variation in magnetic field strength with RA and DEC in W3(OH). . . . . . . . 119
5.18 Magnetic field strength of Zeeman pairs versus their ‘Zeeman ratio’. . . . . . . 121
5.19 Variation in maser velocity with RA and DEC in W3(OH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
xi
5.20 Variation in demagnetised velocity with RA and DEC in W3(OH) . . . . . . . . 123
5.21 Top, the relative proper motions measured by Bloemhof et al. (1992).
Bottom, the relative proper motions measured in the current data. . . . . . . . . . 129
5.22 Histogram of the pairwise change in separation of the 1665 MHz masers
converted into a velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
5.23 Apparent change in separation of two masers on the sky as they rotate first
towards then away from the observer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
5.24 Proper motions of 1665 MHz masers in W3(OH) with varying reference
velocities added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
5.25 Left, showing the 1665 MHz proper motions with a reference motion of
(4,–1) km s–1 (RA, DEC) added. Right, model proper motions in a rotating
disc diameter 6000 AU, inclined to the line of sight by 10° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
5.26 Charts showing no relationships between various maser properties . . . . . . . . 135
5.27 Charts showing likely relationships between various maser properties. . . . . . 136
5.28 Top, the 1665 MHz masers and a random selection of points in the same
space. Bottom, the two-point correlation of the 1665 MHz masers . . . . . . . . 137
5.29 The two-point correlation of the 1665 MHz masers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
6.1-1 1667 MHz spectra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
6.1-2 The 1667 Stokes I integrated flux map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
6.1-3 The 1667 MHz maser spot map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
6.1-4 1667 MHz masers from the current new data overlaid with data from
Norris et al. 1982. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
6.1-5 The 1667 MHz arc feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
6.1-6 Position angles of the masers in the 1667 MHz arc feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
6.1-7 The 1667 MHz arc feature with minimised circular fit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
6.1-8 Lineshapes of masers over 2 Jy/beam at 1667 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
6.1-9 Stokes parameters for 1667 MHz feature 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
6.1-10 1665 MHz Zeeman pairs in W3(OH); divided up into three groups for
analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
6.1-11 Variation in magnetic field strength and demagnetised velocity with RA
and DEC at 1667 MHz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
6.1-12 1667 MHz maser area versus magnetic field strength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
xii
6.1-13 Top, the 1667 MHz masers and a random selection of points in the same
space. Bottom, the two-point correlation of the 1667 MHz masers. . . . . . . 159
6.1-14 The two-point correlation of the 1667 MHz masers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
6.2-1 1612 MHz spectra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
6.2-2 The 1612 Stokes I integrated flux map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
6.2-3 The 1612 MHz maser spot map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
6.2-4 The 6 most intense maser lineshapes at 1612 MHz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
6.2-5 Zeeman pair 3 (features 22 and 27). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
6.2-6 Variation in magnetic field strength and demagnetised velocity with RA
and DEC at 1612 MHz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
6.2-7 1612 MHz maser area versus magnetic field strength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
6.2-8 Top, the 1612 MHz masers and a random selection of points in the same
space. Bottom, the two-point correlation of the 1612 MHz masers. . . . . . . 172
6.3-1 1720 MHz spectra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
6.3-2 The 1720 Stokes I integrated flux map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
6.3-3 The 1720 MHz maser spot map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6.3-4 Movement of the Gaussian fit positions of the components of feature 12 . . 179
6.3-5 Lineshapes of 1720 MHz masers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
6.3-6 Zeeman pair 3 – the most perfect Zeeman pair in W3(OH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
6.3-7 Variation in magnetic field strength and demagnetised velocity with RA
and DEC at 1720 MHz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
6.3-8 Relative proper motion of the southern maser to the northern maser at
1720 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
6.3-9 1720 MHz maser area versus magnetic field strength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
6.3-10 Top, the 1720 MHz masers and a random selection of points in the same
space. Bottom, the two-point correlation of the 1720 MHz masers. . . . . . . 187
6.4-1 The ground state masers in W3(OH), showing regions of distinct velocity . 188
6.4-2 The southern arc feature in both 1665 MHz and 1667 MHz emission . . . . . 194
6.4-3 Variation of Zeeman probability with Zeeman component separation. . . . . 197
6.4-4 Demagnetised velocities and magnetic field strengths at all four ground
state OH frequencies in W3(OH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
6.4-5 Velocity of all the masers in the ground state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
6.4-6 The elongated north-south nature of masers at all three frequencies present
in the east of W3(OH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
xiii
List of Tables
2.1 Details of the lower rotational transitions of OH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.2 Top, Zeeman shifts in OH levels. Bottom, Zeeman shifts in OH transitions . . 13
4.1 Relationship of the Stokes parameters to the polarized correlations . . . . . . . . . 54
4.2 The observed sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
4.3 The VLBA Antenna codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
4.4 The beam dimensions at the four ground frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
4.5 Typical errors as output by SAD for masers of an example range of peak
fluxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
5.1 The 1665 MHz Masers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
5.2 1665 MHz masers compared at epochs 1978, 1986, 1996. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
5.3 Failure reasons for 1665 MHz masers that failed to be fit with Gaussian
lineshapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.4 1665 MHz masers with high linear polarization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
5.5 1665 MHz Zeeman pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
5.6 Magnetic field properties of the different maser groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
6.1-1 The 1667 MHz Masers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
6.1-2 Masers that have been identified in both 1977 (Norris et al. 1982) and
1997 epochs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
6.1-3 1667 MHz Zeeman pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
6.2-1 The 1612 MHz Masers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
6.2-2 Variation in intensity of the northern masers over recent years . . . . . . . . . . 166
6.2-3 1612 MHz Zeeman pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
xiv
6.3-1 The 1720 MHz Masers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
6.3-2 1720 MHz Zeeman pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
6.4-1 Maser overlaps among the ground state lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
6.4-2 The fluxes of all class A and B overlaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
6.4-3 Polarization and Zeeman pair properties of the ground state OH maser
lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
xv
Astronomical Units and Abbreviations
Units
AU Astronomical unit = 150×106 km
pc Parsec = 206,265 AU, or 3×1013 km, or 3.26 ly
ly Lightyear = 10×1012 km, or 0.3 pc
M Mass of the Sun = 2×1030 kg
R Radius of the Sun = 7×105 km
L Luminosity of the Sun = 3.8×1026 W
' Arcminute = 1/60 of a degree
'' Arcsecond or as = 1/3600 of a degree
mas Milliarcsecond = 1/3,600,000 of a degree
Jy Jansky = 10-26 W m-2 Hz-1
cm-1 Wavenumbers (per cm) → Reciprocal wavelength
Abbreviations
CO Carbon monoxide
CVR Complete velocity redistribution
DMC Dwarf molecular cloud
EVN European VLBI Network
FIR Far infrared
FUV Far ultraviolet
GMC Giant molecular cloud
H I Atomic hydrogen region, H (also for O, C etc); because every H
contributes one free particle to the environment.
H II Ionised hydrogen region, H+ (also for O, C etc); because every H
contributes two free particles to the environment.
xvi
IRAS Infrared Astronomical Satellite source
ISM Interstellar medium
ISO International Space Observatory
LCP Left hand circular polarization
LEP Left hand elliptical polarization
MERLIN Multi-Element Radio Linked Interferometer Network
MHD Magneto-hydrodynamic wave
NVR Negligible velocity redistribution
OB/O/B star Stars of spectral type OB/O/B
OH Hydroxyl
PAH Poly-aromatic hydrocarbon
RA Right Ascension (east-west on the sky)
RCP Right hand circular polarization
REP Right hand elliptical polarization
SFR Star-forming region
SIS Single isothermal sphere
UCH II Ultra-compact H II region
VLA Very Large Array
VLBA Very Long Baseline Array
VLBI Very Long Baseline Interferometry
YSOs Young stellar object
ZAMS Zero-age main-sequence (star)
DEC Declination (north-south on the sky)
xvii
Dedication
This thesis is dedicated to those who made is possible. First and foremost I dedicate it
to the love of my life: my fountain of happiness, my Golden Bunny. You were always
there to lift me up when it was all getting me down; took care of everything so I could
work unhindered. Your effort is hidden in every word, in every picture…
In addition, thanks to the boys who made life fun: Dave, Pierre, Tino and
Jordi… Fine men indeed. When it comes to jokes, political discussion, musical
analysis, double-entendre, laughter and all round entertainment these guys simply
can’t be beat. You name it – they got it! And I’m not talking about diseases either. I
shall in fact miss you all quite a bit I reckon… [Sniff] Hey – yes it is okay for a guy
to get upset at times like this! Honourable mentions go to lab-mates through the ages:
Liz, Alex, Julia, John, Sarah, Kurt, Nathan, Will. You were all fun to meet and work
around, keep at it. A word for the original Flat 61 crew: Mark, Mark, Brendan and
Dor. Man, those were the days!
Finally, a word of thanks for the Internet – what a wonder of the world it is. I
love you ADS! Who would of thought that there was so much por^H^H^H information
out there just a click away?
Dave, that was the mother of all football matches – I can still feel in my legs!
Just five of one score and six:
You opened up our eyes,
Showed us what we could be if we tried.
Our lives are richer now…
Thank-you, E. Merck
1
Chapter 1
Introduction
The Background of Astronomical Masers
In 1965, Weaver et al. made an unexpected observation – peculiar emission lines in
space of unknown origin, at a frequency of 1665 MHz. The emission was at first
famously put down to an unknown interstellar species named “mysterium”, but was
soon identified as line emission from hydroxyl (OH) molecules in compact sources
within star-forming regions (SFRs) inside molecular clouds (Davis et al. 1967). More
discoveries followed, with water (H2O) emission (Cheung et al. 1969), methanol
(CH3OH) emission (Ball et al. 1970) and silicon monoxide (SiO) emission (Snyder
and Buhl 1974), all coming from within molecular clouds. These were termed
“masers”, since from their narrow line-widths and high brightness it was suspected
that these sources were a phenomenon of microwave amplification by stimulated
emission of radiation, although proof of their masing origin actually rested in the
narrow band coherence function (Litvak et al. 1966). Masers were then discovered
around highly evolved red-giant stars; first was OH emission (Wilson and Derek
1968), then H2O emission (Knowles et al. 1969) and SiO emission (Buhl et al. 1974).
Masers were soon discovered in external galaxies (Whiteoak and Gardner
1973), followed in 1982 with the discovery of OH emission from the extra-galactic
source IC 4553 (Arp 220), with an unrivalled luminosity – 106 times greater than any
previous source (Baan et al. 1982). This was termed a “megamaser” because of its
great luminosity, and since then, more megamasers have been found in other galaxies
at cosmologically significant distances (e.g. z~0.1). Since those early days, many
more masing molecules have been found in space, including NH3, SiS, CH, H2CO and
HCN; although fewer molecular species have been found in megamasers than galactic
masers – only H2O and formaldehyde (H2CO) have been added so far. The masers
Chapter 1: Introduction
2
have been discovered in diverse places, including super-nova remnants (SNRs),
accretion discs, and even in our own solar system in comet haloes. In essence,
wherever warm molecular gas exists in space, masers are likely to be found.
Masers are a remarkable feature of conditions in space. However, more than
just causing us to wonder at the variety of nature, masers are extremely useful probes
for us in our exploration of the universe. By their very nature, masers tend to exist in
those areas of the universe that are hidden from us in the optical radiation range – the
very places into which we are most desperate to see! Due to its particle size,
interstellar dust is very efficient at absorbing radiation at wavelengths shorter than ~1
µm, but becomes virtually transparent in the microwave and radio regions, and so our
radio-telescopes can peer deep into these otherwise hidden places where some of the
most interesting events in the universe are occurring. Because of their high brightness
and small physical size, masers can probe the smallest scales at the greatest distances:
they can be used to measure both the size of and distance to the phenomena they lie in,
such as circumstellar shells, accretion discs, and bipolar outflows. Since their
radiation is often point-like and unresolved, it can also be used to examine effects of
the interstellar medium (ISM) between them and us such as scattering and reddening.
Correlations between distance and maser size have been demonstrated by Diamond et
al. (1988) that agree well with scattering theory. By their very existence, masers can
give us valuable information about the conditions in the space they inhabit, such as
temperature, number density, and magnetic field strength and direction. Where more
than one ‘flavour’ of maser (different molecular species, or different frequency from
the same molecular species) coexists in the same space this can tell us even more
about the conditions, since computational models are more constrained when this
additional data is available.
Masers trace the bulk movement of the gas that they are in, and so their
Doppler velocity and proper motion will reveal to us gas velocity fields. In this way,
masers have been used to confirm the galactic rotation profile in stars near the galactic
centre (Habing et al. 1983) and distance to the centre of the Galaxy (Reid et al. 1988).
Study of the Zeeman effect in masers has helped to map the Galactic magnetic field,
as in the work of Reid and Silverstein (1990). The development of Very Long
Baseline Interferometry (VLBI) techniques has enabled unprecedented resolution,
with imaging of masers with resolution limits at high frequencies breaking through the
Chapter 1: Introduction
3
milliarcsecond (mas) barrier. Using VLBI, the small size and high brightness of
masers coupled with physical persistence means that their very small proper motions
can be measured on the timescale of just a few years. In recent years this has allowed
motion mapping of expanding shells of gas around Mira-type variables (Humphreys
1999 and references therein) and, directly relevant to this work, mapping of the
expansion of star-forming regions such as W3(OH) (Bloemhof et al. 1992, Gwin et al.
1992). It is this characteristic of masers that much of this thesis will deal with: the
movement of gas, and an attempt to add the third dimension to our two-dimensional
(projected) view of space. Of all the events in the universe that are hidden from us at
most wavelengths, perhaps the most interesting are those of gas in violent turmoil.
Contrast the motion of gas during formation and in the immediate aftermath of the
birth of new stars, with the motion of gas in the grip of super-massive, voracious black
holes – gas experiencing environments of cosmic birth and death. This thesis focuses
on the environment of stellar birth, and will use information from the observation and
modelling of masers to construct the clearest picture of the case study that represents
this environment.
4
Chapter 2
OH Spectral Line Emission and Masing
Before the characteristics of OH maser emission can be discussed and understood it is
necessary to examine how OH molecules give rise to microwave emission, and
therefore the basic structure and dynamics of the OH molecule must be described.
After this, the processes and mechanisms by which maser action arises are outlined.
The rotational spectrum of OH in its ground vibronic state is of primary interest to us
in this work, since this is where masing action arises. At the temperature of OH
masers in the area of study (~100 K) the fraction of molecules in excited electronic or
vibrational states will be practically zero – for example: the fraction of molecules in
the first state of the OH stretching vibration would be ~1.6 × 10–19 at thermal
equilibrium.
2.1 The OH Molecule and its Rotational Spectrum
Since the electrons in a molecule move very much more quickly than the nuclei, a
good approximation is that the nuclei can be assumed stationary whilst the electronic
motions are considered. This is called the Born-Oppenheimer Approximation (Born &
Oppenheimer 1927).
2.1.1 Angular Momentum in the OH Molecule
The electrons in a molecule can have both orbital and spin angular momentum, but
when electrons are paired, both of these quantities cancel out. The OH molecule has
one unpaired electron, so the total orbital angular momentum, L (quantum number L),
and total spin angular momentum, S (quantum number S), of the electrons are both
non-zero. As the molecule is not spherically symmetric (whereas an atom is) the
electrons can possess angular momentum around the molecular axis, but precession of
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
5
the momentum axes means that the average angular momentum about directions
perpendicular to the molecular axis is zero. Consequently, only the projections of the
angular momenta L and S onto the internuclear axis are constant and well defined (i.e.
quantized). The unpaired electron occupies a 2pπ orbital on the oxygen atom which
gives it L = 1, and its constant projection onto the internuclear axis, Λ = 1. Thus, the
ground state of OH is a Π state (sigma and pi are derived from the Greek for s and p
atomic orbitals). The magnetic moment of the orbital motion (which is aligned with
the nuclear axis) and of the spin (S = ½, with projection onto the internuclear axis Σ)
of the electron interact and cause the spin of the electron to be orientated so that the
magnetic moment of the spin is also aligned along the internuclear axis. This is called
Spin-Orbit Coupling. The total electronic angular momentum along that axis is
labelled Ω, where
Ω = Λ + Σ (2.1)
This means that the rotational spectrum arises from two ladders of levels (also called
the fine structure): one where the spin and orbital angular momentum are aligned
parallel (Ω = ±3/2), and the other where the alignment is anti-parallel (Ω = ±1/2). Spin-
orbit coupling does not remove the two-fold degeneracy of these levels, i.e. the states
Ω = +1/2 and –1/2 have the same energy at this point, as do the Ω = +3/2 and –3/2.
The end-over-end rotation of the molecular framework has an angular
momentum R that is perpendicular to the molecular axis. This angular momentum is
quantized, and R can be zero or any positive integer. The sum of the molecular
rotational angular momentum and the electronic angular momentum is labelled J,
where
J = R + Λ + Σ (2.2)
The sum of the angular momentum excluding electronic spin is labelled N, where
N = R + Λ (2.3)
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
6
2.1.2 Hund’s Cases for OH
The coupling of R with L and S leads to two of Hund’s Cases (see figure 2.1). When
the magnetic field generated by the molecular rotation is not large (generally when the
rotation is not fast) both S and L are well resolved along the molecular axis and Ω is a
‘good quantum number’ even when the molecule is rotating. The condition where L
and S are both coupled to the molecular axis in the presence of rotation is called
Hund’s case (a); where J is formed from R and Ω. For certain light molecules like
OH, the field generated by the rotation becomes so large for the higher rotational
states that S becomes coupled to N rather then the molecular axis, so that J is formed
from S and N; this is Hund’s case (b). OH in its low rotational states is intermediate
between Hund’s cases (a) and (b).
Deviations from Hund’s cases are caused by the effect of a third vector
uncoupling L and S from their usual axes; in the case of OH this is the interaction of
the molecular rotation with the electronic motions. Note that these conditions violate
the Born-Oppenheimer approximation.
Ω
ΛΣ
J
R
N
S
L
J
R
L S
Λ
Figure 2.1: Hund’s case (a) and (b) at left and right respectively. Circles are atoms; arrows are
angular momentum vectors; dotted ellipses are precessional motions of the vectors. In Case (a), L
and S precess around the molecular axis faster than the molecular axis precesses about the total
angular momentum J. In case (b) precession of the molecular axis is still slower then that of L but
is now faster than that of N and S about J.
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
7
The effect of uncoupling S from the molecular axis causes a shift in the
rotational levels that increases as the decoupling gets stronger – i.e. as the molecular
rotation gets faster. The two ladders of rotational levels (The 2Π3/2 and 2Π1/2 states –
sometimes confusingly labelled F1 and F2 respectively) are shifted in opposite
directions so that they become separated by an energy A that is called the spin-orbit
coupling constant (or fine structure constant). The 2Π3/2 states are shifted by +½A and
the 2Π1/2 by –½A; A is –139.7 cm–1 for OH (Carrington 1974). The negative sign of A
means that the spins states of OH are inverted so that the 2Π3/2 state is at a lower
energy than the 2Π1/2 state (See figure 2.2).
The effect of slightly uncoupling L from the molecular axis is to lift the two-
fold degeneracy of the Ω states. This is known as Lambda Doubling, and the effect is
larger for faster rotation. Each state in the ladder is now a doublet approximately
symmetrical about the unperturbed level. The two states are of opposite symmetry or
parity. This is essentially a result of violation of the Born-Oppenheimer
approximation: the wave function can no longer be represented solely by the ground
electronic form – a small admixation of the first excited state is required, and this
results in opposite parity. Therefore, the two levels of the lambda doublet are actually
13/2
11/2
9/2
7/2
5/2
J =3/2
11/2
9/2
7/2
5/2
3/2
J =1/2
0
200
400
600
800
Equivalent energy aswavenumber / cm–1
2Π3/2 2Π 1/2
80 µm
53 µm
35 µm
Figure 2.2: Energy levels of the two ladders of rotational states of OH
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
8
different electronic states. The difference in energy of the doublet states in the 2Π3/2,
J=3/2 state is equivalent to radiation of 1666 MHz. Lambda doubling has been
studied extensively by van Vleck (1929) and Herzberg (1950).
2.1.3 The Hyperfine Interaction in OH
The hydrogen nucleus (a proton) has non-zero spin angular momentum I, and to
obtain the total molecular angular momentum this needs to be taken into account. The
total molecular angular momentum is labelled by the quantum number F, which is the
vector sum of J and the spin quantum-number, I, of the proton – which has value ½.
So, finally,
F = J + I (2.4)
Therefore, each level of the lambda doublet is split into two levels, of values J+½ and
J−½. This is known as the hyperfine interaction. Because of this and lambda
Figure 2.3: Lambda doubling and hyperfine splitting of OH rotational states, with ground state
transitions indicated.
7/2
3/2
J =1/2
5/2
J =3/2
−
+
+
Parity −
−
Parity +
−
+
−
+
F=1
1
2
2
1
1
0
F=0
3
1
2
4
3
4
1
2
2
3
2
3
Lambda and hyperfine splitting not to scale
a
b d
c
a = 1667 MHz b = 1665 MHz c = 1612 MHz d = 1720 MHz
0
100
200
Equivalent energy / cm-1
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
9
doubling, each J state is split into four levels (See figure 2.3). The difference in
energy of the hyperfine states is equivalent to radiation of 53 MHz.
Of greatest importance in the present work on OH maser emission are
transitions between the four levels (at zero magnetic field) in the lowest rotational
state, 2Π3/2, J=3/2 (see table 2.1). These transitions are called the hyperfine transitions
and are divided into two groups: Those in which the F quantum number does not
change, which are called strong or mainline transitions – at 1665 MHz and 1667
MHz; and those in which the F quantum number does change (i.e. the nuclear spin
flips over), called weak or satellite transitions – at 1720 MHz and 1612 MHz. The ∆F
= ± 1 transitions have reduced dipole intensity (Dipole transitions are enhanced where
∆F = ∆J; and within the ground state ∆J is clearly 0), and in local thermodynamic
equilibrium (LTE) the 1667 MHz transition is 1.8 times as strong as the 1665 MHz
transition and nine times as strong as the satellite transitions. A comprehensive source
of frequencies and molecular constants for OH is available in Destombes et al. (1977).
Table 2.1: Details of the lower rotational transitions of OH (Burdyuzha and Varshalovich 1973,
also Destombes et al. 1977).
State Energy above ground
state / cm-1
Transition in quartet (Finitial →
Ffinal)
Frequency of
transition / MHz
Equilibrium relative
line strength
2Π3/2,J=3/2 0 2→1 1612 1 1→1 1665 5 2→2 1667 9 1→2 1720 1 2Π3/2,J=5/2 84 3→2 6017 1 2→2 6031 14 3→3 6035 20 2→3 6049 1 2Π1/2,J=1/2 126 1→0 4660 1 1→1 4751 2 0→0 Forbidden Forbidden 0→1 4766 1 2Π1/2,J=3/2 188 2→1 7749 1 1→1 7761 5 2→2 7820 9 1→2 7832 1 2Π3/2,J=7/2 202 4→3 13434 1 3→3 13435 27 4→4 13441 35 3→4 13442 1
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
10
(2.7)
2.2 Magnetic Fields and Polarization in OH
Molecules with unpaired electrons and hence non-zero electronic angular momentum
(such as OH) have paramagnetic properties: Each unit of angular momentum gives
rise to a magnetic moment called the Bohr magneton, µΒ, where
µΒ = eh / 2mec (2.5)
Each molecular level F contains (2F + 1) magnetic sub-states, labelled mF, which are
the projection of F onto the magnetic field axis.
2.2.1 The Zeeman Effect
In the absence of a magnetic field, all of these sub-levels are degenerate, but an
external magnetic field causes the magnetic moment to precess, which lifts the
degeneracy. In the presence of a weak magnetic field of strength B the energy, E, of
an mF state becomes
E = E0 + B µB gF mF (2.6)
where E0 is the zero field energy for the particular F state and gF is the Landé Factor –
a coefficient characteristic of the state, which can be calculated from the various
quantum numbers that make up the total molecular angular momentum:
+
+−+++=
)1(2
)1()1()1(
FF
IIJJFFgg JF
The factor gJ has been measured by Radford (1961) for the 2Π3/2 state of OH to be:
0.935 for the upper levels of the lambda doublet and 0.936 for the lower levels. In the
upper levels, the factor in brackets is equal to exactly 3/4; in the lower, it is 5/4.
Clearly, any set of four levels will now be split into possibly very many levels indeed
if F > 2 for any of the levels, but fortunately the ground state of OH which will be
investigated in this work has values of F of just 1 and 2 (see figure 2.4). Transitions
between the magnetic components in the presence of a magnetic field therefore
produce a number of lines at similar frequencies known as Zeeman components. For
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
11
the mainline transitions, where F is the same for both states, the bracketed factor in
equation 2.7 evaluates to ±3/4 for F=2 (the 1667 MHz transition) and ±5/4 for F=1
(the 1665 MHz transition). For the satellite lines where F is different for the two
states the situation is more complex: since the bracketed factor is different for both
states its contribution to the energies of the transitions can take the values ±1/4, ±1/2,
±3/4, ±5/4 (see figure 2.5). For the main lines the ∆mF = 0 transitions are un-shifted
by the magnetic field; for the satellite lines the mF = 0 ↔ 0 transition is un-shifted.
The relative intensities of each of the Zeeman components are also dependent on the
quantum numbers F and mF of the levels involved, which gives rise to the pattern seen
in figure 2.5.
The results of the Zeeman effect in masers depend on the size of the Zeeman
splitting in relation to the maser linewidth, the stimulated emission rate and ‘cross-
relaxation’ effects through infrared transitions (Goldreich et al. 1973a,b). Zeeman
lines arising from ∆mF = 0 transitions are called π components. They are linearly
polarised and their electric vector oscillates along the magnetic axis. They are
suppressed if the line of sight is parallel to the magnetic field – they are best observed
when the field is perpendicular to the line of sight. Lines arising from ∆mF =±1
transitions are called σ components. They are elliptically polarised (in a left-handed
and right-handed sense) in general, with the electric field vector confined to a plane
perpendicular to the magnetic field. Under IEEE convention σ + components give rise
to left-hand circularly polarised radiation (LCP) and σ – give rise to right-hand
J=3/2
1665 MHz
F=1
σ+
–1
0
F=1
–
1
σ −
+
–1
0
1
mF
π
Figure 2.4: Magnetic field Zeeman splitting of the 1665 MHz transition in OH. Relative splittings
are not to scale.
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
12
circularly polarised radiation (RCP) if the magnetic field points away from the
observer. If the line of sight is parallel to the magnetic field they will appear as pure
circularly polarised lines; if the line of sight is perpendicular to the magnetic field they
will appear, relatively suppressed, as linearly polarised with the vector perpendicular
again to the field (see figure 2.5). Between these two idealised cases, the
σ components will appear as elliptically polarised (a superposition of linear and
circular), denoted as left and right-hand elliptically polarised radiation (LEP/REP).
The suppression or preferential amplification of π and σ maser components –
depending on the orientation of the magnetic field relative to the observer’s line of
sight – is sometimes called magnetic beaming (see chapter 2.4.2). Magnetic beaming
is the tendency of maser radiation to amplify preferentially along or perpendicular to
the magnetic field lines. The theory behind this can be found in e.g. Nedoluha and
Watson (1990a), Gray and Field (1994, 1995), and Field and Gray (1994).
1665 MHz 1667 MHz 1612 & 1720 MHz
Polarised parallel to magnetic field
-5/4 0 0
0 0 0
0
Polarised perpendicular to magnetic field
Right circular
Left circular
-5/4
-3/4
3/4 -3/45/4
5/4
3/4
1/4 -1/4
-3/4
-5/4
3/4 -3/45/4
1/4 -1/4 -2/4
2/4
3/4
-5/45/4
a)
b)
σ+ σ -
σ+
π
σ -
Figure 2.5: Zeeman components of the 2Π3/2, J=3/2 ground state of OH; where observations are in
case a) Parallel to magnetic field – all peaks are σ components; b) Perpendicular to magnetic field –
solid lines are π components, the others are σ components. Fractions are relative splittings as
indicated in table 2.2b)
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
13
2.2.2 Selection Rules
Selection rules for electric dipole transitions are: ∆Ω=0, ±1; ∆J=0, ±1; ∆F=0, ±1
(except F=0 ↔ 0, which is forbidden); ∆mF =0, ±1 (except 0 ↔ 0 when ∆F=0); and
the parity must change. Transitions with ∆Ω=±1 lie in the infrared region and have
been shown to be important for pumping of masers (see chapter 2.4.4) by Skinner et
al. (1997). Collisional transitions are governed by “propensity” rather than strict
selection rules. Changes in J of 2 are possible via quadrupolar interactions, but
changes of more than 2 are very unlikely – so: ∆J=0, ±1, ±2 is a “weak selection rule”.
The same is true for the F quantum number: ∆F=0, ±1, ±2. The parity need not
change in collisional transitions. Another aspect of collisional transitions is that at the
Parity of Level
F of Level mF of Level
Energy above ground / (MHz)
Shift (µB gF mF)
/ (kHz mG–1)
+ 2 0 1720 0 ±1 ±0.9814 ±2 ±1.9628 + 1 0 1665 0 ±1 ±1.6357 – 2 0 53 0 ±1 ±0.9828 ±2 ±1.9656 – 1 0 0 0 ±1 ±1.6379
Transition Transition / MHz
Total transitions
Splitting of Zeeman components interpreted as a Doppler motion / km s–1 mG-1
d 1720 9 (0) 0.113 (0.229) 0.342 0.571
a 1667 12 (0) 0.354
b 1665 6 (0) 0.590
c 1612 9 (0) 0.123 (0.243) 0.366 0.608
Relative splitting in figure 2.5 0 1/4 2/4 3/4 5/4
Tables 2.2a) and b): a) Top, showing Zeeman shifts in the ground state rotational levels of OH. b)
Bottom, showing Zeeman splitting in the hyperfine transitions between those levels. Rounding of
the shifts to 3 d.p. simplifies the table greatly: Each 1667 MHz Zeeman line is actually a close
quadruplet, and each 1665 MHz Zeeman a close doublet. Bracketed components are π components
– only visible under certain conditions (see figure 2.5)
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
14
temperature of the masing cloud (~100 K) large energy transitions may be very
unlikely due to the low average kinetic energy of the collision partners.
A more in-depth description of the origins of molecular energy level structure
and selection rules can be found in Townes and Schawlow (1955) and Gordy and
Cook (1984).
2.3 Fundamentals of Maser Emission
2.3.1 The Boltzmann Distribution
In a collision dominated system, the population distribution amongst molecular energy
states (translational, rotational, vibrational) is determined by the Boltzmann
distribution. In this distribution the number of molecules in a state i is related to the
number of molecules in a higher energy state j by the equation
nj = ni exp[−hνij / kT ] (2.8)
where ni, nj are the populations in the state i and j, and hνij is the energy gap between
the state i and j. As we saw in the previous sections, energy states can be degenerate.
To take this into account the degeneracy (statistical weight, or multiplicity), g, is
introduced into the equation, and now
Nj / gj = (Ni / gi) exp[−hνij / kT] (2.9)
where gi is the degeneracy of the ith level, and Ni is population summed over all such
states of i. Therefore Ni/gi = ni.
Under the conditions described above (negligible radiative processes) the
Boltzmann distribution will eventually be reached from any starting distribution,
provided that the coefficient for any excitation is related to that for the de-excitation
by the principle of microscopic reversibility (also called ‘detailed balance’). A gas
under the Boltzmann distribution at kinetic temperature Tk that is bathed in a
blackbody radiation field at temperature Tbb, where Tk = Tbb, is in complete
thermodynamic equilibrium (CTE). A gas under a Boltzmann distribution (or very
close approximation to the Boltzmann distribution) at kinetic temperature Tk that is
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
15
bathed in a radiation field at a temperature Td, where Tk ≠ Td is in local
thermodynamic equilibrium (LTE). The radiation and kinetic temperatures are said to
be decoupled.
The conditions in space are in many cases far from any type of equilibrium
(although the Maxwellian velocity distribution is unusually well maintained in the
interstellar medium). Regions of gas are often in the process of being heated, cooled,
expanded, compressed and are subjected to chemical reactions and non-uniform
radiation fields. This results in the breakdown of the Boltzmann distribution; most
importantly in the case of masers, this results in population inversions.
2.3.2 Population Inversions
If there are more molecules in an upper substate than a lower substate – that is, if
Nj / gj > Ni / gi (2.10)
then the population is inverted. In space, for masers to function, population inversions
are required, and they can and do arise naturally as is detailed later. The process by
which population inversions are formed in masers is called pumping (see chapter
2.4.4).
If a photon of energy hνij is incident on a molecule in energy state i, which is
separated from a higher energy state j by a dipole allowed transition of energy hνij,
then that photon can be absorbed by stimulated absorption and the molecule is
promoted from state i to j. Likewise if the molecule is already in the higher state j
then a photon of energy hνij can stimulate the molecule to fall down in energy to state
i and emit another photon of energy hνij by stimulated emission. The emitted photon
is exactly in phase with the first photon and moving in exactly the same direction. A
molecule in the higher state j can also fall to state i without the presence of any
applied electromagnetic field, so called spontaneous emission. This is caused by zero
point oscillations of the electromagnetic field. The photon will be in a random
direction and phase.
Consider a two state system bathed in a uniform radiation field; with
population Nj in a higher energy state j and a population Ni in a lower energy state i.
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
16
(2.12)
(2.15)
The rate of change of population Nj (or –Ni) due to stimulated absorption, RSA,
transferring molecules from state i to j is
RSA = BijρNi (2.11)
where Bij is the Einstein coefficient of stimulated absorption from i to j; and ρ is the
radiation energy density, which from Planck’s radiation law (for black body radiation
only – the Planck function can be labelled ρ (ν, T ) since it is a function of temperature
and frequency) is
118
3
3
−⋅=
/kThec
hν
νπρ
The units of ρ here are J m–3 Hz –1; but sometimes the radiation intensity is used
instead in equations, which has units W m–2 Hz –1 Sr–1. This takes out a factor of 4π
/c, effectively representing integration over spherical space.
Similarly, the rate of change of population Nj (or –Ni) due to stimulated
emission, RSE, transferring molecules from state j to i is
RSE = −BjiρNj (2.13)
where Bji is the Einstein coefficient of stimulated emission from j to i. The rate of
change of population Nj (or Ni) due to spontaneous emission, RS, transferring
molecules from state j to i is
RS = − AjiNj (2.14)
where Aji is the Einstein coefficient for spontaneous emission from j to i. The Einstein
coefficients are related by equations (2.15)
3
3
8 ji
jiji
j
iji
πhνcA
Bg
gB ==
(∴ A ∝ ν 3)
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
17
The relationship of Bji and Bij implies that if the substate populations (for state i that is
equal to Ni / gi) of states i and j are numerically equal, then the rate of stimulated
emission is equal to the rate of stimulated absorption. If the populations are higher for
i than for j then there will be an excess of stimulated absorption – an absorption line
will form in the radiation field. If the populations in the substates of j are larger
however, exposure to radiation of energy hνij will cause an excess of stimulated
emission, and the incident radiation will be amplified – a maser emission line will
form. Radiative transfer through a medium is very sensitive to changes in level
populations from their LTE values (which can lead to rapid variability, see chapter
2.4.1). The fact that A∝ ν 3 is important because it means that at microwave
frequencies of OH masers, spontaneous emission has a relatively small effect (and
therefore population inversion may be easier to form) because its probability is very
low relative to other processes, e.g. FIR transitions between rotational states which are
104 times more likely. The ratio of stimulated emission to spontaneous emission is
~1018 times larger for radio waves than for visible light.
2.3.3 Collisional Factors
Collisions can also change the populations of states. Collisional transitions are
governed by ‘propensity’ (as mentioned in chapter 2.2.2), so typically more collisional
transitions are allowed than dipole transitions. Collisional interactions depend on a
second order rate constant, k2nd (typically of ~10–10 cm3 s–1; cf. FIR transitions which
have a rate of about 10–3 to 1 s–1 in OH), and the concentration of the collision partner
– which can be taken to be the concentration of molecular hydrogen, [H2], as this is
typically 5 to 10 times larger than the next most abundant species He. This creates a
pseudo first-order rate constant, k. So the rate of change of population Nj (or Ni) due
to collisional processes transferring molecules from state i to state j, RCOL, is
RCOL = kij[H2]Ni (2.16)
where kij is the rate coefficient for the excitation transition from i to j. The rate for the
reverse process, i.e. transfer of molecules from state j to state i, R’COL, is
R’COL = kji[H2]Nj (2.17)
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
18
where the rate constants kij and kji are related by the principle of microscopic
reversibility so that:
kij / kji = gj / gi exp[− hνij / kT] (2.18)
The above equations demonstrate the theory for a two-level scenario. In a
multi-state environment every state is connected to a large number of other states,
above and below in energy, by all the allowed collisional and radiative transitions
between those states.
2.3.4 Radiative Transfer: Optical Depth
The Beer-Lambert law describes the changing intensity of radiation of frequency ν
passing through a simple absorbing medium
Iν = I0ν exp[− κν r] (2.19)
where I0 is the initial intensity, r is the distance travelled through the medium and κ is
the absorption coefficient of the medium. The product of κ and r is called the optical
depth, τ. τ is usually defined as a differential so that
dτν = −κν dr (2.20)
In this scheme, the optical depth is zero at the observer and becomes increasingly
positive backward along the distance r towards the source. However, for a line in
population inversion, κ at that frequency will be positive – since more radiation is
added to the radiation field along the path of the rays. In this case, the optical depth
becomes increasingly negative with distance.
If the optical depth at a frequency ν is low, photons of frequency ν are rarely
absorbed and their escape probability is high. If the optical depth is high, photons of
frequency ν are nearly always absorbed and their escape probability is low (e.g. there
may be an allowed transition at the frequency ν that absorbs them). The escape
probability of a photon emitted from anywhere within a medium is between 0 and 1,
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
19
(2.21)
(2.22)
(2.23)
where 0 represents absorption of all photons and 1 represents absorption of no
photons.
2.3.5 Radiative Transfer: Source Function
In any gas not at equilibrium incident radiation plays a role in determining level
populations, so the Beer-Lambert law is of little use because the astronomical medium
is itself adding and subtracting line radiation from the passing beam. Instead, the
equation of radiative transfer must be used, which (ignoring scattering – for the sake
of simplicity here) is
νννν εκ +Ir
I −=dd
where ε is the emissivity (emission coefficient) of the medium. The emissivity is
defined as the energy emitted per unit frequency, per unit volume, per unit solid angle,
per unit time. Note the similarity between κ and ε – they are opposites with respect to
energy change. In the case of a two level environment the absorption coefficient may
be represented by
)()BB( ννκν fc
hnn
jijijjii −=
and the emissivity by
)(4
νπνεν f
hn
jijijΑ=
where f (ν ) is the normalised line profile in units of inverse frequency. We assume
here that the absorption and emission line profile are equal; when the distribution of
molecular velocities is Maxwellian, the line profile is a Gaussian. The quotient of ε
and κ is called the source function, S, so that
S = εν / κν (2.24)
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
20
(2.25)
(2.26)
The source function becomes independent of frequency when the assumption of
equivalence of the line profiles holds. This is the assumption of complete velocity
redistribution (see chapter 2.4.2). The equation of radiative transfer may also be
written with respect to optical depth so that
SId
dI −= νν
ν
τ
This equation may be solved by integrating with respect to optical depth between
values of (0) and (−τ'), and this gives the formal solution to the equation of radiative
transfer:
')]'([exp]exp[0
0νννννν ττττ
ν
d S + I=Iτ
−−− ∫
Note that this is just the Beer-Lambert decay plus an integral term: the integral
contains the emission (and absorption) from rays generated elsewhere. The integral
term is an integro-differential equation, since S depends on ni and nj, which if not in
LTE, in turn depend on Iv. In this way, the specific intensity at any point is
determined by the radiation field behind the cloud and a contribution from within the
cloud, which is dependent on the molecular populations. This is called Non-local
Radiation Transfer, because the radiation intensity at any point depends on the
radiation intensity at all other points, and clearly solving such problems numerically
for modelling is complex.
2.4 Characteristics of Maser Radiation
Masers have negative absorption coefficients and optical depth, and so from equation
(2.26) it can be seen that this leads to exponential growth along the length of the
maser cloud. At this point, the maser is said to be unsaturated.
2.4.1 The Unsaturated Regime
The exponential amplification in the unsaturated regime has three main consequences
of beaming, line narrowing and rapid variability:
Small path length differences in the maser cloud are greatly distorted by
exponential amplification. In this way, maser spots are smaller than the clouds that
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
21
hold them, since the cores of the clouds will give rise to much of the radiation.
Radiation passing through a spherical cloud is amplified much more through the
longer paths near the centre of the sphere, so that the emergent radiation is
geometrically beamed. Geometrical beaming may be even more pronounced where
the maser is made of a beam through several clouds of gas, as in the scenario invoked
by Masheder et al. (1994) to explain the exceptionally small angular size of 1720
MHz masers in W3(OH). The angular size of the spherical cloud is reduced by a
factor of (1–τν)1/2 (Goldreich and Keeley 1972, Watson 1993). Maser radiation is
highly beamed for any geometry of cloud, and beaming increases with increasing path
length (Elitzur 1990a).
If the normalised line profile f (ν ) is Gaussian in form and constant throughout
the maser then the optical depth away from the line centre at a frequency ν ' is
τν = τν' exp[–(ν –ν' )2 / 2σ 2] (2.27)
where σ is the dispersion. The result of this is that the centre of the line is amplified
much more than the wings of the line, and the normalised Gaussian is therefore
thinner – by a factor of (1–τν)1/2 (Goldreich and Kwan 1974). Since the amplification
of maser radiation depends exponentially on both the molecular population inversion
and the path length via equations (2.19) and (2.22), any variation in either parameter
will be reflected exponentially. This means that the maser property of variability can
be much more rapid than the physical process which is causing the variability.
Maser amplification in the unsaturated regime can be represented by
Ir,ν = I0,ν exp[ γν r] (2.28)
In this representation, γν is the gain coefficient at the line centre. The exponential term
is known as the integrated gain, which is a measure of the ‘power’ or ‘strength’ of the
maser, and typically has values of ~105 to 1010 for strong galactic masers, and a much
lower ~2 to 10 for megamasers. From equation (2.19) it can be seen that the gain
coefficient and optical depth are related by –τν = γν r. In this way the gain coefficient
is found from
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
22
(2.29))(8
)(2
2
νπν
γν fAc/ggN-N ijij=
This indicates that the gain is proportional to the Einstein A coefficient as well as the
population inversion. The effect of this is that masing in the main lines of OH will be
~7 times larger (see table 2.1) than the satellite lines for an equal population inversion.
Exponential growth of the passing radiation can only continue up to a point.
Since the masing action itself removes molecules from the upper level, there comes a
point where the intensity of radiation is so great that the masing action causes
significant shifts in the molecular populations. At this point, the maser is said to be
saturating.
2.4.2 The Saturated Regime
In the saturated regime, equation (2.28) no longer holds; intensity growth is linear
with distance and is heavily dependent on the pumping processes that maintain the
population inversion (see chapter 2.4.4). Unlike the unsaturated regime, the gain is no
longer dependent on the Einstein A coefficient. In an unsaturated maser, masing in
other transitions in the same molecular system are unaffected by each other – they are
decoupled. Saturation can couple different masing transitions in an effect known as
competitive gain, which was investigated by Field (1985). In this way, competition
between co-propagating maser transitions can lead to one line dominating at the
expense of inversion in the other, and the ‘winner’ is not necessarily the transition
with the largest A coefficient.
Saturation can cause lines to rebroaden back towards their full thermal width.
This happens because as the line centre saturates first and the gain coefficient drops in
value, the line wings remain unsaturated for longer and maintain their high gain
coefficient. Maser lines have an inherent width, arising from thermal and turbulent
motion of the masing molecules, which greatly exceeds the homogeneous transition
width. Because the seed radiation of the maser has a relatively broad range of
frequencies and is incoherent, the total output of the maser is incoherent. However, in
saturated regions of the maser, local coherence effects develop and the resulting
radiation is partially coherent (Field and Richardson 1984). Velocity redistribution
also becomes important in the saturated regime; if the processes which maintain a
Maxwellian velocity distribution in the molecules (the molecular velocity relaxation
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
23
rate, Γ) are faster than the stimulated emission rate, then the velocity distribution
remains Gaussian. This scenario is called the case of complete velocity redistribution
(CVR). In the case of CVR, the lineshape does not rebroaden in the saturated regime,
as the gain coefficient remains largest at the line centre. The effect of velocity
gradients on the lineshape has been investigated in e.g. Field et al. 1994. If Γ is
slower than the stimulated emission rate then the case is of negligible velocity
redistribution (NVR). In the case of NVR, lineshapes do rebroaden, and may become
cropped in the line centre or even ‘hole burnt’ – where radiation in the line centre may
be reabsorbed. Field et al. 1994 find that CVR conditions should lead to an increase
in maximum amplification factor of ~3.
The question of maser geometry becomes important in the saturated regime.
The simplest form of maser to imagine and model is the symmetrical tube maser
(Goldreich and Keeley 1972). The situation is complicated here by the fact that rays
will be amplified in both directions along the maser, and the saturation after a point in
one direction will have a hindering effect on the growth of the maser in the other
direction. This situation is illustrated diagrammatically in figure 2.6. The saturated
linear maser contains an unsaturated core where growth is exponential and saturated
ends where growth is linear. As the maser tube is lengthened, the unsaturated zone
shrinks to a minimum size (independent of length) and the output intensity of the
maser becomes proportional to the cube of the length. Goldreich and Keeley (1972)
also studied the spherical maser. They showed that the apparent size of a saturated
spherical maser is approximately the beamed size of the unsaturated core of the maser
as mentioned in chapter 2.4.1. As the radius of the sphere is increased, the core radius
decreases steadily and the output intensity of the maser becomes proportional to the
cube of the radius. The effects of velocity gradients in spherical masers have been
studied by Litvak (1973), and Bettwieser and Misselbeck (1977), who show that the
apparent size of a spherical shell maser is smaller than the size of the gas density
distribution. The problem of competition between beams in different directions in
saturated masers has also been investigated extensively by Alcock and Ross (1985a,b;
1986a,b).
Saturation is very effective at quenching weak beams, but does not add
significantly to the main beam intensity. For this reason background emission is
unlikely to be a significant factor in the brightness of saturated masers whose
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
24
brightness may be 105 times that of background emission (e.g. those in star-forming
regions), although it will still be important in low gain masers (e.g. megamasers)
whose brightness is only a few times the background source. The effect of
background radiation is studied in Elitzur (1991).
Maser cloud geometry and internal cloud velocity fields are clearly very
important in the formation of masers; and in some cases may be the dominant factor
which differentiates different types of masers, rather than different molecular number
densities or temperatures (Elitzur 1992).
2.4.3 Brightness Temperature
Since maser emission is obviously non-thermal, maser brightness is in no way
indicative of their physical temperature. However, a useful comparison between
masers is their brightness temperature. The brightness temperature, TB, of a maser is
the temperature at which a blackbody would have to be to produce the same intensity
at the wavelength of the maser. Using the Rayleigh-Jeans approximation (hν « kT) to
the black-body function this is
kTB = ½ (c/ν)2 Iν (2.30)
Masers can have huge effective temperatures, with OH masers in star-forming regions
around 1010K, but 22 GHz H2O masers up to 1015K.
Maser clouds forming tube
Idealised maser tube
Unsaturated core
Saturated zone
Saturated zone
Figure 2.6: The saturated tubular maser. In reality masers may be made up of two or more clouds,
constantly moving in turbulent eddies – breaking and reforming the masers constantly.
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
25
2.4.4 Pumping
Pumping is the process by which population inversions form and are maintained.
Only relatively small deviations from the Boltzmann distribution are needed for
masing to occur, and there are many possible ways this could occur. The three main
methods of creating population inversions are by radiative processes, collisional
processes, or chemical processes. There may of course be combinations of all three,
and the relevance of each may depend very much on the type of location; in particular
the density and ambient radiation.
Purely radiative processes can lead to population inversions if radiative rates
are high compared to collisional rates (e.g. molecular densities are low) and if
transitions have widely varying optical thickness. Pumping in megamasers is likely to
be solely radiative because of the low densities predicted for megamaser regions.
Dominantly collisional processes can lead to population inversions if different
transitions have unequal cross-sections, e.g. the upper and lower lambda doublet
states. In general, higher collisional rates (e.g. high densities) will tend to quench
population inversions by re-thermalising the populations. Chemical and
photochemical processes (e.g. UV photodissociation, Andresen et al. 1984) can cause
population inversions by creating molecules in an excited state from which radiative
decay is slow, and collisional de-excitation is unlikely because of low densities.
Radiative pumps may be thought of as ‘converters’, which absorb photons of
frequency νp and convert them to photons of frequency ν with efficiency η, which is
dependent on the pump. Several photons, perhaps of different frequencies, might be
required for each maser photon. This can effectively boost the brightness temperature
of the maser up from the thermal brightness by a factor of η( νp / ν)2. For OH ground-
state transitions pumped by infrared photons at 35 µm this factor is ~107, which would
boost TB from ~100 K to 109 K. Beaming can increase TB further by a factor of 4π/Ω,
where Ω is the beam angle. Typical beam angles in SFRs are ~10-4 sr, which would
mean a potential boost up to 1014 K, though Gray et al. 1992 have shown that Ω for a
50 Jy OH maser needs to be ~2.5 10–5.
An important process in radiative pumping schemes is Line Overlap (Litvak
1969, Lucas 1980). Line overlap is a non-local effect arising because of Doppler
effects and/or thermal broadening. These effects can shift lines and allow photons
born in one transition to be absorbed in another. Most important for OH masers are
Chapter 2: Spectral Line Emission and Masing
26
the effects of thermal overlap (studied by e.g. Pelling 1977, Guilloteau et al. 1981,
Flower and Guilloteau 1982) and velocity overlap (Bujarrabal et al. 1980, Cimerman
and Scoville 1980). Line overlap is useful for supplying additional photons into
frequency-space which may have been depleted locally by absorption and so can have
an additional effect to boost brightness temperatures. This effect can be appreciable
for the infrared transitions between J states in OH, such that three or more transitions
may overlap with velocities of just a few km s–1. Radiation transport in masers has
been investigated by e.g. Field and Gray (1988), in which they used a semi-classical
method (radiation is treated classically, interactions with masing molecules quantum
mechanically).
Chemical pumping schemes for OH have been studied extensively by
Andresen. Andresen et al. 1984 showed experimentally that photodissociation of cold
H2O molecules can lead to selective population of the lambda doublet states. This is
because the dissociation goes through an intermediate state in which the OH molecule
has the unpaired electron π-lobe perpendicular to the rotation plane of the molecule;
radiative decay of the transition state then tends to invert the 2Π3/2 lambda doublet and
anti-invert the 2Π1/2 lambda doublet. Andresen (1985) investigated this effect further
in SFRs, and Thissen et al. (1999) expanded on the mechanism using a theory
modelling melting ice mantles on grains of varying sizes as the source of H2O, and
therefore OH via UV radiation, as the direct source of population inversions.
However, models of chemical schemes have always failed to find sufficient H2O to
explain steady-state masers.
Excellent reviews of maser radiation can be found in Cohen (1989) and Elitzur
(1992), and pumping schemes in Elitzur (1982). Also useful are Cook (1977), Doel
(1990) and extremely an thorough and complex analysis of the physics behind masers
can be found in Elitzur (1992).
27
Chapter 3
OH Maser Environments
As outlined in the introduction, OH masers have been found in diverse locations in
space. One particular environment is examined in this work: Star-forming regions.
This environment is discussed next. After this, the occurrence of the four ground-state
transitions is discussed.
3.1 Star-Forming Regions
The Milky Way contains several thousand giant molecular clouds (GMCs). These
clouds contain most of the molecular material in the Galaxy (Weliachew and Lucas
1988) and have a total mass of about 109 M (Strong et al. 1988, Blitz 1993) – 1% of
the Galaxy’s total mass. Molecular clouds are the main sites of star formation in the
Galaxy (Zuckerman and Palmer 1974, Burton 1976), and when they are the sites of
star formation, they are known as star-forming regions (SFRs).
3.1.1 Star Formation
It is thought that high mass and low mass stars are formed through separate
mechanisms, known as bimodal star formation (Herbig 1962, Mezger and Smith
1977, Elmegreen and Lada 1977). Herbig observed that there were regions where star
formation was producing no stars of mass greater than ~2 M (e.g. Taurus), whilst
there were other areas that contained ‘young stellar objects’ (YSOs) of both high and
low mass. He suggested that star birth occurs in a cloud for a period of a few tens of
millions of years, with low mass stars forming first. Mezger and Smith suggested that
low mass and high-mass stars are formed in distinct clouds; with low mass stars
(named after their prototype as T Tauri stars) forming in clouds of all sizes throughout
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
28
the galactic disc, while high mass stars (labelled OB stars after their spectral type1) are
formed in large clouds in the Galactic spiral arms. This view has been reinforced by
observations, e.g. Solomon et al. (1985) who divided molecular clouds into ‘cold’
(<10 K) and ‘hot’ (>20 K). The cold clouds do not contain stars of earlier spectral
type than late B, and are distributed about the Galactic disc. The hot clouds tend to be
much larger, inhabit only the spiral arms and are associated with H II regions (e.g.
Stark 1985, Waller et al. 1987, Lo et al. 1987). Low mass stars may form as just a
few lightly clustered stars (the isolated mode), or in tight clusters (the clustered
mode); while massive stars form almost exclusively in clusters (Lada 1992, Lada et al.
1993). Stars form only from the densest parts of molecular clouds and the properties
of cloud ‘cores’ differ for regions of high and low-mass star formation (Myers 1986).
The average number of stars in the mass range 1 ≤ M / M ≤ 120 that are formed per
massive SFR varies between ~225 within the solar circle (the circle describing the
Sun’s orbit around the Galactic centre) to ~120 outside it (Casassus et al. 2000).
3.1.2 Physical Characteristics of GMCs
The primary method of detecting sites of molecular material in space is via carbon
monoxide (CO) emission lines – CO is known as a ‘tracer’ – direct measurement of
H2 via its quadrupolar spectrum is difficult because the Einstein A-values (hence line-
strengths) are very weak. From this it is known that most of the molecular mass is
contained in giant clouds with masses between 105 and 3×106 M and scale sizes
between 20 and 40 pc across, with average hydrogen densities of order 100 cm–3
(Solomon et al. 1979). These values are in dispute (e.g. Blitz and Thaddeus 1980)
largely because of disagreement over the conversion factor from CO intensity to H2
column depth (van Dishoeck and Black 1987).
Millimetre-wave radio maps have shown that GMCs are actually cloud
complexes made of smaller clouds called ‘clumps’, that often have a filamentary
structure (e.g. Pudritz 1986, Bally et al. 1987, Mizuno et al. 1995, Falgarone et al.
1 Stars are classified by their spectral type: the standard types are O, B, A, F, G, K, M, in order of
decreasing surface temperature. Types are subdivided into 10, so that the sequence runs O0, O1, …
O9, B0, B1 etc. Throughout most of a star’s life, while it is stable on the ‘main sequence’, stars that are
more massive will have a higher surface temperature. O and B stars are ‘early’ types; K and M are
‘late’ types. O and B stars have surface temperatures above 10,000 K, and so are ionising stars because
their photon flux in the Lyman continuum (<912 Å) is significant.
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
29
1998, Nakahama et al. 1998, Wiseman and Ho 1998, Allen and Shu 2000). The
clumps have masses of about 103 to 104 M in regions about 2 to 5 pc across, with
hydrogen densities of about 102 to 103 cm–3 (Sargent 1977, Evans 1978, Blitz 1978,
Rowan-Robinson 1979). Within the clumps are ‘cloud cores’, which because of their
higher density can be mapped in less common molecules like formaldehyde (H2CO)
(e.g. Evans and Kutner 1976), carbon sulphide (CS) (e.g. Linke and Goldsmith 1980),
cyanoacetylene (HC3N) (e.g. Avery 1980), and ammonia (NH3) (Ho and Townes
1983). Mapping dense cores in CO becomes less useful because the gas becomes
optically thick above a certain column density. The cores have sizes of about 0.1 pc,
masses of about 10 to 100 M , hydrogen densities of about 104 cm–3, and
temperatures of about 10 K. The dense cores are likely surrounded by massive
envelopes of ~100 M (Falgarone 1987). These cores are often detected as IRAS
sources (infrared sources detected by the Infrared Astronomical Satellite), and often
associated with bipolar outflows (Fuller and Myers 1987); both of which indicate that
they are the sites of low-mass star formation (Myers and Benson 1983). The
protostars emit radiation that is absorbed by surrounding dust. The reemission of the
infrared from warm dust can be identified by its spectral profile (e.g. Adams and Shu
1986, Adams et al. 1987, Myers et al. 1987a). There are also a smaller number of
denser clumps that appear to be forming bound clusters of stars. They have sizes of
about 0.3 to 0.6 pc (Loren et al. 1983), and may consist of closely associated cores of
higher densities of over 106 cm–3 (Snell et al. 1984).
Recent observations (Ward-Thompson 1999) with the Infrared Space
Observatory (ISO) have identified ‘pre-stellar’ cores – a dense core that is
gravitationally bound, but contains no embedded luminosity source. As such, this
represents the initial conditions of star formation. These sources were too cold to be
detected by IRAS, and they do not contain a significant quantity of warm dust.
3.1.3 Stability of Molecular Clouds
The stability and lifespan of GMC is of interest in predicting star-formation rates and
the evolution of galaxies. It is now thought that a substantial fraction of the Galactic
molecular material is in smaller (or dwarf) molecular clouds (DMCs), which are found
throughout the Galactic disc. These clouds probably live longer than one complete
rotation of the Galaxy, which means that they live for more than 100 million years.
Larger, hotter molecular clouds are likely assembled and broken up dynamically as
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
30
they cross a spiral arm, and so live for not more than 10 million years (Bash and
Peters 1976). (It has been suggested that GMCs actually define the spiral arms of
galaxies – in this case they obviously only live within a spiral arm.) This helps
explain their heterogeneous internal structure if they are only transient phenomena
(Blitz and Shu 1980). High-resolution observations of M83 and M51 (Allen et al.
1986, Lo et al. 1987) have shown that H I emission comes from downstream of the
molecular clouds; indicating that it is the result of dissociation of H2 after (and
probably by) OB stars, and also that GMCs are assembled from molecular rather than
atomic material (e.g. Kwan and Valdez 1983, 1986, Roberts and Stewart 1987). It
was originally thought that molecules could only form in the cores of dense clouds of
atomic material and dust! This is now known to be far from the mark.
DMCs must be in near pressure equilibrium in order to last so long. The
number of clouds observed means that they cannot be collapsing in free-fall or the
star-formation rate of the Galaxy would be higher than observed (Zuckerman and
Palmer 1974). Several mechanisms are suggested that could act to support a cloud
against its self-gravity: magnetic fields coupled to ions (Chandrasekhar and Fermi
1953, Mestel 1965, Spitzer 1968, Mouschovias 1976), rotation (Field 1978), and
turbulence (Norman and Silk 1980, Larson 1981). Magnetic fields are believed to
play the biggest part here. Much of the mass of most molecular clouds in our Galaxy
is in regions of moderate density, allowing photons from the interstellar radiation field
to maintain sufficient ionisation for magnetic fields to resist collapse (McKee 1989);
this gas is effectively in a photon dominated region (see chapter 3.2.4). Polarization
observations (e.g. Vrba et al. 1976) show that embedded magnetic fields are fairly
ordered over the size of clouds, and hence turbulence cannot dominate over magnetic
fields. Magnetic fields, unlike turbulence, are difficult to dissipate and so are a likely
source of stability in clouds. Typical field strengths in clouds are in the range of 10
µG to 150 µG (Heiles 1987, Shu et al. 1987). However, magnetic fields cannot
support gas along the field lines, yet clouds are not always flattened in the plane
perpendicular to the field lines; although it is hard to determine the 3-D structure of
clouds from 2-D images. The support along field lines is likely to come from
magneto-hydrodynamic waves (MHD waves) and outward propagating Alfvén waves
within the cloud (Shu et al. 1987, Mckee et al. 1993). MHD waves are also likely to
be the source of the large linewidths observed in tracers in the clouds, since the widths
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
31
cannot be the result of collapsing gas without exceeding the known star-formation rate
of the Galaxy of 3-5 M yr–1 (Scalo 1986, Evans 1999).
3.1.4 The Collapse of Molecular Clouds and Birth of Stars
Given that magnetic fields play the main role in supporting molecular clouds, there are
two scenarios to consider (Mestel 1985). These two cases are likely the basis of
bimodal star formation (Shu et al. 1986).
1. The supercritical case. In this case, magnetic fields cannot support the
clump against its self-gravity, even if the field lines remain frozen in the
fluid. In the absence of any other support a supercritical cloud will
contract rapidly and lead to efficient star formation, possibly with high
mass stars.
2. The subcritical case. In this case, indefinite gravitational collapse cannot
be induced by any amount of external pressure if the field lines remain
frozen. Subcritical clouds will evolve however because of ambipolar
diffusion – the slip of neutrals relative to the ions to which the magnetic
field is coupled. This eventually leads to a dense pocket, but the long
timescale explains why star-formation this way is inefficient.
For many years a simple model of cloud collapse was accepted – known as the single
isothermal sphere (SIS). In this scenario, as the cloud core gets ever denser, evolution
will tend to produce a 1/r2 density distribution (Bodenheimer and Sweigart 1968).
Eventually the growing concentration causes instability and gravitational collapse
begins. The collapse proceeds inside out, such that a wave of infall propagates at the
speed of sound into the cloud. This means that the mass infall rate is constant (Shu et
al. 1987). However, more recently this model has been successfully challenged –
despite its elegant aesthetic appeal – by e.g. Whitworth et al. (1996) who have argued
that in the centre of star-forming cores the density must be below that predicted by the
1/r2 model. They point out two major shortcomings of the SIS model: 1. It is unlikely
anything like an SIS can be formed in a typical star-forming region, given the innate
instability of the SIS and all paths leading to it – especially the extreme deviations
from spherical symmetry produced by ambipolar diffusion. 2. The SIS appears to
make binary star formation nearly impossible, which given the number of stars in
binary systems is a big problem. It is likely therefore, that such a simple scenario is
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
32
not the complete picture of stellar collapse. For a current review of this field, see
Vázquez-Semadini et al. (2000).
The increase in density at the centre continues until the protostar becomes
optically thick. This happens at about 10–3 to 10–2 M , and from there after the star
grows hydrostatically. From this point, the evolution of massive stars and low-mass
stars is different, because massive stars reach the main sequence (i.e. ZAMS – zero-
age main sequence, or stellar birth) more quickly – whilst still accreting from the
envelope (Kahn 1974, Yorke and Krugel 1977). Once the star’s luminosity rises,
infall may be halted by a combination of stellar winds, shocks and radiation pressure
on dust grains.
In the case of massive stars, which have high UV fluxes, a region of ionised
gas grows around the star, forming what is called an ultra-compact H II region (UCH
II region) (Spitzer 1978). These regions are signposts of star formation in much the
same way as IRAS sources, because they are readily identified by radio continuum
spectra (Habing and Israel 1979, Crawford and Rowan-Robinson 1986). The mean
free path of an ionising photon is long in the fully ionised gas and very short in neutral
gas so the transition between them is sharp – a zone known as an ionisation front. The
ionised region is also known as a Stromgren sphere. The density inside the region and
outside are roughly the same, but the temperature inside is ~104 K, while that outside
is ~100 K. This means that there is a pressure difference of about two orders of
magnitude across the ionisation front, and so the ionised region expands at the speed
of sound in the ionised gas. At ~10 km s–1 this is supersonic in the cool gas, so the
region grows outwards proceeded by a shock – which will be important for the
chemistry of masers (see chapter 3.2.3). The UCH II regions are relatively short lived
(a few times 104 years) and they soon become giant H II regions, although their exact
lifespan is unclear since they appear to be confined by the surrounding cocoon gas –
probably by magnetic pressure. Therefore, O stars spend ≤ 2% of their lifetime in the
UCH II region (Casassus et al. 2000).
It is now believed that all YSOs pass through a stage of outflow at the
beginning of their life (e.g. Lada 1985). These warm molecular outflows are rich in
phenomena, e.g. water masers. Outflows may be important in supplying the
turbulence and/or instability in molecular clouds, possibly eventually destroying the
cloud (Franco et al. 1990) – such that each generation of star formation influences the
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
33
next. Some have gone further and suggest that OB star formation is triggered by such
events, along with stellar winds, supernova shocks and ionisation fronts, so that star
formation may spread like a ‘disease’ or ‘fire’ (see figure 3.1) through molecular
clouds (e.g. Herbst and Assousa 1978, Ho et al. 1986, Cameron 1985).
The processes of star formation, including specifically massive-star formation
and cluster formation are covered extensively in the books by Hartmann (1998), Lada
and Kylafis (1999), Mannings et al. (2000); and in the review by Evans (1999).
3.2 Chemical Evolution in Molecular Clouds
The interstellar medium (ISM) – like the rest of the universe – is dominated by
hydrogen. The abundance of other elements is measured relative to hydrogen: for the
four most common elements, helium (He), oxygen (O), carbon (C) and nitrogen (N)
these abundances are 0.1, 6.8×10–4, 3.8×10–4 and 1.0×10–4 respectively. Outside of
clouds, all material is atomic and most atoms are ionised due to the high intensity of
UV photons permeating space from hot stars. Since the mean cross-section for
hydrogen ionisation is ~6×10–18 cm2, local condensations of gas with a column density
above 1018 cm–2 are effectively shielded, and the hydrogen is neutral. Lower energy
New OB SubgroupMaser Sources,
Infrared Sources,Compact H II regions,
MolecularCloud
Structure~20pc
Older Subgroup
Expanding H II Region
Younger Subgroup
Expanding Shock
Ionisation Front
Figure 3.1: The popular ‘Burning Cigar’ model of sequential star-formation, with the direction of
‘burning’ left to right.
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
34
UV photons that are not absorbed by hydrogen still penetrate though, and so more
easily ionised atoms, such as carbon are still ionised. The shielding of cloud gas is
measured by the visual extinction Av, which is very roughly equal to τv: the optical
depth in the optical region. Clouds of the above description are called diffuse and
have Av ≤ 1. Ionising photons cannot penetrate deeper into a cloud than Av ~3 to 5,
and beyond this point hydrogen forms H2 which provides additional self-shielding. At
this stage, molecular chemistry can begin.
Interstellar molecular clouds are now known to be home to a rich chemistry,
with more molecules discovered on a monthly basis. In Ohishi (1997) there were just
under 120 molecular species detailed. In recent years, there have been major
advances in the modelling and observation of numerous molecular species in
molecular clouds. It is known that the chemistry is dependent on the conditions inside
the cloud, and therefore observation of the chemistry has become an invaluable
diagnostic of the conditions in clouds. Some molecules are particularly sensitive to
different formation paths and are useful in distinguishing a variety of environments.
The conditions under which OH is formed or destroyed are of great importance to the
present work, and will be outlined in the next section.
In cold molecular clouds before star formation has begun, the chemistry is
dominated by low-temperature gas-phase ion-molecule and neutral-neutral reactions.
This leads to the prevalence of unsaturated molecules and carbon chains, and of small
radicals such as OH. In the depths of such clouds one of the main driving forces in
the chemistry are cosmic rays – which have the ability to penetrate deep into the
clouds. During the initial ‘cold-core collapse’ phase, the density increases such that
most molecules (except H2) accrete onto refractory grains (typically silicate/graphite)
and form an icy mantle. This phase is dominated by surface reactions, driven by UV
photons and cosmic rays. Energy released from such reactions can send molecules
back into the gas phase. As the star forms the energy released in the gravitational
collapse heats up the gas until it becomes a ‘hot core’, and molecules begin to
evaporate back into the gas phase – the most volatile first. Outflows from the YSO
cause high-temperature shocks to propagate through the gas into lower temperature
regions, and this provides a mechanism for the rapid vaporisation of huge amounts of
ices in grain mantles, sometimes even liberating silicon-containing compounds. The
hot-core phase is the richest in chemistry, and may last for ~105 years (van Dishoeck
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
35
and Blake 1998). In the final phase, the envelope or cocoon is dispersed by the YSO
winds and, in the case of massive stars, UV photons. This final phase is photon
dominated, and leads to the formation of photodissociation regions. The following
sections focus on the processes of relevance to OH.
3.2.1 Gas-Phase Chemistry
Hydrogen is much more abundant than any other element; only helium comes to
within a factor of 10 in abundance, but naturally helium plays only a small part in
reaction chemistry (molecular ions may form, e.g. HeH+). Because of this, reactions
with H or H2 dominate the chemical networks if they are exothermic. This is only the
case in molecular clouds for small ions; most reactions of neutrals or large ions with H
or H2 have significant energy barriers, and so do not proceed in the cold-core phase of
collapse. These reactions become significant though in the hot-core phase and in
shocked regions, and above ~230 K most of the oxygen is driven into water by the
reactions: O + H2 → OH + H; OH + H2 → H2O + H (Charnley 1997). One possible
route for the destruction of OH is by atomic sulphur (S): S + OH → SO + H; SO +
OH → SO2 + H. However, the lack of abundant SO2 in dark clouds indicates an
incomplete understanding of the above reactions and sulphur chemistry (Palumbo et
al. 1997). The basic gas-phase processes are reviewed in van Dishoeck (1988), while
the chemical-reaction networks are described in van Dishoeck (1998a,b) and Bakes
(1997).
3.2.2 Grain-Surface Chemistry
The chemistry on the surfaces of interstellar grains is discussed in depth by e.g.
Schutte (1996), and Williams and Taylor (1996). The main characteristic of grain-
surface chemistry at lower temperatures and densities is the formation of fully
hydrogenated species such as H2O, NH3 and CH4 because of the mobility of atomic
hydrogen on the cold grain surfaces. As the density increases the amount of gas-phase
atomic H drops enormously in favour of H2, and reactions with atomic oxygen
become important. Tunnelling reactions with H2 can occur competitively once [H2] »
[H]. At higher temperatures, the movement of heavier species such as radicals over
the surface becomes significant, allowing a complex and poorly understood chemistry
to occur (e.g. Caselli et al. 1993).
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
36
Photochemical reactions within the ice mantles can be triggered by UV
photons, the photons themselves coming either directly from the young star, or
scattered by dust in the inner gaseous envelope into the outer envelope (Spaans et al.
1995), or by cosmic ray produced photons (e.g. Gredel et al. 1989). Cosmic ray
processes are always present and generate a UV field of ~3 × 103 photons s–1 cm–2
inside dense clouds for a typical cosmic-ray rate (Cecchi-Pestellini and Aiello 1992).
This rate is ~105 times less than that from the general radiation field at the edge of a
cloud, but it may still be relevant for chemistry on timescales of millions of years.
An essential factor in promoting gas-grain chemistry is a mechanism to return
molecules to the gas phase. Without desorption, molecules accrete onto the grain
surfaces on a timescale of ~2 × 109 yS / nH years, where yS is the sticking coefficient –
thought to lie between 0.1 and 1.0, and nH is the number density per cm3 (Williams
1993). This rate would be sufficient to absorb most molecules from the gas phase in
less than a million years for a typical dark cloud density of 104 cm–3. Since this is not
consistent with observation, desorption mechanisms clearly exist. Thermal
evaporation only becomes significant at temperatures Td > 20 K, i.e. after the star has
formed. The energy of formation of some molecules may heat grains locally and
release some species (Willacy et al. 1994b), and cosmic ray heating will always be
present (Léger at al. 1985). Polar molecules such as H2O, which contain strong
hydrogen bonds when in condensed form, are difficult to remove from the surface of
grains in cold clouds. H2O is expected to evaporate at about 90 K, along with other
polar ices (Sandford and Allamandola 1993). The variation of grain mantle
compositions with temperature is shown in figure 3.2.
3.2.3 Shock Chemistry
The outflow of material from condensing stars at supersonic speeds is now thought to
arise from the need of accreting material to shed large amounts of angular momentum.
The exact means by which the outflow is produced is still unclear; in particular,
whether collimated jets or star/disc winds are responsible (Pelletier and Pudritz 1992,
Shu et al. 1995). When high velocity (10 to 100 km s–1) material collides with the
envelope of ambient medium shocks form that propagate into the medium. Shocks are
divided into two types: C type (for continuous, because the shock transition occurs
gradually) and J type (for jump, because the shock transition is quick – a couple of
mean-free paths), which depends on the shock velocity and magnetic field strength
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
37
(3.1)
and fractional ionisation in the pre-shock material (Draine and McKee 1993,
Hollenbach 1997). For typical dense cloud conditions C shocks occur below ~40 to
50 km s–1, and J shocks at velocities well above that.
When a shock passes through gas the bulk flow is converted into random
thermal motions. The temperature Ts behind a shock front in a single-fluid region
obeys the relation
2s2s ((2
mvkT1)+1)−
=γγ
where γ is the adiabatic index of the gas (ratio of heat capacities at constant volume
and pressure), m is the mean molecular mass of the gas and vs is the shock velocity.
For vs of 10 km s–1 the post shock temperature is ~2275 K for H and 3400 K for H2.
At these temperatures reactions with energy barriers, such as O + H2 → OH → H2O
proceed rapidly, driving all O into H2O (e.g. Draine et al. 1983). Reactions with
atomic hydrogen can reverse these reactions, so the balance between O, OH, and H2O
depends on the H/H2 ratio in the gas in the shock. For much higher vs, i.e. in J shocks,
the temperature may reach 105 K. At this temperature, not only are all molecules
destroyed but also UV photons are emitted by the gas, which can dissociate molecules
both before and after the shock (Hollenbach and McKee 1989, Neufeld and Dalgarno
Figure 3.2: The state of molecules in the environment around massive YSOs. From van Dishoeck
and Blake (1998).
Hot coreOutflows
SiO
T(gas)=200-1000 KT(dust)~90 K ~60 K ~45 K ~20 K
50000 AU
UV
1000 AU
TrappedCO
COice
2
COCONOice
2
2
ice
H2
H2ONH3
HCH3
O ice
2
CNS
CH
CH OH
OH
2
3
3
2
ComplexOrganics
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
38
1989a,b). As the temperature falls and H2 reforms the chemistry resembles that of C
shocks.
As the gas temperature falls further, (typically < 500 K) the rates of many
reactions become very slow and the molecular mixture is effectively ‘frozen’. In this
way shocks can produce high H2O abundances with all of the O not locked up in CO
being driven into H2O (e.g. Goldreich and Scoville 1976, Elitzur 1979); and
photodissociation can form OH so that OH abundances are often raised in areas of
high H2O abundance. Observations (primarily of the Orion shock) do indicate high
H2O/H2 abundances of at least 10–5 (e.g. Cernicharo et al. 1994, Zmuidzinas et al.
1995, Timmermann et al. 1996). Shocks are likely to be the most important factor in
the required chemistry for OH masers.
3.2.4 Photodissociation Regions
The photodissociation region (PDR) is taken to extend into clouds from the ‘atomic
surface layer’ into where FUV flux still affects the chemistry of e.g. O and C not
locked up in CO (see figure 3.3). In terms of extinction this is up to Av ~10. At this
depth hydrogen is molecular; and therefore all of the atomic and most of the molecular
gas in the Galaxy is in PDRs, since only dense cloud-forming cores have Av > 10.
PDRs are the source of a large amount of the IR radiation from the ISM (i.e. non-
stellar IR radiation). Incident radiation is absorbed primarily by dust grains and
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), and is then reemitted as PAH IR features
and far-infrared (FIR) continuum radiation from the cooling dust grains. About 0.1 to
1% of the FUV energy is converted to energetic photoelectrons (~1 eV) that are
ejected into the medium and heat the gas. The dust absorbs 102 to 103 times more
energy per unit volume than the gas, but remains at a lower temperature than the gas
due to the much higher efficiency of dust ‘greybody’ cooling (not quite blackbody).
The primary gas cooling routes are through the C II (158 µm) and O I (63 µm) spectral
lines.
PDR chemistry contains several important differences from normal ion-
molecule chemistry. Firstly, the high flux of FUV photons makes photoreactions very
important, as are reactions with atomic hydrogen. Vibrationally excited H2 ( *2H ) is
also common and can drive reactions that would not be possible with H2. If the gas
gets very warm (>500 K), the energy barrier to reactions of atoms and radicals with H2
can be overcome, and reactions with H2 can dominate. Finally, an important factor for
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
39
OH chemistry is that atomic O is kept abundant by the FUV photons, and so ‘burning’
reactions are effective. FUV pumping of H2 can lead to a vibrational temperature that
is much higher than the gas temperature. Astrophysical reactions with *2H are
covered in Wagner and Graff (1987). These non-equilibrium excitation conditions
can give rise to reaction rates that are enhanced over thermal rates (Gardiner 1977,
Dalgarno 1985); for example, rates of reaction of *2H with O, OH and C+ all show
large enhancements with vibrational excitation of H2 (e.g. Light 1978, Jones et al.
1986). However, vibrational excitation of OH does not enhance the reaction rate of
OH + H2. Chemical reactions can also be promoted by translational energy; in
particular, turbulence can lead to non-Maxwellian velocity fields and hence non-
Maxwellian reaction rates. The reaction O + H2 is not affected by this to a great
extent because of its relatively high activation energy. The enhancement of OH, H2O,
CH+, and HCO+ in turbulent PDRs has been studied by Falgarone et al. (1995).
The PDR interface layer consists mostly of neutral atoms or cations formed by
photodissociation reactions and ionisation reactions. OH is produced through
reactions of O with *2H and H2, and most of it is photodissociated again. A small
fraction reacts with C+ to form CO+, which then strips an electron from H to form CO
(Hollenbach and Tielens 1997). With increasing depth into the PDR, chemistry
involving small radicals such as OH and +nCH becomes more important. In warm
VA VAVA < 0.1∆
C
O2
+ +C
HH+
H2
C
O
COC
H+
UV Flux
~ 1 ~ 10
O
T~ 1000 K T~ 100 Kto 10 K
T~ 10000 K
[e] ~ 1
to 100 K
[e] ~ 10 [e] ~ 10-6-4
Slow MHD Shock Fast MHD Shock
Max penetrationof UV < 91 nm
Max penetrationof UV > 91 nmto optical
Figure 3.3: Diagram of the transition from UCH II region (left) to dense molecular core (right). The
entire area left of O2 is a PDR. [e] values are relative abundances of electrons; Av values are visual
extinction in magnitudes. Adapted from Hollenbach and Tielens (1997).
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
40
high-density PDRs, such as those formed near massive YSOs, reactions involving H2
dominate; while in cool low-density PDRs, such as those before gravitational collapse
has begun, reactions with FUV pumped *2H are important. The main reactions in
oxygen bearing molecules are shown in figure 3.4. PDR chemistry is covered in depth
in Sternberg and Dalgarno (1995).
3.2.5 The Role of Dust
Two main mechanisms couple the gas to the FUV photons of stars: FUV pumping of
H2 molecules and energetic electrons released via the photoelectric effect on small
dust grains and PAHs. Other heating mechanisms – such as collisions with warm
dust, cosmic ray heating and pumping via the FIR radiation field of the warm dust
(FIR pumping is however very important for the functioning of OH masers) – play
only a small role, save for in the depths of clouds (Tielens and Hollenbach 1985a).
Theoretical calculations indicate that small dust grains (<50 Å) and PAHs are more
efficient at heating the gas than larger grains. The distribution of grain sizes
Figure 3.4: The most important reactions of oxygen bearing molecules in PDRs. From Hollenbach
and Tielens (1997).
H2
H2 H2
H2
CH2
CH2H3+
O O
O
OH OH
CO
H
H
H
H
H
H
HOH
CC
e
e
2
2
2
2 2
2
3
O
O
O+
+
++
,
,
,
,
+
+
*
*
ν
ν
H
e
e
e
νO+
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
41
approximately follows a power law: the number of grains per unit size interval is
proportional to r –3.5 (Mathis, Rumpl, Nordsieck 1977); this is the ‘MRN’ distribution.
The function is normalised so that the mass function of the dust is 1% of the mass of
hydrogen nuclei. The MRN distribution also assumes that the dust is a
silicate/graphite mixture. The original MRN distribution only covered the range 0.005
µm (50 Å) to 1 µm; the more recent ‘extended’ MRN distribution covers the range
0.001 µm (10 Å) to 10 µm. For an MRN distribution stretching down to the sizes of
molecular PAHs, approximately half of the gas heating is due to grains with sizes
below 15 Å (Bakes and Tielens 1994). Grains this small are capable of being
significantly heated by the absorption of a single photon. The remaining half comes
mostly from grains of sizes 15 to 100 Å, with grains larger than 100 Å contributing
negligibly to the heating of gas.
More extensive coverage of the chemistry of molecular clouds can be found in
the reviews by Tielens and Whittet (1997), Hollenbach and Tielens (1997), van
Dishoeck and Blake (1998); and also in books edited by van Dishoeck (1997) and
Hartquist and Williams (1998).
3.3 Interpretation of OH Masers in Star-Forming Regions
3.3.1 Physical Location
OH masers in star-forming regions were the first astronomical masers discovered, and
are generally the strongest masers. Early interpretations suggested that every maser
was the site of a proto-stellar object, but as soon as higher resolution observations
showed the masers to be still unresolved and ever more numerous then it was clear
that this could not be the case. Zuckerman et al. (1965) were the first to suggest that
the masers were associated with compact H II regions – which had also been shown to
be abundant in star-forming regions. Cook (1966) suggested a model in which the
masers were located at the interface between the H II region and the surrounding warm
gas. This received much support, and was finally confirmed by Reid et al. (1980)
with their maps of W3(OH) showing the masers did indeed cover the UCH II region.
Subsequent observations demonstrated that the masers of other star-forming regions
also lay over the top of UCH II regions, most notably in the work of Gaume and Mutel
(1987). The relationship between OH masers in star-forming regions and H II regions
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
42
is now so well established that these regions are sometimes called H II/OH regions;
the existence of one of these phenomena is often a signpost to the other.
The exact nature of the zone around the compact H II region has been the
subject of much debate. Much of this debate has followed closely from the study of
the W3(OH) itself, and as the proposed models for the structure of W3(OH) have
come and gone so the generalised model of OH masers in star-forming regions has
followed. In this respect, an important aspect of the results in this thesis may well be
in advancing the generalised model of masers in this environment. The first model
proposed was that of Elitzur and de Jong (1978) who suggested that the maser zone
was an expanding compressed shell between the shock and ionised fronts. As is
discussed more extensively in chapter 5.7, alternative models have since been
suggested by e.g. Reid et al. 1980 who proposed that the masers were within in falling
material still accreting onto the star; and Bloemhof et al. (1992) who showed that the
general maser proper motion was divergent and proposed that the masers were in a
‘champagne flow’ around the outside of the UCH II region. This thesis provides
strong evidence (in chapters 5.7 and 5.8) that in fact the masers are in a rotating disc
of material, which may itself be expanding or disintegrating.
3.3.2 Occurrence
OH maser emission in the ground state main-lines has long been used as a tracer of
UCH II regions and YSOs in general, but many previous surveys have had large
position errors (> 10'') and so been unable to prove conclusively that emission at either
line was actually coming from the same region. The survey by Caswell and Hayes
(1987) suggested that of 1665 MHz masing sites, 90% had 1667 MHz emission, and
about 7% had 1612 MHz or 1720 MHz emission. The satellite lines rarely occurred
together in the same site. The 1665 MHz emission was usually (90% of cases)
stronger than 1667 MHz by a (median) factor of three, but sometimes weaker by a
factor of four.
Recently, with the development of the Australia Telescope Compact Array,
surveys have been undertaken in the southern hemisphere Galactic plane with a
resolution of ~1'' that have shown conclusively star-forming regions where masers of
more than one of the ground state lines are present. These surveys, in particular those
of Caswell (1998, 1999), provide results in sufficient number to be statistically
meaningful. Caswell (1998) surveyed over 200 SFR maser sites in the main-lines and
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
43
found that the masers were typically confined to regions less than ~1'', confirming
results from an earlier survey of 70 maser sites which found that the median size of
OH groups was 0.6'' (Forster and Caswell 1989). Where distances are known, the
linear size is rarely greater than 6000 AU. Care always needs to be taken in
interpreting surveys because of selection effects; e.g. the occurrence of 1665 MHz
maser emission with 1667 MHz emission may be biased in a 1665 MHz survey.
Where 1667 MHz emission was present in Caswell’s survey it was generally weaker
than the 1665 MHz emission, but was sometimes stronger. The velocity range of the
100 strongest sources had a median value of 9 km s–1, although this is likely to be a
slight overestimate of the true value because the observations (with two orthogonal
polarised receivers) could not tell the difference between RCP and LCP emission, and
hence could not identify Zeeman splitting in the spectra. The Zeeman splitting for a
typical 7 mG field is ~4 km s–1. In a later addition to this survey of over 200 masing
SFRs Caswell (1999) reported 11 1720 MHz maser sources and 11 1612 MHz
sources. At only two of these sites (i.e. 1%) were both satellite lines present together
(this highlights the special nature of W3(OH), where all the ground-state lines and
many excited-state lines are found). Caswell (1999) also confirmed that 1720 MHz
masers in SFRs are quite variable, and found that there was no correlation between the
nature of the underlying UCH II region and the presence of either of the satellite lines,
confirming the finding of Gaume and Mutel (1987). However, Moore et al. (1988)
found a correlation between the peak flux densities of 1665 MHz emission and
infrared emission at 60 µm. The relationship suggested that a threshold of flux was
needed before masers would be present; then above that threshold, brighter masers
were associated with higher 60 µm fluxes. Caswell (1999) did note that there
appeared to be a correlation between the presence of 6668 MHz methanol masers and
the satellite lines. At every site of 1720 MHz emission there was methanol emission,
while at half of the 1612 MHz maser sites there was no methanol emission. This
suggested that 1612 MHz maser emission might indicate a slightly earlier stage of the
evolution of the UCH II region, since methanol is believed to generally favour
younger UCH II regions (H2O masers have been identified as the earliest maser sign of
YSO activity).
Usually, the radial velocity distribution of the masers appears chaotic, as does
the spatial distribution. However, work in this thesis shows that – at least in the case
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
44
of W3(OH) – there is in fact underlying order in the velocity distribution of the
masers; the main barrier to noticing this is the effect of Zeeman splitting in a region of
varying magnetic field. This may be why methanol and H2O (which show no Zeeman
splitting) have been more often identified with ordered motion (e.g. discs or outflows).
3.3.3 Environment
Early observations appeared to eliminate radiative pump models of SFR masers, on
the grounds that maser photons exceeded the number of UV photons. However,
models which involved far-infrared pumping survived, and were boosted after
Thronson and Harper (1979) observed that there was much more radiation from very
cool dust than had been predicted by extrapolating ground based measurements. The
dust emission peaks at ~100 µm, corresponding to a temperature of 30 to 50 K, and
the photon rate exceeds the maser photon rate. The inclusion of line overlap has made
models much more successful in producing maser emission at dust temperatures
which match observations.
Recent modelling work has been conducted by e.g. Cesaroni and Walmsley
(1991), Gray et al. (1991, 1992) and Pavlakis and Kylafis (1996a,b,c). These have
mostly been using the Sobolev (or ‘large velocity gradient’) approximation, and been
successful at reproducing maser emission in the ground-state lines at least (although
not always at excited states). These models produce valuable diagnostic information
about the conditions in the masing areas; in general predicting that the gas kinetic
temperature lies in the range TK = 30 to 150 K; [H2] = 106 to 108 cm–1; [OH] / [H2] ~
10–5; and velocity shifts of up to a few km s–1. Dust temperatures, TD, are generally
assumed to be above TK. In particular, the modelling work of Gray et al. (1992)
makes the following predictions about the ground lines:
1. Bright 1665 MHz masers require FIR line overlap and form in accelerating
flows of gas where the velocity field exists over long enough distances to
produce shifts of a few km s–1. Higher kinetic temperatures increase the
necessary velocity shift required for 1665 MHz masers to dominate, and
therefore suggest the 1665 MHz dominant emission is confined to lower
temperatures than ~100 K. Powerful emission arises at [OH] > 20 cm–3, but
this threshold rises for higher TK. In general, powerful 1665 MHz emission
should dominate in regions below 75 K and [OH]>15 to 20 cm–3, with velocity
shifts greater than 1.5 km s–1. Saturation begins at very short path lengths of
Chapter 3: OH Maser Environments
45
about 1 AU under these conditions. These are probably the easiest conditions
to satisfy in SFRs, which explains why 1665 MHz masers are the most
common.
2. 1667 MHz masers can form with or without the presence of FIR line overlap.
In the absence of line overlap 1667 MHz masers form in the temperature range
50-75 K with [OH] ~ 60 cm–3. In the presence of line overlap, 1667 MHz is
enhanced in an accelerating flow for small velocity shifts, but weakened at
larger velocity shifts. This is in contrast to 1665 MHz emission, which may
dominate when the shift becomes too large for 1667 MHz emission. The range
for which 1667 MHz dominates increases as [OH] drops, such that 1667 MHz
dominates up to velocity shifts of 3 km s–1 at [OH] ~ 10 cm–3. Thus, 1667
MHz dominant emission could indicate lower OH densities.
3. 1720 MHz masers may also form with or without FIR line overlap. The
modelling suggests that in the absence of line overlap 1720 MHz emission is
indicative of lower TK than 1667 MHz emission. Maser emission is reduced at
[OH] > 100 cm–3. In the presence of line overlap, 1720 MHz emission can
become the dominant line at relatively low velocity shifts of less than 1 km s–1.
Line overlap also allows maser emission to continue at [OH] > 100 cm–3.
4. Strong 1612 MHz emission generally requires the presence of line overlap and
strong FIR radiation fields. In such conditions, 1612 MHz masers dominate at
colder temperatures, TK = 30 to 40 K for velocity shifts > 2 km s–1. The
masers may form in lower density gas with [OH] ~10 cm–3, and hence may
indicate colder, less dense flowing zones.
46
Chapter 4
Data Reduction
The data analysed in this thesis was observed on the Very Long Baseline Array
(VLBA), which is run by the National Radio Astronomy Observatory (NRAO) in the
USA (http://www.aoc.nrao.edu/vlba/html/VLBA.html). The VLBA is a system of ten
identical radio antennas controlled remotely from the Array Operations Center in
Socorro (New Mexico) that work together as the world’s most extended, dedicated,
full-time astronomical instrument. Construction started in February 1986 and was
complete by May 1993. The first observation using all ten antennas was on May 29,
1993, after a total construction cost of $85 million (cf. Hubble Space Telescope ~$1
billion!). Each antenna has diameter 25 m and weighs 240 tons, and are a very similar
model to that used in the Very Large Array (VLA). The locations of the 10 antennas
are shown in figure 4.1. The 10 antennas give 45 baselines, the longest (which
determines the telescope’s maximum resolution) of which is 8611 km (~5000 miles).
The VLBA can observe in 9 bands from 330 MHz to 43 GHz; these frequencies
translate to wavelengths from 90 cm to 7 mm. More comprehensive technical
specifications for the VLBA can be found in the VLBA Observational Status
Summary (Wrobel 2000).
4.1 Interferometry
The theory of interferometry is a complex blend of electronics/receiver technology
and Fourier transform mathematics, which is beyond the scope of this thesis. The next
section will outline the basic principles that are relevant to the data reduction. For the
dedicated reader, the books by Thompson et al. (1986) and Rohlfs (1986) cover the
area of interferometry much more thoroughly.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
47
4.1.1 Detection in Radio Telescopes
Radio telescopes measure the passing of an electromagnetic wave, as opposed to
optical telescopes, which measure the absorption of photons. If a radio telescope of
area Ae detects a total energy E, in an integration time τ, in a receiver of bandwidth
∆ν, then the mean power is
P = E / τ (4.1)
And the mean power per unit frequency, or mean spectral density, is
Pν = P / ∆ν (4.2)
Mauna Kea Hawaii
Owen’s Valley California
Brewster Washington
North Liberty Iowa
Hancock New Hampshire
Kitt Peak Arizona
Pie Town New Mexico
Fort Davis Texas
Los Alamos New Mexico
St. Croix Virgin Islands
Figure 4.1: The NRAO’s VLBA sites.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
48
(4.3)
(4.7)
The spectral flux density (usually shortened to simply ‘flux density’) is
e
2A
PS
ν∆=
For an astronomical object, values of flux density would always be extremely small,
so the unit of flux density – the Jansky – is defined as 10–26 W m–2 Hz–1. Flux density
is not an intrinsic property of the source, since it depends both on the power of the
source and the distance to the source. The surface brightness, B, of the source is the
flux density per unit solid angle, Ω, of the source. Brightness is independent of
distance to the source (neglecting transit effects such as scattering).
From the Nyquist Theorem, the noise power in a receiver can be specified in
terms of the temperature, Ts, of a matched resistive load producing equal power to an
equivalent noise-free receiver:
PN = k Ts ∆ν (4.4)
Contributions to the system temperature come from resistive losses in devices and
circuits, absorption losses, shot noise on bias currents in devices like transistors,
pickup of radiation from sky and ground; and losses in feeds, polarisers and
transmission lines ahead of the receiver.
The radio source power (i.e. signal) in the receiver is
PR = k Ta ∆ν (4.6)
Where Ta is the antenna temperature, and so
e
ak2A
TS =
The antenna temperature is converted into a measured flux via the gain, which is a
measure of how well a flux falling on the antenna is converted into an output signal,
measured as a temperature by comparison with a calibrated noise source. It is
measured in Jy / K. This is effectively a measure of the sensitivity of the antenna.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
49
4.1.2 Aperture Synthesis
In a single dish radio telescope, diffraction broadens the response to a point source.
The angular size, θ, of the half-power level of the main lobe of the pattern is known as
the half-power beamwidth, and is related to the diameter, d, of the measuring
instrument and the wavelength of radiation, λ,
θ ≈ λ / d (4.8)
The projection of θ onto the sky is known as the beam. The relation of θ to λ is a
major problem for radio astronomy because it greatly reduces the resolution of any
single dish radio telescope that it is possible to construct. Antennas above 100 m in
size are prohibitively expensive and difficult to make, limiting single dish resolution
to just 0.1° at 18 cm. Aperture synthesis is the way around this.
A parabolic reflector ensures that the path length (and therefore time of
journey) is equal from the source to the detector for every element of the detecting
surface. The same effect could be achieved if the parabola were flattened out into a
plane and the path lengths of the signals were made equal afterwards by adding the
correct required delays to individual signal paths. This is called an ‘adding
interferometer’ or ‘tied array’; shown in figure 4.2. Different parts of the sky can be
viewed by varying the delays to the individual elements. This relies on two basic
assumptions: 1. The source is in the ‘far-field’ (i.e. that oncoming waves are plane
parallel) 2. The source is spatially incoherent (i.e. radiated signals from any two points
on the source are uncorrelated (There is some speculation that masers may be more
coherent than ordinary chaotic light, but since masers are rarely resolved this is not a
problem). Since the antennas are widely separated, there will be a time delay in the
detection of the wave at one antenna to the other. Because the earth is rotating, there
will also be a time derivative of the delay (the delay rate, or fringe rate). Additional
rates will be present from the motion of the earth around the sun.
In modern interferometers, the signals from individual elements are multiplied
together in pairs (or baselines), in a ‘correlator interferometer’. This creates an
interference pattern where maxima are separated by λ / d (the fringe spacing). In this
case, the amplitude of each fringe pattern contains information about the strength of
the source, and the relative phase contains information about the source position. It is
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
50
(4.9)
important to remember that that in some ways the phase of the detected signal is more
important than the amplitude, since the source distribution is generally more important
than the relative intensities.
An extended source can be treated as a collection of point sources, each of
which contributes to a fringe pattern. What is measured in an interferometer is a
superposition of sinusoidal functions – a Fourier series – from an unknown source
structure. This is called the visibility function. In order to determine the brightness
distribution of the source the function needs to be broken down into its component
parts to find all the amplitudes and phases of the source components. This is the task
of data reduction, since it is the visibility function that the telescope operators at the
VLBA hand to the observer after correlation in the correlator at the Array Operations
Center.
4.1.3 Visibility Data
If a radio source in the direction R radiates and produces a time variable electric field
E(R, t), then the correlation of the field at points r1 and r2 (the antenna locations) at
frequency ν is
)(*)(),( 2121 rrrr EEV =ν
Figure 4.2: Diagram of a ‘tied array’. The use of appropriate delays in the signal feeds can point
the array in different directions. ‘d’ is the single aperture diameter; D is the maximum baseline
length.
d
D
Plane parallel waves from SourcePlane parallel waves from Source
Delay
Correlator
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
51
(4.10)
From this, using the two basic assumptions mentioned in the previous section – that
the source is far field and spatially incoherent, the spatial coherence function can be
derived:
ΩIV i de)(),( c/)(221
21 rrssrr −−∫= νπνν
where Iν(s) is the observed intensity of the radiation field, s is the unit vector in the
direction of R, and dΩ is the solid angle subtended by the source. Note that the
function depends only on the separation vector r1-r2, and not on the absolute
positions. Therefore, more can be learnt about the correlation properties by holding
one point fixed and moving the other point around.
The baseline may be represented as a vector, (r1–r2), which has magnitude the
separation of the antennas and an angle that is the orientation of the baseline. The
projection of this vector onto the celestial sphere can be though of as a point in a
plane, called the aperture plane or u,v plane (The w axis comes out of this plane to
form a right handed coordinate system). u and v are measured in wavelengths at the
centre frequency of the band. As the earth rotates, the baseline projection on the
celestial sphere rotates and foreshortens. The locus of the length and direction of the
baseline projection is an ellipse, the parameters of which depend on the declination of
the source, the latitude of the midpoint of the baseline and the length and orientation
of the baseline. The superposition of all the ellipses from all the baselines is called the
u,v coverage; the u,v coverage for the VLBA observation is shown in figure 4.3. The
u,v coverage determines the scales of structure (‘spatial frequencies’) that can be
measured by the interferometer. A single dish of the aperture of the maximum
baseline would entirely fill the space in the u,v plane – so, clearly, the fewer gaps in
the coverage the better.
A visibility is a measurement of the phase and amplitude at a point in the u,v
plane. Since every time and baseline (antenna pair) has a corresponding point in the
u,v plane, it is possible to rewrite the spatial coherence function (equation 4.10) in
terms of u and v:
∫∫ +−= yxyx,Ivu,V vyuxi dde)()( )(2πνν
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
52
(4.12)
(4.13)
where Iν (x,y) is the intensity distribution of the source and Vν(u,v) is the visibility
function.
4.1.4 Imaging
Since equation 4.11 is a Fourier transform, it can be formally inverted:
∫∫ += vuvu,Vyx,I vyuxi dde)()( )(2πνν
Of course, we can see from e.g. figure 4.3 that we never have full u,v coverage from
an interferometer, but only samples on the u,v plane. The sampling can be described
by a sampling function, S(u,v), which is 1 where data have been taken and 0 where it
has not. Equation 4.12 now becomes
∫∫ += vuvu,Svu,Vyx,I vyuxi dde)()()( )(2D πνν
Meg
a W
avel
engt
h
Mega Wavelength-40 -20 0 20 40
50
40
30
20
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
Figure 4.3: The u,v coverage of the VLBA during the observation.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
53
(4.15)
where νDI (x,y) is known as the dirty image or dirty map. The dirty image is related to
the true intensity distribution, Iν (x,y), through the Fourier convolution theorem:
νDI (x,y) = Iν (x,y) ∗ Β (x,y) (4.14)
where the * denotes the convolution, and
∫∫ += vuvu,Syx,B vyuxi dde)()( )(2π
where B(x,y) is called the synthesised beam, dirty beam or point spread function, and
has unit intensity. Note that it is the Fourier transform of the sampling function. In
order to determine the true brightness distribution, the dirty beam must be
deconvolved from the dirty map. The most common deconvolution algorithm in radio
astronomy is ‘Clean’ (Högbom 1974), which considers a source to be a collection of
point sources. This process works iteratively:
1. The dirty beam and dirty map are determined from the visibility data.
2. The location of the peak flux in the dirty map is found, and the dirty beam is
subtracted at this point (in practice, cleaning gives better results by subtracting
just a small fraction of the dirty beam each time). Remember that the peak
flux is treated as a point source, and the dirty beam is the point source
response; so this has the effect of correctly removing all intensity associated
with the peak, i.e. side lobes and artefacts. This leaves behind a residual map,
and the position and intensity of the peak flux are stored as a clean component.
3. Go to 1, unless there are no points of flux greater than a specified noise level.
4. Convolve the clean components with the clean beam. The clean beam is the
full width at half-maximum (FWHM) of the main lobe of the dirty beam. The
size of the clean beam is dependent on equation 4.8.
5. Add the last residual map to the clean map.
When cleaning maps it is important to consider weighting of the u,v points.
Weighting individual antennas is not an issue for VLBA data because all the antennas
are identical, and sensitivities vary only slightly due to local conditions. Each track
(arc) in figure 4.3 contains the same number of measurements, yet clearly the outer
tracks are longer, and therefore the u,v points are more spread out. This means that
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
54
the u,v density is higher in the centre of the plane, an effect which can be seen in
figure 4.3, where the points in the outer arcs are more spread out. Natural weighting
just weights the u,v points according to σ–2, where σ is the visibility error. The leads
to the lowest noise, but means that the inner u,v range (lower resolutions) will
dominate – resulting in a larger beam. Uniform weighting corrects for the local
density of u,v points, effectively weighting up the outer parts of the u,v coverage.
This increases the noise slightly, but results in a smaller beam, and hence higher
resolution.
4.1.5 The Stokes Parameters
Recall from chapter 4.1.2 that the signals from antennas are multiplied together in
pairs. Radio telescopes are equipped with two separate complementary polarised
feeds; in the VLBA, these are in the form of oppositely circularly polarised receivers
(other telescopes may use orthogonal linearly polarised feeds). This gives a total of
four independent signal measurements of the source; when multiplied together in the
correlator they give four correlations: the same-hand L1L2 and R1R2 correlations and
the cross-hand L1R2 and R1L2 correlations (where subscripts 1 and 2 indicate feeds
from the two antennas). These four correlations are sufficient to define four rather
more useful quantities called the Stokes parameters (Stokes 1852), as is shown in
table 4.1. The relationship of the Stokes parameters to the actual properties of the
radiation is shown in figure 4.4.
Hence, from combinations of the Stokes parameters it is possible to calculate the full
polarization properties of the measured source intensity. From figure 4.4 it can be
seen that for pure circular polarization β = 45°, and so Q = U = 0. For pure linear
polarization β = 0, so V = 0. If V is negative then this represents LCP emission; if
Circularly Polarised
Feeds
Parameters to which
Instrument is Sensitive
L1 L2 I–V
R1 R2 I+V
L1 R2 Q+iU
R1 L2 Q–iU
Table 4.1: Relationship of the Stokes parameters to the polarized correlations.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
55
(4.17)
(4.18)
(4.19)
(4.20)
positive then RCP emission. In this way the fraction of circular polarization present in
a source is
V / I = sin(2β) (4.16)
The total linearly polarised intensity is
22 UQ +
and so the fraction of linear polarization present is
)=+ β2cos(
22
I
UQ
Likewise, the total polarised flux is
222 VUQ ++
and so the total fraction of polarization present is
I
VUQ 222 ++
Figure 4.4: Diagram illustrating the relationship between the Stokes parameters and the
polarization properties of the electromagnetic radiation. The ray is propagating into the page. Note
that the double angles enter into the equations – this is because of the squaring involved in going
from amplitude to intensity.
a sin
(2β)
χ)(2(2β)
(2β) (2χ)β
χ
cosa β
V =
U =
Q =
I =
Plane ofReference
β
cos
cos
a
a
a
a
2
2
2
2
cos
sin
sin
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
56
The angle χ can be found from U/Q = tan(2χ). Note however that because the
signs of both Q and U are important then an arctangent function must be used which
uses the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value (i.e.
arctanU /Q ≠ arctan–U / – Q).
4.2 Data Acquisition
4.2.1 AIPS
For the purposes of the following description, ‘data reduction’ has been defined to be
the processes involved from the receipt of the correlator output on magnetic tape to
the production of the map images. Under this interpretation, all of the data reduction
was carried out within the NRAO’s Astronomical Image Processing System (AIPS)
software suite of programs (http://www.cv.nrao.edu/aips/).
The AIPS suite is a mature project, started in 1978 in Vax/VMS environments,
but has been under continuous development since. It now consists of nearly 1,000,000
lines of FORTRAN code in 300 distinct applications or ‘tasks’. The tasks allow for
the complex mathematics outlined in the previous two sections to be carried out by the
observer without the extremely high level of mathematical understanding that would
be otherwise needed – although it should be pointed out that ‘user friendliness’ is most
certainly not one of the attributes of AIPS (AIPS is a world away from ‘point and
click’!)
4.2.2 The Observation
The observation itself (observer label BD31-W3OH) was on 2nd August
1996, from ~7 am until 8 pm (UTC), using all 10 antennas of the VLBA. The data
was reduced during a month-long visit to the Array Operations Center in Socorro,
where expertise in many of the more difficult aspects of calibration and imaging of
such data is readily available. In addition, powerful computers that were needed for
such a large dataset were available at the site, and probably reduced the computational
time required by a factor of ~5 over the computers available to us in Bristol at the
time. Since the reduction took ~600 hours of CPU time in Socorro, in Bristol this
would have taken half a year of CPU time – if indeed it had been possible at all.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
57
The data on W3(OH) were recorded in dual circular polarization in a
bandwidth of 62.5 kHz centred on VLSR for W3(OH), –45 km s–1, assuming rest
frequencies of 1612.231 MHz, 1665.402 MHz, 1667.359 MHz, 1720.530 MHz for the
four lines. In addition, shorter observations were made in a wider band of 1 MHz.
These observations provide better signal to noise ratios for calibration where spectral
resolution is unimportant. Observed along with W3(OH) were several calibrator
sources which are vitally important in the data reduction. Table 4.2 shows the sources
observed and the reasons for their observation. Within AIPS, each antenna is given a
code, which is shown in table 4.3.
Each scan of the target source was 15 minutes long, and each scan of calibrator
sources was 10 minutes long. There were three scans of the target source for every
calibrator scan. Calibrator scans were spread out among the target scans, to ensure
that any effects that change during the time of the observation can be accounted for,
e.g. effects caused by the differing elevation of the source, or weather changes. Figure
4.5 shows the variation of Tsys of each antenna with time during the observation.
Several aspects are noticeable in the plot:
1. The calibrator scans can be seen evenly spread through the observation, and
have a lower Tsys than W3(OH) – the latter is because of the much lower flux
being collected from calibrator sources
2. The Tsys at Mauna Kea starts high and gradually falls over a few hours – this is
because the observation began at sunset over Mauna Kea, which is the most
western of the antennas
3. Likewise, the easternmost antennas (e.g. St. Croix) experience rises in Tsys
towards the end of the observation, where the sun was rising.
The recorded signals were correlated in full cross-polarization mode at the
VLBA correlator in Socorro, which allows for 128 channels across the 62.5 kHz
bandwidth. The resulting u,v data were then read into AIPS for reduction.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
58
Source Position (RA, DEC – B1950) Scans Time / min Purpose
W3(OH) 02:27:03.8251 61:52:24.653 44 660 Target
1611+343 16:13:41.0643 34:12:47.909 1 10
1611CAL 16:13:41.0643 34:12:47.909 2 20 Pol. angle calibrator
3C84 03:19:48.1601 41:30:42.106 6 60 Fringe finder;
Bandpass calibrator;
Amplitude calibrator
3C84CAL 03:19:48.1601 41:30:42.106 7 70 Polarization calibrator
Table 4.2: The observed sources. Sources ending in ‘CAL’ are wide-band continuum observations.
1: BR - Brewster 6: MK - Mauna Kea
2: FD - Fort Davis 7: NL - North Liberty
3: HN - Hancock 8: OV - Owen's Valley
4: KP - Kitt Peak 9: PT - Pie Town
5: LA - Los Alamos 10: SC - St. Croix
Table 4.3: The VLBA Antenna codes.
1L BR353025
2L FD40353025
3L HN15010050
4L KP5550454035
5L LA605040
6L MK
Kel
vin 80
6040
7L NL3025
8L OV605040
9L PT403530
10L SC
TIME (HOURS)06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20
806040
Figure 4.5: Variation of Tsys for 1665 MHz LCP throughout the observation.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
59
4.3 The AIPS Reduction Sequence
In principle, single polarization spectral line calibration has changed little from the
method described by Reid et al. (1980). However, dual polarization spectral line
reduction – also called spectral-line polarimetry – raises new problems. These are
covered in detail in Kemball et al. (1995); and the books by Zensus et al. (1995),
Taylor et al. (1999), and will only be summarised in the following sections.
4.3.1 Preliminary Flagging
The data were loaded into AIPS using the task FITLD, applying all the
standard digital and scaling corrections relevant to VLBA data. Then, the task
INDXR was run to index the u,v data. This speeds access to the u,v dataset by giving
offsets into the file for time ranges and source numbers.
Next, the data were examined in their rawest form to see if any obviously bad
data needed flagging. There are many ways of looking at the data at this point; for
example Tsys versus time (as in figure 4.5), which can be accomplished with the task
SNPLT; or plots of amplitude versus baseline length, which can be accomplished with
the task UVPLT, as in figure 4.7.
Even at this early stage in reduction, plots such as figure 4.6 are informative
and give an indication of what the source looks like. Figure 4.6 shows that as u,v
distance (baseline length) increases the flux drops steadily. This indicates that areas
of emission are being increasingly ‘resolved out’ by the longer baselines (i.e. the scale
of structure of such areas is larger than the beam of those baselines). There is a
suggestion that the trend stops at ~35 ‘megawavelength’ (6300 km) and becomes level
at this point. This indicates that there is probably not any structure beyond this point,
and therefore that most of the masers are probably of size ~5 mas.
Next, the task VLOG was run to segment and re-format the TSM calibration
file produced for the VLBA observation. This allowed for automatic flagging of data
by some tasks and provides additional calibration and sensitivity information for the
VLBA as determined from single-dish pointing observations. Editing and flagging
was assisted by viewing data by antenna (using SNPLT) to identify bad data. The task
EDITA allows for the examining and editing of antenna Tsys, gain amplitudes, phases,
delays, and rates.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
60
4.3.2 Amplitude Calibration
At this point, the first stage of calibration begins: amplitude calibration.
Amplitude calibration uses measured antenna gains and Tsys values, as well as finding
corrections for voltage offsets in the samplers. First, the task ACCOR was used to
correct amplitudes in the cross correlation spectrum. These are caused by errors in
sampler thresholds and are fixed by using measurements of the auto correlation
spectrum (the 2-bit data correction). ACCOR creates a solution (SN) table that is
applied to the calibration (CL) table with the task CLCAL. The task CLCOR was
then used make the parallactic angle data correction. The correction for parallactic
angle needs to be applied for antennas that have alt-azimuth mountings because the
orientation of the polarised feeds changes with respect to the sky as the antenna tracks
the object. This is not an issue with polar mounted antennas, but all the VLBA
antennas are alt-azimuth. Then the task APCAL was used to take the Tsys and gain
curve data from the file produced by VLOG to produce an SN table, which was
applied with CLCAL. The task ANCAL applies similar corrections directly to the CL
table. Los Alamos was chosen as the reference antenna since the weather and
atmospheric conditions in the southwest of the USA are usually the best.
Jans
kys
Mega Wavelength0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Figure 4.6: Plot of amplitude versus u,v distance for 1665 MHz Stokes I channel 64; W3(OH) only.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
61
4.3.3 Phase Calibration
The next stage was phase calibration, which removes errors and delays
introduced by the instrumentation. The amplitude and phase of the data can be
examined with the task POSSM. The aim was to produce flat phases as a function of
frequency (channel) in the data. Phase calibration is achieved by finding interference
fringes between the phases of the signals from the two antennas on each baseline.
This is needed because we don’t know absolutely: the frequency of the local
oscillators; the exact time; the fixed delays at the antennas; the exact location of the
antennas; the exact location of the sources; and the exact direction in which the
antennas were pointing during the observation. All of these effects produce slight
shifts and uncertainties in the data, not all of which are removed by the correlator and
so need to be removed by the observer. The task FRING was used (with 3C84 as the
calibrator source because of its simple point like appearance) to find fringes in the
selection of u,v data in order to find the group delay and phase rate calibration to be
applied to the whole data. This removes the slope of the phases through the channels
in the band (variation of the phase over the time of the observation will be removed
just before imaging). At this point, it was discovered that the Pie Town antenna was
not giving acceptable fringes on its baselines. If fringes cannot be found on the
calibrator source then it usually means the data will be useless, so the antenna was
dropped from the data. FRING creates an SN table containing the fringe frequency to
a few mHz and the delay to less than 1 ns, so that the data can be integrated over
timescales of a few minutes and used to make an image. The task SNCOR was used
to set the residual rates to zero and put a constant phase shift into the SN table that
was then applied with CLCAL.
4.3.4 Bandpass Calibration
After phase calibration, the bandpass was calibrated to correct for imperfect
electrical filters. The task CPASS (the successor to BPASS) was used for this, again
using 3C84 as a calibrator source (this time because of its flat continuum spectrum).
Figure 4.7 shows a complex bandpass plot calculated for the RCP feed at the Brewster
antenna at 1665 MHz (this is called a ‘complex’ bandpass because it includes a phase
correction as well as amplitude correction). The task SETJY was used to set the
measured flux from 3C84 to the correct absolute flux – determined from numerous
observations in the recent past. Finally, the task CVEL was used to remove residual
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
62
Doppler motions from the data. The rotation of the earth has already been removed in
the VLBA correlator, but the orbit of the earth around the sun and the orbit of the sun
around the centre of the Galaxy are removed at this point. The task CVEL applied all
the calibrations so far determined to the data and produced a new data file of corrected
data. At this point, the data were reinspected in plots of amplitude versus baseline,
and some more flagging was carried out with the task IBLED.
4.3.5 Polarization Calibration
Because the observation was intended to detect linear polarization angles, the
extra stage of linear polarization calibration was needed. For this the wide-band data
was copied out of the main u,v data with the task UVCOP. The wide-band data has a
lower noise level because of its greater bandwidth, and the spectral resolution is
unimportant for the polarization calibrations. FRING was run again on the wide-band
data to find fringes and produce an SN table that was applied as usual with CLCAL.
There are four separate factors that must be corrected for linear polarization
observations:
1. The Parallactic angle. This has already been corrected.
2. The time delay between the left and right feeds. This is introduced by e.g.
different path lengths of the LCP and RCP feeds. Without correcting this the
polarization angle is undefined. To correct for this a short selection of u,v data
that had a reasonable signal to noise ratio (SNR) for the cross-hand
polarizations (LR and RL) was copied out. FRING was run on this segment of
data to obtain corrections for the delays of each antenna with respect to the
Figure 4.7: Complex bandpass calibration calculated for the RCP feed of the Brewster antenna at
1665 MHz.
Channels0 20 40 60 80 100 120
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
420
-2-4
BR
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
63
reference antenna. The SN table produced was applied with CLCAL so that
the next run of FRING would use these corrections. The task SWPOL was
used to swap the polarization data streams in the u,v data file. This puts the
RL and LR polarizations into the parallel-hand polarization (LL and RR) slots
so that FRING can use them (FRING only works with parallel hand
polarizations usually). FRING was then run again as before. The task POLSN
was run on the SN table produced by FRING to produce another SN table
suitable for polarization calibration. This table was copied back to the main
dataset and applied to the data with CLCAL.
3. The polarization angle determination. Typically, the polarization angle as
determined by the VLBA is in error by a significant number of degrees
because of the phase offset between the right and left feeds. Comparison of a
calibrator source of known position angle is required. For this a map of the
calibrator source 1611+343 was made in images of Stokes I, Q and U. The
polarization position angle was measured to be –9°, but was known to be 32°
from recent VLA observations. This 41° discrepancy was corrected with the
task CLCOR.
4. Correction of feed impurities (‘D-terms’). There is a low level of leakage of
signal from one feed to the other due to imperfect polarization splitters, such
that without calibration an unpolarised source will appear to have a few
percent of polarised emission. The D-terms were corrected using the task
CLCOR by referencing the calibrator source 3C84, which is known to have
~0% left circular polarization. Finally, the task PCAL was used to calibrate
the data and determine the effective feed parameters for each frequency.
4.3.6 Image Calibration
The first part of image creation is to perform some more phase self-calibration.
The aim was to remove phase shifts over the length of the observation, caused
generally by atmospheric effects. Masers are good for self-calibration here because
they have bright point-like appearance, and the fact that they only exist in a few
channels is not important here (unlike in the earlier segment of phase calibration),
since the delay rates and complex bandpass have already been determined. For this a
channel was found with a single unresolved bright feature. It was known from
previous observations that such a feature existed in 1665 MHz channel 93 (–47.46 km
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
64
(4.19)
s–1). Therefore, FRING was run on just this channel, for the whole time range of the
observation to solve for the phase variations. The SN table containing this correction
was then copied to the whole dataset with SNCOR and applied with CLCAL.
More self-calibration was achieved by running the AIPS calibration task
CALIB on this same channel, specifying a point source model. This is an iterative
process that proceeds as follows:
1. Calibrate the phases with CALIB in phase solution mode. Create an SN table.
2. Fourier inversion of the u,v data and deconvolution of the image with the task
IMAGR, using the SN table as calibration.
3. Calibrate the phases again, using the image produced in 2. as the source model.
4. Go to 2, repeat three times.
5. Calibrate with CALIB again, this time with phase and amplitude solution
mode; but then copy the SN table back to the main data set.
After this the task SPLIT was used to split out only the W3(OH) data from the
u,v data. SPLIT applies all the calibrations and flagging and permanently alters the
data (up until this point all processes can be reversed by deleting the CL tables). Split
was used again to split out each of the four individual frequencies into separate u,v
data files.
Finally, IMAGR was run for each Stokes parameter for each frequency to
produce the final cleaned and calibrated map cubes. The first 4 channels and the last 5
channels were left out because they typically contain high noise because of the
bandpass limitations.
The theoretical resolution θ, of the VLBA is given by
maxkm
cm
2063~B
λθ ×
where λ = 18 cm and xmakmB =8611 km; which evaluates to 4.3 mas. For good images,
the cell size (pixel size) should be 25% of the beam size. In order to cover the whole
of the W3(OH) region to find any outlying masers a 4'' by 4'' field of view was
needed. In 1997, the maximum image size that was computationally feasible was
2048×2048 pixels (the Fourier inversion and deconvolution of all the data took 500
continuous hours of top-end CPU-time of the day and created 50 GB of map data!),
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
65
which would imply a cell size of 2 mas. For good sampling this would itself imply a
beam size of ~8 mas. Hence, the field of view desired could not be achieved without
compromising image quality at the maximum resolution. To achieve the field of view
with good image quality required that the resolution be decreased by a factor of 2 by
using a u,v ‘taper’ in IMAGR to weight down the u,v, data outside a circle of radius
20,000 kilolambda (3600 km). A declination shift south, of 1'', was also added
because the phase-reference feature in channel 93 – which ordinarily is the centre of
the image – was in the north of the map. The beam for 1720 MHz is shown in figure
4.8 (all of the beams are very similar), and the beam sizes are listed in table 4.4.
For weighting the u,v data AIPS uses a parameter called ‘robustness’ devised
by Daniel Briggs. This allows for a scale between –5 (uniform weighting) and +5
(natural weighting). An intermediate robustness of 0 was chosen for the imaging.
The observation was not phase-referenced, and so the absolute position of the
phase centre cannot be determined to accuracy greater than 0.1''. However,
observations of W3(OH) with the MERLIN array at 1720 MHz in December 1993
that were phase-referenced were available (Gray et al. 2001), and were used to
determine the absolute position of the phase centre, giving a position of: RA 02h 27m
03.s825 ± 0.s001, DEC +61° 52' 25.''089 ± 0.''01 (J2000). The MERLIN absolute
position has an intrinsic error of 10 mas associated with it, but additional uncertainties
arise from the possible motion of the 1720 maser with respect to the 1665 MHz
Mill
iAR
C S
EC
MilliARC SEC300 200 100 0 -100 -200 -300
300
200
100
0
-100
-200
-300
-400
Figure 4.8: The observational beam for 1720 MHz.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
66
reference maser in the three years between the observations. As detailed in chapter
6.3.2 there is little doubt that the MERLIN reference maser has been correctly
identified; but the absolute motion of the maser is unknown. From chapters 5.8 and
6.3.7 the maximum likely speed of any maser is ~20 km s–1, or 2 mas year–1. Over 3
years this is a maximum likely motion of 6 mas. Alignment between the different
frequencies is excellent, and the error is of the order of 1 mas.
4.4 Measuring the Maser Emission
At this point, the data consisted of image cubes of 119 channels at 2048×2048 pixels
per Stokes parameter per frequency. Since masers are usually at or around the
resolution limit, fitting 2-dimensional Gaussians to the patches of maser emission
typically collects the flux very well and gives very accurate values for peak flux, total
flux and position.
4.4.1 Gaussian Fitting in AIPS (SAD)
For fitting the Gaussians the AIPS task SAD (search and destroy) was used. SAD
attempts to find all sources in a sub image whose peak is brighter than a given level
(CUTOFF). It searches in the image for ‘islands’ of pixels above this level, for which
it generates initial estimates of intensity and size of the emission. The Gaussian fitting
routine in the older AIPS task JMFIT is then used to determine the least square
Gaussian fit. SAD was run with the option to allow multiple peaks to be fit to islands
since many of the masers were close enough to be contiguous with their neighbours.
If the peak residual of subtracting a single Gaussian from an island of emission is
above a specified level (ICUT) then a two-Gaussian fit is attempted; and so on, up to 4
Gaussians. SAD can be forced to fit the clean beam (i.e. a point source) to every peak
discovered, but this fails badly for even slightly resolved and extended masers and so
was not used. Having fit all of the islands in the image SAD then creates a residual
image that can be inspected to see where Gaussian fitting failed. If the fitting routine
failed (by not converging), or if the fitting still left residuals that were above ICUT
then all fitting for that island is abandoned. For some complex areas of maser
emission, (especially in 1665 MHz) this was the case and these areas required extra
attention. SAD also deconvolves the clean beam from the fitted Gaussian component
size, and gives the true size of the source. Occasionally emission can be found which
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
67
(4.20)
has FWHM smaller than the clean beam – this is usually a result of nearby negative
noise flux, and so faint masers may be affected by this in noisy areas.
It was not generally possible to fit both the very high peaks and the very low
peaks with the same input parameters to SAD. The reason for this is centred on the
value of ICUT. The value of ICUT is not used directly by SAD, but rather is adjusted
in quadrature in the form
22 )GAIN(ICUT flux×+
where GAIN is another specified input parameter (typically 0.1) and flux is the peak
of the component in question. If ICUT is at a few times the rms noise of the map (i.e.
quite low) then if flux is large then this expression tends to GAIN×flux; if flux is low
then this tends to ICUT. Although this accounts for the widely varying fluxes of
peaks, it does sometimes fail, and in particular, it leads to very strong peaks with
slight deviations from Gaussian form being broken up into multiple smaller peaks that
may not represent reality. This is of course a limitation of fitting Gaussians to
physical objects that arise from gas clouds (and so will stray from Gaussian form).
Previous published data has shown attempts to retrieve every last mJy of emission
from extended masers by breaking them into numerous phantom masers, but this is
unrealistic: where masers stray from Gaussian form then Gaussian fitting will
necessarily only be an approximation, and so exhaustive efforts were not made to
retrieve every last mJy of flux in this way. Rather, where Gaussian fitting was
consistently failing on intense and slightly extended masers, ICUT was raised in an
attempt to allow a more approximate fit to one Gaussian. The result of this is evident
in comparisons with previous work (e.g. Garcia-Barretto 1988) where previously an
Frequency Maj. Axis Min. Axis Pos. Angle
(Hz) (mas) (mas) (mas)
1612 7.78 7.43 66.4
1665 7.6 7.48 -81.55
1667 7.55 7.44 -52.17
1720 7.52 7.38 84.66
Table 4.4: The beam dimensions at the four ground frequencies.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
68
(4.21)
intense maser might be accompanied by myriad overlapping much weaker masers
(which in reality are probably just outlying emission of the main maser), in the current
data there would be a single slightly more intense maser.
The base level chosen for ICUT is of course of prime importance. For solid
guarantee of a real detection, the detection threshold for masers is usually considered
to be 5σ (i.e. 5×rms noise in the map). The theoretical noise in a VLBA image map
∆Im, can be found from the equation
intsm
)1(
1
tNN
SEFDI
νη ∆−⋅=∆
where ηs accounts for VLBI system inefficiency (~0.5 for the VLBA), N is the
number of antennas used, ∆ν is the channel width (488 Hz), tint is the total source
integration time (37200 s) and SEFD is the system equivalent flux density, which has
a value of 303 Jy at 1.6 GHz. Where dual polarizations were available, the noise in
each Stokes image is reduced by a factor of 1/ 2. For 9 antennas (after dropping Pie
Town) the theoretical noise in the maps was therefore 11.9 mJy/beam. From this, the
minimum threshold for ICUT could be 60 mJy/beam. Given that the most intense
masers have fluxes of ~70 Jy/beam, this gives a dynamic range of just over 6000, and
consequently dynamic range induced amplitude errors become significant in channels
with intense masers.
Figures 4.9 and 4.10 show the variation of actual channel noise for each of the
frequencies. Note the extra noise introduced by the dynamic range limited amplitude
errors at two peaks in 1665 MHz and a smaller peak in 1667 MHz. Note also that the
increase in noise in the 1665 MHz Stokes Q and U is larger than that in Stokes I and
V. Since in general the masers have <10% linear polarization this will have a major
impact on the relative level of linear polarization noise. The huge peak in noise in
channels 6 to 12 of the 1720 MHz data was caused by interference during the last two
hours of the observation – primarily at Mauna Kea – that was missed at the flagging
stage. Fortunately, no masers were expected to be in this part of the spectrum (see
single dish spectra, chapter 6.3.1). It was clear that the typical real noise in the maps
was about 15 mJy, so a value of 75 mJy was more appropriate for the 5σ value of
ICUT.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
69
1612 MHz Stokes I rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1612 MHz Stokes V rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1612 MHz Stokes Q rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1612 MHz Stokes U rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1665 MHz Stokes I rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1665 MHz Stokes V rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1665 MHz Stokes U rms Noise
0.000
0.010
0.020
0.030
0.040
0.050
0.060
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1665 MHz Stokes Q rms Noise
0.000
0.010
0.020
0.030
0.040
0.050
0.060
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
Figure 4.9: The variation of (off source) actual channel noise for 1612 MHz and 1665 MHz. Flux
densities are all mJy/beam.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
70
1667 MHz Stokes I rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1667 MHz Stokes V rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1667 MHz Stokes Q rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1667 MHz Stokes U rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1720 MHz Stokes I rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1720 MHz Stokes V rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1720 MHz Stokes Q rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
1720 MHz Stokes U rms Noise
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.030
0 20 40 60 80 100
Channel Number
rms
Noi
se /
mJy
Figure 4.10: The variation of (off source) actual channel noise for 1667 MHz and 1720 MHz. The
1720 MHz noise peaks at ~700 mJy/beam – this explained in the text.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
71
The development AIPS task MFQUV was used after SAD to search through
the Stokes Q, U and V cubes using the Gaussian data already determined from the
Stokes I cube. MFQUV reads the position of every Gaussian fit in Stokes I and then
measures the flux at the corresponding position in the other three Stokes cubes. This
has advantages over fitting Gaussians to every Stokes cube in turn (as well as being
much faster), because it allows measurements of flux to be made right down to the
noise. Only a small number of masers would have linear polarization fluxes above the
75 mJy threshold, but having already fit the maser in Stokes I the linear polarization
flux in Q and U can still be measured even if it is below the threshold for Gaussian
fitting. These measurements will however be subject to larger errors at lower signal to
noise levels. MFQUV is also useful because it avoids having to fit both positive and
negative flux Gaussians in the same map (which is not currently possible with SAD).
It should be noted though that where masers are overlapping MFQUV might return
incorrect values for fluxes. This is because Gaussian fitting will take account of
increase in flux caused by the overlap of adjacent masers, whereas simple
measurement of pixel-value flux will not – as is shown for the case of two Gaussian
sources in figure 4.11. In this way, polarised flux (from Stokes Q, U or V) may be
effectively counted twice. This may lead to a slight overestimate of the polarised
contributions in such cases – possibly taking the total of polarised flux above the
Stokes I flux (i.e. > 100% polarization), which is of course impossible. Fortunately
masers are rarely this close to each other, but this was occasionally the case where
weaker masers were merged with a larger maser, giving a measurement of >100%
polarization. The same principle can also give overestimated measurements in the
Stokes Q and U fluxes.
Another source of polarization values above 100% is where noise has
contributed differently to the different Stokes measurements, e.g. if noise reduces the
true Stokes I measurement, but increases Stokes Q, U or V then for highly polarised
masers polarization can again be >100%. This problem is greatest where signal to
noise ratios are lowest.
Errors are output from SAD, but they should be regarded as estimates. This is
because formal standard error estimates are meaningless since the objects are
normally well fit using only 1 to 4 clean beam areas – which means that the number of
parameters fit exceeds the number of truly independent samples. The errors are
calculated using the (signal free) rms noise in the maps using the method of Condon
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
72
(1997), which gives expressions from theory for two limiting cases: point source (the
beam area > 0.9 × the fitted Gaussian area) and expanded source (the beam area < 0.1
× the fitted Gaussian area). Intermediate cases are handled by interpolation between
the two limits. In general, the masers will be at or around the point source limit, and
so are covered fairly well by the point source theory.
Clearly, since many errors are related to the signal to noise ratio, for intense
masers the estimated errors are much smaller than for weaker masers. Typical
uncertainties for masers of different intensities are shown in table 4.5.
However, by far the largest cause of uncertainties are circumstances where
masers are closely overlapping. The Gaussian fitting of the masers is then at least
partly dependent on the parameters chosen for the fitting criteria, and may produce
significantly different results with different parameters. In such cases the error on
fluxes may be as high as 10%, and the error on positions may be nearly the size of the
beam (for resolved emission), i.e. ~8 mas. In general, the accuracy of fit parameters
for masers in complex areas of emission and well resolved extended masers should be
Gaussian Plots for Proximate Sources
0
5
10
15
20
0 10 20 30 40
Position
Hei
ght
Gaussian Plots for Proximate Sources
0
5
10
15
0 10 20 30 40 50
Position
Hei
ght
Figure 4.11: Two hypothetical Gaussian sources at separations of 7 (top) and 15 (bottom) units; the
dotted line is the sum. Without effective Gaussian subtraction, the measured heights are
overestimated when the sources are close. In the top plot the overestimations are 30% (left) and
27% (right); in the bottom plot the overestimations are just ~0% (left) and 1% (right).
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
73
treated with some caution, while isolated and unresolved masers have errors that
approach the theoretical minima.
4.4.2 Identification of Masers (HAPPY)
The data as output by SAD consists of Gaussian fits with accompanying attributes in
columns of text. At this point there were a very large number of such fits, a large
proportion of which were concentrated into just a few channels with intense maser
emission, and were caused by amplitude errors from dynamic range limitations going
over the detection threshold. It was decided, adopting the typical standard in this area,
that a candidate maser (called a ‘feature’ hereafter) would require detected emission in
three consecutive channels, each within a certain spatial separation (‘tolerance’) of its
neighbours. This is physically sensible because masers typically have FWHM values
of ~300 m s–1 and so will be spread over several channels, and it helps to eliminate
noise detections.
In order to process the Gaussian fits output by SAD, a FORTRAN program
called HAPPY was developed. HAPPY takes the strongest emission Gaussian fit in
the first channel and looks in the channel above for the nearest Gaussian spatially
within the tolerance. It then marks those two Gaussians as linked and moves on to the
next Gaussian in the first channel. Starting with the strongest emission Gaussian fit
ensures that the strongest masers are fit first preferentially to weaker masers. This
continues until the first channel has been completed, when the second channel is
Maser Peak Flux Integrated Flux Position Size Position angle Polarisation
Peak flux error error error error error error
(Jy/beam) (mJy/beam) (mJy) (mas) (mas) (degrees) (percent)
20 15 30 <0.01 0.01 <1 <0.1
5 15 30 0.01 0.03 1 0.3
2 15 35 0.03 0.10 5 0.8
0.5 15 40 0.10 0.50 10 3.0
0.1 15 60 0.50 1.50 20 15.0
Table 4.5: Typical errors as output by SAD for masers of an example range of peak fluxes. These
numbers assume that the noise in the maps is ~15 mJy/beam, as it is in most channels. In a small
number of channels in the 1665 MHz maps the noise is higher (see figure 4.10) – in these channels
the errors will be larger.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
74
processed, and so on. At the end, HAPPY contains a list of features consisting of
linked Gaussians; the final stage is to filter the features according to the minimum
desired number of channels per feature – all those with less than the desired minimum
(usually 3 channels), and those still currently unlinked, are dropped and sent to the
rejected fits file.
The core algorithm of HAPPY was written in 1997 by Dr Malcolm Gray (now
at the UMIST) and consisted of ~600 lines of code and comments. This version of
HAPPY however was very limited in its abilities, in particular:
1. It could only handle Stokes I data and therefore could not identify polarization
of any type
2. It did not handle errors
3. It contained several serious bugs.
I built upon the core algorithm and greatly expanded it for the present work, such that
HAPPY now consists of ~1700 lines of code and comments. In particular, I added the
following functionality:
1. Polarization capability was added. This read in the output data of MFQUV
and used it to calculate where emission was LCP or RCP; the percentages of
circular, linear and total polarization; and linear polarization position angles
2. Processing of errors and weighting was added. This read in additional data
produced by SAD that is not in the standard SAD output, and fed it along with
the main data.
3. All bugs removed
4. Added output options for up to 4 different file formats, including: a summary
file which contained all the most important values of each maser found –
condensed into a table with one line per maser; a file output for post-
processing in IDL for maser lineshape fitting (see next section); and a rejection
file listing all Gaussian fits which failed to be collected into candidate features.
5. Peak brightness temperature calculated for each maser
6. Extensive crash-protection and program-error handling added.
The value chosen for the tolerance is of course of prime importance. The
value was in the end calculated empirically as follows: initially the tolerance was set
at twice the beam size (15 mas) and HAPPY run to see which features were generated.
The tolerance was then reduced by a small amount and HAPPY re-run to check how
this has altered the number and nature of features generated. There was little change
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
75
in the features down to tolerances of 6 mas, but between 6 mas and 4 mas there was
some change, and below 4 mas the maser features rapidly broke up and were dropped
because they failed to achieve 3 consecutive channels. In the end, the tolerance was
set at 4 mas, but the output of features from a tolerance of 6 mas was examined
manually as well to identify any masers in areas of complex emission that were being
lost at 4 mas but that ought to be kept (as indicated in the previous section, position
error in these extreme cases may be ~8 mas).
4.5 Data Analysis
The following sections describe the procedures used to extract the useful information
from the maser data.
4.5.1 Lineshape Fitting
The data required to fit a Gaussian lineshape to each maser feature was written into a
convenient file format by HAPPY. The code to fit the lineshapes was written in the
Interactive Data Language (IDL, by Research Systems, Inc.), which is a high level
language particularly suited to fitting, managing and manipulating data. A Gaussian
can always be found to go through 3 points, so the minimum required channels in a
feature to attempt fitting was 4. The fitting routine calls the popular ‘curvefit’
minimising routine (e.g. Bevington 1992), which finds the least squares fit of a
Gaussian to the data, obtaining the height, mean and standard deviation of the
Gaussian fit. The height is the maser peak flux density, the mean is the fit velocity
and the standard deviation is easily converted into the FWHM of the line. The code
then outputs a file that can be easily merged with the HAPPY summary output file to
display all the calculated information for each maser feature.
There are two possible flux values for fitting lineshapes to: the total integrated
flux of the Gaussian fit (in Jy) and the peak flux density (in Jy/beam). The latter is
better for investigating the properties of individual maser lineshapes because it reflects
the intensity at the centre of the maser, while the total integrated flux reflects the
intensity over the whole of the maser – and so is easily influenced where masers are
overlapping. Indeed, the total integrated flux is more useful where it is suspected that
a maser feature may in fact be an unresolved double feature, since this often shows up
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
76
in the lineshape as a ‘shoulder’ on the main peak, whereas the peak flux density
lineshape is less influenced by this unless the masers are extremely close.
4.5.2 Filtering the Masers
After generating the features by the method in chapter 4.4.2, two stages of refining
remained. The first was to manually ‘stitch’ any maser features back together that had
been broken up by the tolerance value, but which on visual inspection of the maps
should be considered a single feature. In addition, at this stage it was possible to
check the fitting produced by SAD to see if SAD had been over-zealous in attempts to
break up complex emission. Where it had, some re-runs of SAD with higher ICUT
values (as explained in chapter 4.5.1) were necessary to produce fits that most closely
matched visual inspection of the maps. In this sense it is clear that SAD and HAPPY,
either on their own or together, do not form a ‘black box’, and so the output of both
was checked at every stage to make sure that the generated features had a strong
foundation in the maps.
The second stage involved the removal of the dynamic range induced
amplitude errors from the feature list generated by HAPPY. These amplitude errors
affected channels with strong maser peaks, in particular: 1612 MHz channels 31, 32,
34, 35; 1720 MHz channels 58, 59, 67, 68; 1665 MHz channels 16, 17, 58, 59*, 60*,
61*, 62*, 63*, 64, 75, 76, 77, 78, 87, 88, 89, 90 (starred channels indicate badly
contaminated channels). The 1667 MHz maps did not have contamination with
amplitude errors. At this point HAPPY had identified 80 features at 1612 MHz, 534
at 1665 MHz, 40 at 1667 MHz and 34 at 1720 MHz. It was clear however, that a
great many of these features were of low flux (<300 mJy) and peaked in the noisy
channels. After a preliminary inspection of the masers outside the noisy channels, the
characteristics of real maser emission became apparent, and masers in the noisy
channels with the following attributes were labelled ‘suspicious’:
1. Features with deconvolved sizes (major axis or minor axis) of 0, i.e. their
apparent size was smaller than the beam and so could not be deconvolved.
2. Features with FWHM over 400 m s–1.
3. Features with apparent total polarization above 125%
4. Features with apparent total polarization below 70%
5. Features with apparent circular polarization above 125%
6. Features with apparent circular polarization below 70%
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
77
7. Features with apparent linear polarization above 25%
A great many features fell into the suspicious category, and all were then
inspected individually both in the images and in the output from HAPPY to see if they
were passable as real masers. For many the choice was fairly obvious – the noise
spots were often irregularly shaped, and many had much higher flux in the Stokes Q
and U planes (see noise levels in figure 4.9) which gave them impossible polarizations
(e.g. 500%!). In the images, the amplitude noise often follows symmetrical patterns,
especially ripples that centre on the intense maser causing the dynamic range
problems, and such patterns were visible in the early plots of the feature positions.
The majority of noise spots were eliminated easily, especially where they were a
member of two or more of the above categories, in particular categories 1 and 7.
Where the masers were trickier, say because they had only failed on one of the more
conservative categories, e.g. circular polarization below 70%, then individual contour
maps of the channels that contained the features were inspected. A useful
characteristic of dynamic range amplitude errors is that they mirror closely in velocity
the rise and fall of the intense emission that caused them. With this in mind, the
surrounding area in the image was checked for intense masers rising and falling in the
same channels as the suspect feature. Caution was needed here of course, because
there is no reason why a real maser could not just be mirroring another in the same
channels. Another feature of noise is that its shape is also sometimes related to the
location of the intense maser and this helped identification also. After a great deal of
analysis, the following numbers of features were removed from the data: 66 features at
1612 MHz, 337 at 1665 MHz, 6 at 1667 MHz and 26 at 1720 MHz. The remaining
features were therefore convincingly all real maser emission, and the process of actual
analysis of the masers could begin.
4.5.3 Zeeman Pairs
It has long been suspected that the similarity of RCP and LCP emission from maser
areas as detected by single dish observations was caused by the Zeeman effect
splitting and shifting the two spectra apart. Early VLBI observations finally
confirmed this by mapping individual masers of opposite polarization at the same
spatial location, separated only by frequency. The identification of Zeeman pairs
provides much more useful information than individual Zeeman components because
without pairs no conclusive values can be placed upon the true velocity of the masers.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
78
This is because the magnetic field strength is both unknown and variable across the
source.
The maser features were examined for other masers closely coincident
spatially. At this stage polarization was not important, because π−rays could be in the
data and the polarization characteristics of these was not yet known because none had
ever been observed. Having cleaned the data of noise, those features which had been
rejected earlier by HAPPY for having just 2 adjacent channels were reincluded into
the data for the purposes of seeing if any were the weaker component of a pair. Their
inclusion here was justified, since in order to be a Zeeman component the feature
would have to lie within a very small area, within a certain range of velocity
(determined by the knowledge that the magnetic field ranges between ~1 and ~20 mG)
and be of opposite polarization. These three criteria reduced enormously the chances
of any noise emission making it back into the data as a Zeeman partner. In the event,
the spatial restriction proved extremely significant, and very few 2-channel features
made it back into the data (1 at 1612 MHz, 14 at 1665 MHz, 7 at 1667 MHz, 2 at 1720
MHz). Upon visual inspection, all the new additions passed examination. Naturally,
a tolerance value had to be adopted, within which Zeeman components could be
considered associated. It was decided that there would be two classes of Zeeman
components: class a would be the highest confidence associations where all
components were within 6 mas of each other; class b would be lower confidence
associations where all components were between 6 and 12 mas of each other. In only
two instances were candidates for π- rays or Zeeman triplets found, all the rest were
σ± Zeeman pairs. All Zeeman pairs where one component had only 2 channels were
declared to be quality b, regardless of their separation.
4.5.4 Demagnetisation
Having identified Zeeman pairs, the process of extracting the extra information
contained in them could begin. The first of these processes was ‘demagnetisation’.
This allows the determination of the true velocity of the maser from the velocity of its
two components. In order to do this the velocity of each component needs to be
determined. Where a maser had been successfully fit with a lineshape, the value of
the Gaussian mean was used, and the standard error of the Gaussian was used as the
error in the velocity. Where a fit had not succeeded, because either there were less
than four points in the lineshape or because the lineshape was not a Gaussian, then the
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
79
velocity of the peak channel was used. The value of the velocity in a channel is the
mid-point of that channel, and therefore the error was estimated at 0.5 channel widths.
Demagnetisation is then simply the averaging of the two component velocities. It
should be noted that the estimated errors on the peak of spots without a fit are not
standard errors in the statistical sense – the error represents simply ‘the range the peak
is most likely to fall in’. As such, it is not strictly valid to simply add them in
quadrature (multiplied by a factor of 0.5 because of the averaging) in order to obtain
the standard error in the demagnetised velocity. The errors on Gaussian fitted spectra
were typically about 0.5 channels in size also. Where these errors went over 0.5
channels in size they were capped at 0.5 channels – since it would have also been
possible to just use the peak channel and obtain a lower error.
4.5.5 Magnetic Field Strengths
The magnetic field strength in the maser is found by a similar method to the
demagnetised velocity. When the Zeeman components are more widely split than the
FWHM of each component, the magnetic field strength is related to the separation of
the peaks (see chapter 2.2.1). Using the component peaks and errors as in the
demagnetised velocity calculation, the magnetic field strength along with an error was
calculated for every Zeeman pair, using table 2.2.
4.5.6 Proper Motion
The absolute proper motion of the masers cannot be determined because of the
relatively large error in the absolute position determination of this and previous
observations compared to the presumed size of the proper motion. However, the
proper motion of the masers with respect to a reference maser can be calculated with
great precision if the reference maser can be identified in observations at two or more
epochs. Identification of such a maser in the data of Bloemhof et al. (1992) was easy
and that work had attempted a proper motion measurement that would also allow a
good comparison check. The reference feature of Bloemhof et al. was different to that
in the present work, but this was easily corrected by adding the position offset
between the two reference features to every maser in the current work. At this point,
the reference maser in maps of both epochs is the same and has position (0,0), but the
reference maser of the Bloemhof et al. data was in B1950 coordinates whilst the
present data was in J2000 coordinates. Precession, nutation and aberration cause first
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
80
and second order effects on maps made at different epochs. Since all offset
measurements are relative to the reference feature, the first order effects are
eliminated. However, the second order effects, called ‘differential precession’, distort
the coordinate axes because the corrections are only applied at the centre of the map.
In order to eliminate the differential precession the following steps were taken:
1. The Bloemhof et al. maser locations were made into full B1950 coordinates by
adding in the absolute position of their reference maser. The error in the
position of their reference maser is small compared to the size of the ~20' of
precession over the 19 years between the observations, and so will not affect
the results.
2. The complete set of B1950 coordinates were precessed to J2000 coordinates
using the Rutherford Appleton Laboratory’s COCO v2.2-3 Coordinate
Conversion software utility in high-resolution mode.
3. The new J2000 position of the Bloemhof et al. reference maser was subtracted
from all of the their masers to yield the J2000 offsets. This conversion was
found to have made a position correction, the magnitude of which was
dependant on the offset from the reference maser. Over the 2'' field of view
concerned the maximum positional correction was ~12 mas.
4. Masers from the data of Bloemhof et al. were identified in the current data, by
position, velocity and polarization attributes, and their proper motions
calculated. In general, there was no ambiguity in the identification of masers,
since the data of Bloemhof et al. had only listed masers that they had easily
identified in two previous epochs, and because the velocity of a maser is
accurately known and varies little with time – even when the maser is in a tight
cluster – and so is a good marker for each maser.
The effect of gravitational deflection by the Sun is order of 1 µas over a 2''
field of view and was ignored. The proper motions yielded were in the range ~3 to 13
mas over the 19 years, indicating the importance of removing the differential
precession.
4.5.7 Two-Point Correlation
The two-point correlation function is a useful analysis where there are a significant
number of sources distributed in an area of space. It gives an indication of the
distribution, and can indicate whether the distribution is random or shows structure
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
81
(4.21)
(e.g. clustering), and it can do this over the full range of scale lengths in the region
concerned. It does this by comparing the distribution of point-pair separations in the
real source map with point-pair separations in a random source map. The two-point
correlation ξ(r) is taken to be as follows
)()(
)(DR
DD
rn
rnr =ξ
where nDD(r) is the number of point pairs with separation r→r+dr in the real map
(called the ‘real-real’ data hereafter), and nDR(r) is the number of point pairs with
separation r→r+dr where one member of the pair is in the real map and one member
of the pair is in the random map (called the ‘real-random’ data hereafter). Clearly, if
the real data is random, then the correlation function will be a flat line at a correlation
of 1. Where the sources are more clustered than a random distribution, the correlation
will be greater than 1; where the sources avoid each other more than random data the
correlation will lie between 0 and 1.
The correlation was performed with only one maser from each Zeeman pair.
Since both masers in a Zeeman pair are effectively the same maser, only the position
of the stronger maser was entered into the correlation. If both masers had been
entered from every pair, then the correlation would have shown a huge spike below 12
mas scale lengths where the correlation between the components of each pair
dominated. The code to calculate the two-point function was written in IDL and
works as follows. Having read in the source positions, the program calculates the
separation of every single pairwise combination of sources. The program then creates
a random source list, and calculates the separation of every possible combination of
pairs containing one real source and one random source. The separations are then
‘binned’ into bins of a predetermined bin size, which determines the distribution of
separations. Finally, the correlation is the ratio of the real-real separation distribution
to the real-random separation distribution. In order to generate the correlation, some
limits had to be chosen. The first was the value of dr (bin size hereafter), and the
second was the geometry and size of the box within which the correlation would be
performed. Larger bin sizes lead to more samples per bin, and therefore a smoother,
better-averaged function. However, this smoothing also has the effect of eliminating
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
82
any fine structure that may be interesting. Small bin sizes keep the fine structure, but
create a more ‘noisy’ image. In the end, two bin sizes were chosen which gave the
best indication of both situations.
The chosen geometry of the box is a more complex issue, but is important
because it determines the random source distribution. To decide what would be
chosen, some tests on varying the size and shape of the box were performed. In order
to keep the distribution of random sources computationally simple, the geometry of
the box was chosen to be rectangular (as opposed to, say, circular). In order to see the
effect of choosing different size and orientations of rectangle, the two-point
correlation was performed for three test cases:
1. A ‘standard’ rectangular box just large enough to fit all the sources inside,
2400×2800 mas.
2. A ‘tall’ (vertically stretched) version of the standard box, 3000×4000
3. A ‘fat’ (horizontally stretched) version of the standard box, 4000×3000 mas.
Hence, the tall and fat boxes were the same but rotated 90°. Figure 4.12a shows the
bin counts (i.e. the undivided correlation) for each box with the 1665 MHz sources.
The random-random count (dotted line) is included, though it is not used in the
calculation, because it shows that the random-random data is identical for both the tall
and fat boxes – as would be expected. The real-real count is identical for all three
boxes. The real-random line can be thought of as related to the shape of both the real-
real and the random-random lines. Understanding why the real-random line for the
tall and fat boxes are different even though both the real-real and random-random
lines are identical is key to understanding how the box shape changes the correlation:
the change arises because the real source distribution is unsymmetrical and elongated
north-south – changing the box orientation allows different parts of the source to be
closer to the edge of the box, effectively changing the way the real-real and real-
random interact. Increasing the size of the box has a more obvious effect – it will
always increase the apparent correlation, since any source will appear more clustered
as the empty space around it grows ever larger. Figure 4.12b shows the correlations
from the three boxes. Clearly, they are very similar and qualitatively the same. Since
both the tall box and the fat box are larger than the standard box, they both show
correlations that suggest that the masers are more clustered. Apart from that, it is
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
83
Figure 4.12a) and b): a) Left, the bin counts (i.e. the undivided correlation) for each box with the
1665 MHz sources; solid line is real-real data, dashed line is real-random data and dotted line is
random-random data. b) Right, the correlation for each box.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
84
clear that changing the box geometry has only a very slight effect on the relative
height of the peaks, and no effect on the positions of the peaks, which is the most
important information anyway. Therefore, the arbitrary choice of box geometry can
safely be ignored in the two-point analysis.
The final factor was of the nature of the random sources. If, by chance, a
random source should be placed extremely close to another, so close that in a sample
of a few hundred sources such a placement was unusual and significantly raised the
Figure 4.13: The correlation to a random set of sources with different numbers of iterative
averaging of the random field. Clockwise from top left: 1, 10, 100, 10000 iterations. Bottom, the
full scale random correlation.
Chapter 4: Data Reduction
85
correlation at short lengths; or if a number of sources managed to get into the far
corners of the box and raised the correlation at long lengths, then the final correlation
would be distorted. To avoid this, some sort of averaging of the random sources was
needed. The way this was done was to create a ‘random field’ of sources, whereby the
real-random correlation was performed many times with many random distributions
and an average built up in the bin counts. Figure 4.13 shows the correlation of a
random set of sources with the random field. Small differences are just about
noticeable between the 1, 10 and 100 iteration plots; but the 100 and 10,000 iteration
plots are indistinguishable. For the data analysis, all plots were run at 10,000
iterations, which took about 24 hours CPU time each. Also shown in figure 4.13 is a
large-scale plot of the random correlation, showing that the correlation does indeed lie
flat at ~1. Note the ‘noise’ at the high scale lengths end. This is because the only way
to reach these extreme lengths is by getting sources right in opposite corners of the
box, which because of the small amount of space there is not very likely. Because it is
not very likely, the ‘luck’ of the random sources is emphasised, even when correlated
with a random field. In order to get a perfectly flat correlation two random fields
would need to be correlated.
86
Chapter 5
Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
The W3 complex lies in an obscured part of the Perseus Galactic arm, at a distance of
~2.2 kpc (Humphreys 1978), and is one of the most intensively studied SFRs in the
Galaxy. It is one of the many condensations on a ‘ridge’ of material swept along by
the expansion of the giant H II region W4, itself located just to the east. This scenario
illustrates the theory of triggered star-formation very well. At optical wavelengths,
this area is associated with the Cassiopeia OB6 cluster of massive stars, which lie in
the plane of the Galaxy at l = 134–138°. The total mass of the W3 GMC has been
estimated at 7×104 M (Lada 1978). The complex contains three major sites of star
formation: W3 Main (also called W3(continuum); it is itself broken into W3 East and
W3 West), W3 North and W3(OH). W3 Main is a cluster of numerous infrared
sources, compact, ultra-compact and hyper-compact H II regions ionised by a recently
formed cluster of O and B stars (Tieftrunk et al. 1997, 1998). Also present are OH
and H2O masers (e.g. Claussen et al. 1994), outflows (Hasegawa et al. 1994), and
several hundred low-mass stars detected in the near infrared (Mageath et al. 1996).
W3(OH) is situated 13' (~7 pc) southeast of W3 Main. In addition, 6'' (0.06
pc) to the east of W3(OH) is a strong H2O maser source with very faint OH maser
emission – often referred to as W3(H2O) – identified by Turner and Welch (1984).
Within 2' (~1 pc) of W3(OH) are over 100 near infrared sources, presumed to be low
mass stars. Because of the thickness of the dust in this area, this is thought likely to
only represent stars in the outer shell of the cloud (Zinnecker et al. 1993). The UCH II
region associated with W3(OH) is considered as prototypical of such regions, and is
one of the most luminous situated close to the sun. Its radio continuum spectrum is
consistent with a ZAMS O-type star (Dreher and Welch 1981, Baudry et al. 1993) still
embedded in an obscuring envelope of dust and ionised gas; the dust having a V-
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
87
magnitude extinction of ~50 (Wynn-Williams 1972). It is associated with a far-
infrared source with a total luminosity of 105 L (Campbell et al. 1989), which
corresponds to a main sequence O7 star. The high density and temperature, and small
size of the ionised region imply a short dynamical timescale of just a few thousand or
tens of thousand years, and as such, this represents an extremely young star. W3(OH)
and W3(H2O) are associated with gas condensations of ~50 M and ~70 M
respectively, of hydrogen densities ~107 cm–3 and kinetic temperature 100 to 140 K.
The two condensations are embedded in a larger, cooler, less dense cloud of mass
~2000 M , kinetic temperature ~20 K and density ~105 cm–3 (Wilson et al. 1991).
W3(OH) is unique in that it is the only source which exhibits emission and/or
absorption in all of the ground and excited-state hyperfine transitions of OH which
have been identified in space so far. The proximity of the region means that the
masers in W3(OH) are not significantly affected by interstellar scattering, unlike those
of e.g. W49. The maser emission is confined to the western half of the continuum
region, although very faint maser emission is found in the east outside the boundary of
the continuum emission. The UCH II region itself is a limb-brightened shell of
diameter ~1.5 " (~3000 AU) at 15 GHz (Dreher and Welch 1981), but has a larger size
of ~3 " at 1.6 GHz (Reid and Moran 1988). At 15 GHz, the region is expanding at 3
to 5 km s–1 (Kawamura and Masson 1998).
5.1 The Observational Data
The 1665 MHz total power spectra for RCP and LCP are shown in figure 5.1a. They
were taken at Dwingeloo in 1998 (Masheder, private communication), two years after
the interferometry observation. The spectrum is complex, which is typical of 1665
MHz in star-forming regions (Caswell 1998). It is immediately clear that the LCP and
RCP are not similar in form, and so are not a simple Zeeman split pattern.
Figure 5.1b shows the Stokes I spectrum of the maser fluxes calculated from
the channel maps. The 1665 MHz integrated flux contour map and the maser spot
map are shown in figures 5.2 and 5.3. Results of 2-dimensional Gaussian fitting of
maser emission in the maps are shown in table 5.1. Channel maps of the masers in
contour form can be found in appendix A.
As is immediately apparent, the 1665 MHz map is exceedingly complex
featuring 211 detected masers. There is no immediately obvious pattern to the
distribution (other than that the masers cover only the western half of the H II region),
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
88
although there is an indication of clustering which will be investigated in chapter 5.10.
The brightest masers (i.e. >10 Jy) appear in the north or in the south, with just one
bright maser in the centre.
1665 Stokes I Spectra
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
-50 -48 -46 -44 -42 -40
Velocity / (km/s)
Flux
/ Jy
Figure 5.1a) and b): a) Top, the 1665 MHz total power spectra for RCP (dotted) and LCP (solid).
b) Bottom, the Stokes I spectrum of the maser fluxes calculated from the channel maps.
1665 LCP & RCP Spectra
-20
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
-50 -49 -48 -47 -46 -45 -44 -43 -42 -41 -40
Velocity / (km/s)
Flux
/ Jy
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
89
ARC
SEC
ARC SEC0.5 0.0 -0.5 -1.0
0.5
0.0
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
Figure 5.2: The 1665 Stokes I integrated flux map. Channels 59 to 63 have been omitted because
of their high levels of dynamic range limited noise. This does not affect the masers significantly.
Contours are at 300 mJy/beam; beam at lower left. For reference centre, see chapter 4.3.6.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
90
Figure 5.3: The 1665 MHz maser spot map. Contours are the 0.5, 7.1 and 16.6 mJy/beam levels of
a VLA 2 cm continuum map (Kawamura and Masson 1998)
1665 MHz Maser Spots
-2100
-1900
-1700
-1500
-1300
-1100
-900
-700
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
-1500-1300-1100-900-700-500-300-100100300500700900
RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
Less than 0.400 Jy
0.400 -> 2.000 Jy
2.000 -> 10.000 Jy
Greater than 10.000 Jy
91
Tab
le 5
.1:
The
166
5 M
Hz
Mas
ers.
Dat
a is
for
pea
k ch
anne
l, ex
cept
last
fiv
e co
lum
ns, w
hich
are
for
the
who
lefe
atur
e. F
eatu
res
with
no
FWH
M m
easu
rem
ent e
ithe
r fa
iled
lines
hape
fitt
ing
or h
ad to
o fe
w c
hann
els
for
a fi
t. E
rror
s ar
e de
taile
d in
cha
pter
4.4
.1.
RA
and
DE
C o
ffse
ts a
re f
rom
the
refe
renc
e fe
atur
e.
P
eak
Flu
x B
right
ness
R
A
DE
C
Vel
ocity
D
econ
v.
Dec
onv.
D
econ
v.
Tot
al
Circ
ular
Li
near
C
ircul
ar
Fea
ture
Z
eem
an
FW
HM
C
hann
els
Inte
grat
ed
Den
sity
T
emp.
O
ffset
O
ffset
‘V
LSR
’ M
aj. A
xis
Min
. Axi
s P
os. A
ng.
Pol
. P
ol.
Pol
. D
irect
ion
Num
ber
Pai
r
Pre
sent
F
eatu
re
(Jy/
Bea
m)
(K)
(mas
) (m
as)
(km
/s)
(mas
) (m
as)
(deg
rees
) (p
erce
nt)
(per
cent
) (p
erce
nt)
Num
ber
(m/s
)
Flu
x (
Jy)
74.5
2 8.
51E
+11
-906
.7
98.3
-4
4.91
11
.3
4.9
41
90
90
12
R
600
5 37
0 28
61
5.1
68.8
7 8.
18E
+11
-905
.1
116.
0 -4
5.18
9.
5 5.
6 65
74
73
14
R
27
1 4
245
11
483.
6
51.6
4 3.
38E
+12
0.0
0.0
-47.
46
3.5
2.8
163
22
17
15
L 47
4 -
241
17
185.
8
49.1
3 7.
42E
+11
-909
.8
94.5
-4
4.82
7.
4 5.
7 42
93
92
11
R
61
0 -
- 6
192.
8
45.9
8 8.
39E
+11
-958
.1
-107
.6
-46.
41
8.0
4.3
27
101
101
1 L
383
20
423
21
403.
1
33.9
2 3.
16E
+11
-102
1.3
-127
.7
-46.
23
12.5
5.
5 81
98
98
0
L 60
1 -
317
16
325.
8
27.0
3 1.
86E
+12
-48.
6 -1
93.1
-4
5.18
3.
4 2.
7 16
0 96
96
0
L 11
1 22
30
1 14
12
1.6
21.5
7 9.
43E
+11
-138
.2
-119
1.3
-44.
65
4.7
3.1
155
102
102
0 L
91
38
265
14
89.1
19.3
9 1.
13E
+12
25.1
31
.5
-41.
13
3.4
3.3
154
96
96
1 R
8
8 30
2 12
89
.9
15.5
4 9.
76E
+11
-4.5
21
.0
-44.
03
3.5
2.8
156
90
90
2 R
64
9
- 14
88
.6
15.5
4 1.
32E
+12
25.7
31
.6
-44.
82
3.0
2.4
170
98
98
0 L
103
8 34
2 12
75
.7
11.4
3 2.
42E
+11
-846
.7
-173
1.8
-44.
91
8.3
3.7
104
102
102
1 L
97
- -
11
73.3
10.9
4 2.
81E
+11
-591
.4
-191
6.9
-45.
53
5.3
4.6
112
97
97
0 L
374
55
234
9 49
.6
10.5
2 2.
42E
+11
-519
.7
-177
8.2
-46.
14
9.3
3.1
119
102
102
3 L
354
49
403
10
90.4
10.0
8 1.
85E
+11
-691
.3
-187
2.7
-41.
13
6.4
5.3
131
98
98
1 R
9
54
316
11
64.1
9.28
1.
67E
+11
-477
.4
-177
6.5
-45.
26
8.5
4.0
120
95
95
3 L
147
50
495
13
101.
9
8.49
1.
36E
+11
-25.
3 -1
743.
7 -4
4.21
10
.4
3.8
51
97
97
0 L
62
61
- 13
94
.7
8.32
1.
04E
+11
-725
.0
-167
5.3
-44.
47
9.3
5.5
72
43
40
15
L 83
43
.1
247
11
47.1
8.31
2.
56E
+11
-706
.8
-167
0.5
-45.
62
5.1
4.1
23
97
97
4 L
367
- 23
9 8
32.9
7.26
1.
74E
+11
-220
.3
-547
.0
-45.
88
8.6
3.1
155
95
95
4 L
385
- 30
2 11
44
.6
7.24
2.
09E
+11
-490
.0
-178
8.6
-44.
21
6.5
3.4
114
73
72
12
L 73
51
-
12
62.9
7.12
1.
71E
+11
-591
.6
-191
6.9
-41.
57
5.7
4.7
97
100
100
1 R
18
55
24
1 8
32.8
6.68
7.
60E
+11
-168
.1
-48.
4 -4
6.32
3.
2 1.
8 14
2 97
97
4
L 40
1 15
30
9 10
29
.1
6.60
7.
21E
+10
-753
.4
-170
1.7
-45.
18
9.7
6.1
179
101
101
0 L
256
- 31
5 8
54.2
6.60
9.
89E
+10
-730
.2
-168
2.0
-42.
89
9.1
4.7
23
98
98
5 R
51
43
21
8 9
35.6
6.40
4.
04E
+10
-859
.1
-652
.2
-44.
21
16.3
6.
2 17
1 98
98
1
R
604
30
265
8 71
.2
6.27
1.
66E
+11
-138
.7
-117
9.3
-41.
66
7.5
3.2
173
101
101
1 R
22
37
33
9 10
40
.3
92
5.81
8.
27E
+10
24.2
39
2.9
-48.
95
13.4
3.
3 10
6 79
79
4
L 60
3 62
.1
229
8 29
.9
5.47
2.
88E
+11
-20.
4 -1
739.
3 -4
4.03
3.
7 3.
2 89
10
3 10
3 0
L 74
60
-
3 13
.3
4.97
1.
55E
+11
-138
.2
-119
2.2
-41.
22
5.9
3.5
153
104
104
0 R
15
38
30
0 7
24.4
4.95
1.
77E
+11
-302
.9
-107
8.6
-42.
63
6.4
2.8
1 97
97
1
R
42
33
- 7
22.7
4.66
1.
55E
+11
198.
5 -1
793.
5 -4
4.38
5.
5 3.
5 62
90
90
1
L 75
52
22
6 9
20.4
4.63
3.
64E
+11
7.6
-132
.5
-45.
44
3.5
2.3
6 98
98
1
L 35
6 -
255
6 16
.2
4.28
1.
80E
+11
27.5
16
.4
-45.
26
5.7
2.7
42
107
107
1 L
152
- 28
5 10
19
.3
4.25
2.
01E
+11
-271
.1
-178
3.8
-44.
82
4.0
3.4
42
66
66
3 L
107
- 20
1 7
14.4
4.21
2.
44E
+11
-489
.9
-177
0.1
-45.
18
5.0
2.2
144
99
99
3 L
151
- -
8 21
.6
3.94
1.
16E
+11
-491
.1
-176
6.0
-45.
79
7.2
3.0
111
96
96
4 L
380
- -
8 28
.0
3.80
1.
00E
+11
-513
.9
-177
4.7
-45.
44
7.8
3.1
130
102
102
3 L
355
70
- 7
26.4
3.73
7.
53E
+10
14.0
39
3.8
-48.
87
9.0
3.5
110
55
53
14
L 60
2 1
- 7
12.8
3.66
2.
96E
+11
-107
.5
-59.
1 -4
5.79
3.
1 2.
6 15
4 91
91
6
L 37
7 16
37
9 9
20.1
3.46
2.
28E
+11
25.0
-1
722.
0 -4
5.35
3.
4 2.
8 12
7 99
99
1
L 28
0 45
34
0 9
16.7
3.45
1.
54E
+11
-144
.7
-118
4.2
-44.
47
4.1
3.5
9 10
2 10
2 1
L 95
37
-
13
29.4
3.36
7.
62E
+10
-32.
0 -1
745.
4 -4
1.22
7.
8 3.
6 97
97
97
1
R
13
61
373
9 23
.1
3.22
1.
06E
+11
-210
.7
-576
.0
-45.
62
6.2
3.1
171
96
96
1 L
371
26
276
6 15
.0
3.07
5.
10E
+10
123.
4 -1
777.
1 -4
5.53
8.
3 4.
6 10
1 96
96
2
L 37
5 48
18
3 5
11.8
2.90
7.
64E
+11
-52.
2 -8
2.4
-45.
00
1.9
1.3
160
101
101
4 L
193
- 19
7 5
7.8
2.80
4.
92E
+10
43.1
37
3.9
-48.
52
11.6
3.
1 88
92
91
11
L
495
2 39
7 10
24
.0
2.74
6.
18E
+10
-850
.6
-616
.8
-45.
70
9.0
3.2
167
99
99
1 L
381
28
252
6 14
.0
2.67
4.
52E
+10
-104
8.6
-136
.7
-46.
05
10.5
3.
6 77
96
96
1
L 38
9 -
292
6 18
.5
2.58
8.
00E
+10
-418
.3
-181
5.5
-44.
47
6.7
3.1
123
95
95
2 L
94
- -
7 14
.7
2.51
6.
71E
+10
-699
.5
-162
9.7
-40.
52
6.0
4.0
72
99
99
2 R
3
- 18
4 5
8.1
2.46
6.
70E
+10
-162
.7
-112
6.0
-42.
89
6.9
3.3
22
98
97
3 R
50
34
-
7 12
.9
2.31
9.
94E
+10
26.4
-1
722.
4 -4
2.36
4.
7 3.
2 14
9 97
97
1
R
39
45
372
8 13
.1
2.29
5.
97E
+10
-960
.6
-64.
9 -4
5.35
9.
2 2.
7 14
4 93
93
2
L 36
5 -
314
9 13
.5
2.17
3.
91E
+10
34.1
-1
725.
2 -4
2.01
8.
5 4.
1 11
3 10
4 10
4 0
R
32
- 25
1 6
9.1
2.15
8.
23E
+10
-25.
3 -1
731.
6 -4
0.87
4.
4 3.
8 46
98
98
0
R
6 -
- 8
11.7
2.09
1.
44E
+11
8.2
-108
.8
-45.
53
3.9
2.4
7 98
98
1
L 37
0 -
262
6 7.
7
2.06
6.
34E
+10
20.6
10
.2
-45.
44
5.2
4.0
11
93
93
1 L
366
- -
7 10
.7
2.05
3.
18E
+10
-850
.5
-619
.5
-43.
86
9.3
4.4
165
100
100
1 R
65
28
24
7 6
11.0
1.82
3.
82E
+10
-745
.9
-168
3.1
-45.
26
6.7
4.5
30
94
94
4 L
276
- 27
2 6
9.3
93
1.81
1.
03E
+11
-407
.3
-182
1.0
-44.
21
4.8
2.3
140
76
76
5 L
77
- 23
8 5
6.1
1.78
9.
78E
+10
-48.
9 -1
93.2
-4
0.69
3.
9 3.
0 17
5 97
97
0
R
4 22
31
3 6
7.9
1.68
1.
34E
+10
-891
.6
-595
.2
-44.
38
9.5
8.5
115
99
99
2 R
82
27
31
3 7
14.6
1.66
9.
21E
+10
-76.
5 -1
407.
1 -4
2.01
3.
6 3.
2 86
99
99
2
R
33
41
236
5 5.
7
1.60
1.
14E
+11
34.0
37
4.0
-45.
26
3.0
3.0
0 22
18
10
L
314
- -
7 10
.1
1.56
5.
85E
+10
-902
.0
39.3
-4
7.11
4.
5 3.
7 12
3 98
98
3
L 47
8 7
- 12
9.
7
1.42
1.
01E
+11
-79.
6 -1
754.
8 -4
1.92
3.
1 2.
9 10
4 10
0 10
0 2
L 34
-
214
5 4.
4
1.31
2.
63E
+10
-349
.8
-117
9.2
-43.
33
7.3
4.5
26
100
100
4 R
56
36
32
1 8
8.1
1.30
5.
16E
+10
10.6
-9
3.5
-45.
62
6.9
2.4
25
95
95
3 L
361
- -
10
9.2
1.29
1.
92E
+10
-956
.3
-104
.0
-43.
33
9.6
4.3
15
98
98
3 R
57
20
35
9 9
10.0
1.29
6.
07E
+10
-148
.4
-116
9.8
-44.
38
3.9
3.4
119
102
102
2 L
93
- -
3 3.
6
1.29
6.
87E
+10
45.3
-1
730.
1 -4
1.66
4.
4 2.
6 1
100
100
2 R
27
46
-
6 5.
9
1.16
1.
99E
+10
-601
.5
-191
5.0
-45.
53
7.9
4.7
75
112
112
3 L
611
- -
3 3.
4
1.12
5.
41E
+10
-475
.7
-180
9.8
-44.
56
4.4
3.1
131
31
29
11
L 10
2 -
179
4 2.
9
1.08
9.
11E
+10
26.0
-2
3.4
-41.
13
3.3
2.3
48
95
95
0 R
16
-
338
6 4.
8
1.05
1.
69E
+11
16.2
-1
5.5
-41.
13
3.0
1.4
163
93
93
6 R
11
12
-
7 4.
3
1.05
6.
95E
+10
46.0
37
4.0
-45.
26
3.0
3.0
0 50
47
20
R
62
6 2
- 5
0.0
1.03
7.
25E
+10
-95.
9 -6
4.9
-46.
41
4.2
2.2
141
94
94
4 L
402
- -
9 5.
8
1.03
6.
29E
+10
-716
.7
-347
.7
-44.
38
3.4
3.2
72
100
100
3 R
89
23
25
8 5
3.9
1.02
3.
64E
+10
26.6
-3
2.4
-40.
78
5.0
3.5
177
98
98
2 R
7
14
248
5 4.
1
0.96
3.
41E
+10
-895
.4
66.5
-4
4.21
7.
0 2.
6 52
10
5 10
5 1
R
76
6 -
7 6.
0
0.95
4.
17E
+10
-99.
8 -1
380.
9 -4
5.18
4.
8 3.
1 15
3 91
91
5
L 30
1 -
194
4 2.
7
0.94
1.
11E
+10
-831
.1
-718
.3
-44.
21
11.7
4.
8 17
9 83
83
4
R
88
- 27
5 5
6.7
0.94
2.
50E
+10
24.5
39
3.3
-49.
66
12.5
2.
0 10
4 69
68
10
L
505
62
260
4 5.
5
0.93
5.
69E
+10
157.
4 32
2.6
-44.
65
3.7
2.7
104
85
84
2 R
10
1 3
- 9
5.5
0.92
4.
17E
+10
348.
6 -1
680.
0 -4
4.38
5.
2 2.
6 15
9 24
24
2
L 90
-
229
5 3.
2
0.92
5.
35E
+10
8.8
390.
6 -4
5.09
3.
5 3.
0 87
11
6
9 R
27
2 1
272
5 3.
4
0.91
2.
87E
+10
26.8
47
.6
-41.
48
6.1
3.2
4 92
91
4
R
24
- 21
2 4
3.0
0.90
1.
78E
+10
-258
.2
-688
.9
-42.
54
7.0
4.6
136
98
98
4 R
44
-
243
5 4.
1
0.90
1.
48E
+10
-101
7.6
-110
.8
-46.
32
7.4
5.2
172
96
96
10
L 60
9 -
376
4 5.
4
0.87
5.
51E
+10
-4.6
20
.9
-48.
52
3.4
3.0
30
91
91
4 L
497
9 36
7 8
4.8
0.84
2.
48E
+10
-275
.1
-749
.1
-42.
63
6.5
3.3
11
94
94
1 R
46
31
28
9 7
4.6
0.84
1.
21E
+10
-866
.3
-625
.2
-44.
12
8.7
5.1
168
92
92
1 R
60
8 -
234
4 3.
9
94
0.82
3.
15E
+10
-720
.6
-167
5.6
-45.
62
5.5
3.0
68
93
93
8 L
376
43
215
4 2.
5
0.82
2.
73E
+10
-826
.3
-174
2.1
-44.
91
4.9
3.9
65
75
75
6 L
255
- 25
3 4
3.0
0.79
1.
11E
+10
-737
.6
-170
0.6
-42.
80
8.7
5.2
173
94
94
7 R
52
-
263
5 5.
1
0.78
4.
28E
+10
-378
.4
-186
1.6
-44.
74
4.4
2.7
94
85
85
3 L
104
- 22
9 5
2.7
0.77
9.
96E
+09
-515
.5
-178
1.0
-42.
63
15.8
3.
1 11
8 92
92
4
R
49
49
334
8 4.
2
0.76
-
-167
.9
-49.
0 -4
1.05
0.
0 0.
0 0
99
99
2 R
14
15
20
3 4
2.0
0.76
2.
21E
+10
-9.1
-1
7.5
-41.
57
6.9
3.2
24
105
105
4 R
23
11
28
3 7
3.9
0.75
4.
47E
+10
-76.
0 -1
406.
7 -4
5.62
4.
2 2.
6 98
96
96
5
L 35
9 41
-
8 4.
7
0.74
4.
46E
+09
-104
8.4
127.
0 -4
5.79
15
.6
6.7
31
22
16
15
L 38
7 -
253
4 4.
3
0.74
1.
19E
+11
-56.
0 -1
426.
5 -4
4.91
3.
3 1.
2 15
3 10
7 10
6 7
L 19
8 -
- 3
1.5
0.73
1.
86E
+10
-301
.8
-143
4.0
-43.
95
6.9
3.6
22
97
97
2 R
69
42
24
9 6
4.1
0.73
2.
21E
+10
198.
1 -1
793.
9 -4
1.57
6.
4 3.
3 65
94
94
1
R
26
52
231
6 2.
3
0.71
3.
16E
+10
-876
.5
82.3
-4
6.85
4.
0 3.
6 11
5 93
93
7
L 47
0 -
227
5 2.
5
0.71
1.
32E
+10
-861
.3
-642
.1
-46.
05
9.4
3.6
179
96
96
5 L
607
30
205
5 3.
1
0.70
1.
93E
+10
16.3
-1
714.
8 -4
5.44
8.
2 2.
8 11
5 92
92
1
L 35
8 -
328
5 4.
8
0.69
3.
71E
+09
-831
.9
-706
.9
-44.
21
27.3
4.
3 17
1 10
8 10
8 3
R
87
- -
3 3.
9
0.68
2.
68E
+10
-488
.8
-178
8.9
-39.
99
5.2
3.1
112
98
98
5 R
1
51
252
5 3.
9
0.64
-
-137
.8
-120
5.6
-44.
91
0.0
0.0
0 74
74
6
L 50
8 -
- 2
1.3
0.61
2.
67E
+10
-302
.6
-108
0.1
-45.
44
5.5
2.7
172
99
99
3 L
372
33
- 3
1.8
0.61
5.
46E
+09
-835
.1
-680
.1
-44.
03
14.1
5.
0 15
7 72
72
3
R
605
- -
3 3.
3
0.60
5.
58E
+09
-838
.0
-670
.1
-43.
95
12.9
5.
3 15
6 10
2 10
0 5
R
606
- -
3 2.
9
0.59
1.
94E
+10
-476
.5
-177
9.5
-41.
84
5.5
3.5
67
97
97
2 R
31
50
21
7 4
2.1
0.56
-
-525
.0
-191
6.3
-45.
35
0.0
0.0
0 10
4 10
4 9
L 36
9 57
27
8 5
2.6
0.55
1.
39E
+10
-244
.6
-705
.2
-42.
19
8.2
3.1
169
92
92
6 R
38
-
256
8 3.
6
0.54
4.
62E
+09
-899
.5
-576
.4
-44.
12
10.9
6.
8 12
10
1 10
1 4
R
70
25
513
10
6.7
0.52
2.
62E
+10
-44.
9 -1
00.6
-4
1.40
6.
6 1.
9 10
3 99
99
2
R
19
19
269
5 2.
2
0.52
5.
77E
+10
-18.
4 -1
733.
5 -4
1.75
3.
2 1.
8 45
10
0 10
0 3
R
28
- 24
0 5
1.9
0.51
4.
31E
+10
-878
.8
62.9
-4
7.11
3.
1 2.
4 75
97
97
2
L 47
7 -
275
5 2.
2
0.49
-
-22.
6 -1
740.
5 -4
1.22
0.
0 0.
0 0
111
111
4 R
62
2 60
-
2 1.
4
0.49
9.
53E
+09
-622
.0
-191
8.0
-41.
40
6.9
4.7
99
97
97
5 R
20
56
25
4 4
1.9
0.49
1.
30E
+10
-893
.7
-599
.8
-46.
23
7.0
3.4
105
100
100
4 L
407
27
259
5 2.
3
0.48
1.
07E
+10
-510
.7
-178
3.1
-42.
54
7.1
4.0
108
98
97
5 R
47
70
-
3 1.
6
0.46
2.
56E
+10
-149
.1
-64.
9 -4
0.17
3.
6 3.
2 9
91
90
6 R
2
17
340
5 1.
9
95
0.44
5.
49E
+09
719.
3 -1
512.
8 -4
7.20
8.
4 6.
1 17
4 61
61
3
L 47
9 -
220
4 2.
4
0.42
2.
37E
+10
-100
.0
-137
0.9
-41.
84
4.3
2.6
99
103
103
7 R
35
40
-
3 1.
1
0.40
1.
54E
+10
-159
.4
-114
2.9
-45.
35
6.1
2.7
23
94
94
2 L
264
35
- 8
2.8
0.40
4.
53E
+10
-43.
3 -5
3.7
-43.
33
3.0
1.9
108
95
95
5 R
58
-
285
4 1.
3
0.39
3.
19E
+10
-99.
9 -1
370.
6 -4
5.26
4.
5 1.
8 15
4 95
94
14
L
324
40
240
4 1.
1
0.38
3.
84E
+10
-274
.9
-748
.1
-45.
97
5.3
1.2
36
93
92
9 L
399
31
213
4 1.
3
0.37
3.
73E
+09
-301
.9
-845
.2
-43.
51
14.5
4.
3 17
3 10
0 10
0 4
R
59
32
- 7
4.0
0.37
4.
34E
+09
-53.
2 -1
970.
5 -4
8.25
10
.5
5.1
8 27
17
21
R
49
6 10
0 26
6 4
2.1
0.36
4.
76E
+09
-112
2.3
-169
.7
-46.
23
10.7
4.
5 2
92
92
7 L
409
- 24
5 4
1.9
0.36
1.
84E
+10
-94.
0 25
.5
-47.
20
3.9
3.2
37
27
16
22
L 47
6 -
- 7
2.4
0.35
-
-111
.4
-133
3.1
-45.
18
0.0
0.0
0 12
5 12
4 13
L
266
39
230
5 1.
4
0.35
3.
92E
+09
-139
6.9
-432
.2
-45.
62
12.6
4.
5 24
10
5 10
5 9
L 37
8 -
302
5 2.
7
0.35
-
2.9
-82.
4 -4
1.05
0.
0 0.
0 0
102
101
11
R
17
18
- 3
0.9
0.34
1.
56E
+10
-44.
0 -1
750.
3 -4
3.59
4.
8 2.
9 70
10
3 10
3 4
L 61
-
- 6
1.9
0.34
9.
98E
+09
-164
.5
-112
8.5
-45.
79
7.8
2.8
26
97
97
7 L
386
34
283
4 1.
5
0.34
9.
85E
+08
-696
.6
-166
7.7
-45.
62
29.3
7.
5 47
11
0 10
9 12
L
612
- -
3 2.
2
0.33
-
-38.
2 -1
92.4
-4
5.44
0.
0 0.
0 0
98
97
11
L 61
8 -
- 2
0.7
0.31
2.
56E
+10
-13.
0 -1
3.4
-49.
04
3.2
2.5
174
87
86
11
L 50
3 11
32
0 5
1.3
0.31
5.
68E
+09
-903
.6
103.
4 -4
8.43
6.
2 5.
6 13
5 81
80
8
L 50
1 5
237
4 1.
3
0.30
5.
82E
+09
174.
2 -1
795.
9 -4
3.77
7.
5 4.
5 85
10
4 10
4 1
L 66
-
284
4 1.
2
0.30
2.
25E
+10
25.9
-4
5.7
-45.
88
4.3
2.0
8 10
4 10
3 12
L
394
- 30
6 4
1.2
0.30
3.
00E
+09
-946
.6
20.7
-4
4.38
14
.4
4.3
106
83
82
6 R
98
-
- 3
1.4
0.30
5.
52E
+09
-105
6.4
-148
.2
-46.
41
9.0
3.8
180
81
81
3 L
456
- -
3 1.
4
0.30
1.
38E
+10
-6.8
-2
2.9
-40.
87
4.2
3.3
27
89
89
5 R
10
-
- 3
1.0
0.29
1.
76E
+09
-100
3.8
191.
2 -4
5.97
14
.2
7.3
49
36
30
21
L 39
2 -
278
5 2.
8
0.29
-
-621
.9
-191
7.9
-45.
44
0.0
0.0
0 94
94
4
L 62
8 56
-
2 0.
7
0.29
-
17.7
-7
9.3
-45.
88
0.0
0.0
0 10
5 10
5 8
L 39
1 -
299
5 1.
0
0.29
4.
67E
+09
-526
.5
-191
9.0
-41.
22
9.8
4.0
58
79
78
5 R
63
1 57
26
9 4
1.6
0.28
5.
85E
+09
-7.5
-1
.8
-48.
43
7.5
4.0
72
34
32
9 L
637
- -
7 2.
6
0.28
-
26.9
-3
4.5
-45.
62
0.0
0.0
0 10
9 10
5 29
L
382
14
- 3
0.9
0.28
5.
93E
+09
-654
.8
-190
3.9
-41.
31
9.8
3.0
124
76
76
7 R
21
-
- 3
0.9
0.28
-
3.1
-82.
3 -4
4.38
0.
0 0.
0 0
105
105
2 L
99
18
238
4 0.
8
0.27
1.
66E
+10
-85.
9 -1
87.5
-4
0.96
5.
5 1.
9 64
10
9 10
9 6
R
12
21
334
5 1.
2
96
0.26
-
26.0
-5
5.5
-45.
88
0.0
0.0
0 11
0 10
9 11
L
395
- -
3 0.
8
0.26
1.
09E
+10
-107
.3
-58.
8 -3
9.73
4.
2 3.
6 62
93
92
9
R
615
16
- 2
0.5
0.26
6.
36E
+09
-143
.3
-177
7.3
-43.
33
6.4
4.1
93
94
94
4 L
60
- 25
6 4
1.3
0.26
-
-111
.3
-41.
0 -4
5.70
0.
0 0.
0 0
55
49
25
L 61
9 -
- 2
0.6
0.25
7.
18E
+09
-690
.5
-187
2.4
-44.
82
5.8
3.8
72
104
103
14
L 15
6 54
29
6 4
1.1
0.25
1.
13E
+10
-716
.8
-347
.7
-46.
76
4.0
3.6
36
103
103
8 L
471
23
- 3
0.7
0.25
-
-898
.5
41.2
-4
4.12
0.
0 0.
0 0
105
105
9 R
63
2 7
- 6
1.1
0.25
-
-108
.5
-197
.0
-45.
18
0.0
0.0
0 87
75
44
L
621
- 33
4 5
1.1
0.25
3.
28E
+09
700.
0 -1
524.
4 -4
7.64
10
.7
4.6
157
35
34
10
R
492
- -
3 1.
1
0.25
4.
14E
+09
120.
2 -1
776.
0 -4
2.54
8.
5 4.
5 11
0 81
80
10
R
48
48
28
4 5
1.5
0.24
8.
42E
+09
-200
.2
-177
8.1
-43.
77
4.6
3.9
164
107
106
12
L 68
-
- 3
0.8
0.24
1.
41E
+10
-890
.6
-167
5.1
-42.
45
4.0
2.7
174
97
96
14
R
41
- 33
6 5
1.0
0.23
5.
02E
+09
-110
.3
-133
2.6
-41.
75
5.8
5.1
96
97
96
12
R
30
39
- 5
1.1
0.23
8.
83E
+09
-904
.6
-584
.5
-45.
97
5.1
3.2
78
104
101
22
L 40
0 -
- 3
1.0
0.22
6.
27E
+09
-730
.7
-188
7.2
-44.
56
7.9
2.8
40
74
72
18
L 61
3 -
- 2
0.6
0.22
8.
31E
+09
354.
3 -1
867.
6 -4
1.84
5.
4 3.
0 15
6 74
74
8
R
29
53
- 6
1.2
0.22
-
-165
.9
-120
1.4
-45.
18
0.0
0.0
0 10
6 97
43
L
614
- -
2 0.
3
0.21
3.
47E
+09
-61.
0 -1
89.7
-4
0.61
9.
6 4.
1 11
5 64
64
4
R
5 -
- 3
0.9
0.21
4.
43E
+09
-53.
4 -1
972.
1 -4
6.93
8.
2 3.
6 22
66
66
9
R
475
100
- 3
0.9
0.21
5.
38E
+09
13.5
-2
0.8
-44.
30
8.2
3.0
169
101
101
7 L
96
12
- 3
0.9
0.20
-
-287
.5
-762
.6
-43.
15
0.0
0.0
0 96
96
4
R
55
- 26
3 4
0.9
0.20
1.
86E
+10
156.
4 32
5.8
-47.
46
4.9
1.4
172
88
74
49
L 61
7 3
- 2
0.4
0.19
2.
39E
+09
-160
.5
-114
3.7
-42.
45
12.9
3.
9 18
11
6 11
6 8
R
43
35
323
4 1.
3
0.19
3.
66E
+09
-165
.5
-115
7.9
-42.
19
7.8
4.2
18
107
106
10
R
37
- 35
5 5
1.0
0.18
1.
13E
+10
-301
.1
-185
7.3
-44.
91
4.5
2.2
40
101
99
19
R
259
- -
3 0.
7
0.18
7.
19E
+09
-210
.7
-576
.0
-41.
75
4.1
3.8
179
87
87
7 R
36
26
-
3 0.
6
0.18
5.
24E
+09
-896
.1
64.8
-4
7.90
6.
9 3.
2 77
88
88
5
L 49
4 6
- 3
0.6
0.18
-
-946
.3
-644
.6
-46.
05
0.0
0.0
0 82
82
2
L 63
6 29
35
3 4
0.8
0.17
2.
22E
+09
-910
.8
121.
3 -4
9.04
8.
1 6.
0 16
5 94
94
9
L 50
4 4
- 3
0.7
0.17
1.
10E
+10
39.9
36
7.7
-47.
64
4.6
2.1
64
43
41
13
L 49
3 -
287
4 0.
7
0.17
8.
02E
+09
-350
.5
-117
9.7
-45.
88
4.6
2.9
125
97
97
13
L 39
6 36
-
3 0.
5
0.16
-
-148
.0
-64.
6 -4
6.58
0.
0 0.
0 0
96
95
5 L
469
17
- 3
0.4
0.16
6.
05E
+09
-53.
2 -9
2.0
-47.
02
4.3
3.9
75
102
100
19
L 62
0 -
- 2
0.3
97
0.16
1.
62E
+09
-894
.0
-578
.9
-46.
05
19.7
3.
2 71
95
94
12
L
403
25
- 3
1.2
0.16
-
10.6
17
.8
-43.
77
0.0
0.0
0 77
77
10
R
67
-
301
4 0.
5
0.15
1.
85E
+09
-286
.0
-566
.4
-42.
80
12.4
4.
2 16
6 87
86
17
R
53
-
- 3
0.9
0.15
1.
68E
+09
-858
.6
-582
.0
-43.
86
11.8
4.
9 14
9 88
86
19
R
72
-
- 3
0.9
0.15
-
24.3
39
3.9
-46.
05
0.0
0.0
0 7
1 7
R
629
62
- 2
0.3
0.14
1.
67E
+09
-300
.8
-143
0.7
-47.
20
10.1
5.
4 48
10
8 10
4 30
L
480
42
- 3
0.7
0.14
1.
10E
+09
-867
.9
-533
.4
-43.
86
13.3
6.
2 14
3 10
5 10
5 7
R
616
24
- 2
0.7
0.14
4.
93E
+09
-40.
5 -1
00.8
-4
8.34
5.
2 3.
6 15
8 11
4 11
3 7
L 49
8 19
-
3 0.
5
0.13
5.
05E
+09
-287
.9
-101
3.4
-42.
28
6.8
2.5
176
101
100
14
R
40
- -
5 0.
7
0.13
-
-86.
3 -1
90.0
-4
4.91
0.
0 0.
0 0
97
90
35
L 63
3 21
-
3 0.
4
0.13
1.
37E
+09
-130
8.5
-356
.4
-45.
79
8.2
7.1
67
108
106
19
L 39
0 -
- 3
0.6
0.12
-
46.7
-1
730.
5 -4
4.82
0.
0 0.
0 0
39
38
5 L
634
46
- 3
0.3
0.12
3.
08E
+09
-901
.5
-571
.5
-45.
62
10.0
2.
4 43
12
0 12
0 7
L 38
4 -
- 3
0.7
0.11
3.
94E
+09
-167
.7
-140
3.7
-42.
89
9.2
1.9
62
96
94
18
R
54
- -
3 0.
5
0.10
-
-863
.6
-540
.5
-45.
70
0.0
0.0
0 90
86
27
L
635
24
- 3
0.6
0.10
8.
32E
+08
-943
.5
-637
.1
-44.
21
12.0
6.
3 8
64
62
15
R
85
29
- 3
0.6
0.09
-
353.
6 -1
867.
0 -4
4.47
0.
0 0.
0 0
36
34
11
L 62
5 53
-
2 0.
2
0.08
1.
56E
+09
-303
.0
-843
.1
-46.
76
10.7
3.
1 13
4 91
81
41
L
630
32
- 2
0.3
0.08
9.
95E
+08
130.
0 -1
595.
6 -4
5.35
15
.6
3.1
119
72
71
14
L 37
3 -
- 3
0.5
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
98
5.2 Comparison with Previous Work at 1665 MHz
The 1665 MHz main line is the most studied hydroxyl line in W3(OH), and generally
in SFRs. W3(OH) has been studied at 1665 MHz by Barrett and Rogers (1966),
Moran et al. (1968), Cooper et al. (1971), Harvey et al. (1974), Mader et al. (1978),
Reid et al. (1980), Norris and Booth (1981), Norris et al. (1982), Fouquet and Reid
(1982); but by far the most comprehensive interferometer studies of 1665 MHz until
this work were those of Garcia-Barretto et al. (1988) and Bloemhof et al. (1992).
Garcia-Barretto et al. observed W3(OH) with five US and one European antenna in
1978 in all Stokes parameters with a resolution of ~8 mas, or for small parts of the
map, ~4 mas. They detected 81 masers stronger than 1.5 Jy, and 5 Zeeman pairs.
Bloemhof et al. observed W3(OH) in 1986 with six US and one European antenna in
RCP and LCP. Their aim was to re-reduce the data of Garcia-Barretto in an identical
way to their new data, with the intention of making direct proper motion
measurements of the individual masers from two sets of maps. Their rms noise flux
density was ~65 mJy for their new data and ~0.2 Jy for the Garcia-Barretto data, with
~5 mas resolution for both. They detected 23 Zeeman pairs (using excessively
generous criteria for a successful pair: only 12 would have passed the present criteria).
Simply re-reducing the old data and position fitting in a different way typically
produced positional differences of ~2 mas and resulted in highly varying fluxes as a
result of breaking or merging complex maser features. This gives an indication of
some of the problems that might be expected when comparing the present work to
these older observations.
Comparing the total power spectra of 1978 (Garcia-Barretto), 1986
(Bloemhof) and 1996 (figure 5.1a) it is seen that the 1665 MHz emission has
remained fairly similar in form, with the notable exception that the very bright RCP
emission at –45 km s–1 appears to have faded in flux from ~250 Jy to ~180 Jy. The
distribution of masers from 1978 and 1986 matches excellently with that in figure 5.3,
indicating that the 1665 maser groups are relatively stable features. Care must be
taken when comparing fluxes to distinguish between the total flux of a maser feature
(in Jy) and the peak flux density of a maser feature (in Jy/beam). Table 5.2 shows the
fluxes of identified masers in all three epochs, and some identified in just two. All the
1978/1986 data is from Bloemhof et al. (1992), except the two asterisked fluxes which
are from Garcia-Barretto et al. (1988).
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
99
Table 5.2: 1665 MHz masers compared at epochs 1978, 1986 and 1996
1996 1978 1986 1996 1978 1986 1996 1996 1996 1978 1996 Feature Flux Density Flux Density Flux Density Pos. Ang. Pos. Ang. Pos. Ang. RA Offset DEC Offset Velocity Velocity
Number (Jy/Beam) (Jy/Beam) (Jy/Beam) (Degrees) (Degrees) (Degrees) (mas) (mas) (km/s) (km/s)
600 104.9 65.6 74.5 61 63 41 -906.7 98.3 -44.9 -44.91 271 86.3 68.8 68.9 64 38 65 -905.1 116.0 -44.9 -45.18
383 83.5 58.4 46.0 53 59 27 -958.1 -107.6 -46.5 -46.41
91 33.5 29.9 21.6 6 26 155 -138.2 -1191.3 -44.8 -44.65
64 54 31 15.5 142 134 156 -4.5 21.0 -43.8 -44.03
97 15.2 16.6 11.4 113 101 104 -846.7 -1731.8 -44.9 -44.91
374 10.9 11 10.9 107 78 112 -591.4 -1916.9 -45.5 -45.53
9 11 7.6 10.1 89 94 131 -691.3 -1872.7 -41.2 -41.13
147 18 6.5 9.3 73 82 120 -477.4 -1776.5 -45.4 -45.26
62 11.6 9.3 8.5 69 75 51 -25.3 -1743.7 -44.1 -44.21
83 12.5 12.9 8.3 58 76 72 -725.0 -1675.3 -44.5 -44.47
385 9 8.4 7.3 148 155 155 -220.3 -547.0 -45.9 -45.88
73 13.1 9.4 7.2 84 114 114 -490.0 -1788.6 -44.2 -44.21
18 10.9 6.3 7.1 93 88 97 -591.6 -1916.9 -41.5 -41.57
401 34 11.5 6.7 132 150 142 -168.1 -48.4 -46.2 -46.32
51 6.6 5.9 6.6 18 24 23 -730.2 -1682.0 -42.9 -42.89
22 5.4 5.4 6.3 171 75 173 -138.7 -1179.3 -41.7 -41.66
603 19.4 15.2 5.8 104 104 106 24.2 392.9 -48.9 -48.95
74 8.4 7.5 5.5 4 63 89 -20.4 -1739.3 -44.1 -44.03
15 13.4 4.4 5.0 66 88 153 -138.2 -1192.2 -41.3 -41.22
42 4.1 4.4 5.0 177 1 1 -302.9 -1078.6 -42.6 -42.63
152 4.6 5.6 4.3 156 24 11 27.5 16.4 -45.4 -45.26
107 10.2 12.9 4.3 23 83 42 -271.1 -1783.8 -44.8 -44.82
151 8.5 11.1 4.2 0 0 144 -489.9 -1770.1 -45.2 -45.18
280 11.3 9.3 3.5 122 148 127 25.0 -1722.0 -45.4 -45.35
193 4.1 3.6 2.9 137 138 160 -52.2 -82.4 -45 -45.00
495 2.7 3.1 2.8 98 82 88 43.1 373.9 -48.5 -48.52
94 12.6 11.4 2.6 162 113 123 -418.3 -1815.5 -44.6 -44.47
39 4.4 2 2.3 144 165 149 26.4 -1722.4 -42.2 -42.36
77 4.5 3.3 1.8 131 122 140 -407.3 -1821.0 -44.3 -44.21
82 2.1 1.6 1.7 75 82 115 -891.6 -595.2 -44.5 -44.38
478 1.9 1.4 1.6 137 9 123 -902.0 39.3 -47.4 -47.11
56 3.4 2.2 1.3 3 19 26 -349.8 -1179.2 -43.4 -43.33
57 2.7 1.8 1.3 36 28 15 -956.3 -104.0 -43.4 -43.33
27 4.1 3.1 1.3 140 92 1 45.3 -1730.1 -41.8 -41.66
301 14.6 9.6 1.0 88 117 153 -99.8 -1380.9 -45.2 -45.18
44 2.7 1.9 0.9 135 122 136 -258.2 -688.9 -42.6 -42.54
104 5.1 2.5 0.8 155 135 94 -378.4 -1861.6 -44.8 -44.74
38 4.4 1.5 0.5 161 142 169 -244.6 -705.2 -42.1 -42.19
19 4.7 4.1 0.5 124 87 103 -44.9 -100.6 -41.5 -41.40
N/A 19.4 2.6 - 15 107 - - - -41.2 -
N/A 9.2 15 - 177 86 - - - -45.4 -
N/A 4 3.9 - 64 92 - - - -44.5 -
N/A 1.9 2 - - - - - - -45.8 -
N/A 1.8 1.5 - 115 100 - - - -44.1 -
474 5* N/A 51.6 - - 163 0.0 0.0 - -47.46
601 5* N/A 33.9 - - 81 -1021.3 -127.7 - -46.23
111 N/A N/A 27.0 - - 160 -48.6 -193.1 - -45.18
8 N/A N/A 19.4 - - 154 25.1 31.5 - -41.13
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
100
Caution needs to be exercised when comparing the flux densities because of
the possible effects of different fitting procedures and different sized beams, but it is
immediately apparent that the masers are indeed noticeably variable over a decade
timescale. The matching of position angle at different epochs has not been attempted,
since this is very much dependent on how complex areas of maser emission have been
broken down during fitting. Only 5 of the 45 masers listed in Bloemhof et al. (1992)
could not be found in the current data. The brightest of these in 1986 (15 Jy/beam) is
probably hidden now underneath the much brighter masers in the complex north-
western group. As explained in chapter 4.4.1, exhaustive efforts were not made in the
present work to break bright extended masers, such as these, into numerous smaller
masers. Another of the missing masers has a maser of opposite polarization at the
same velocity just 1 mas away – these two are probably the same maser with the linear
polarization flux detected in both hands of circular polarization. The remaining three
missing masers have fluxes of 2.6 to 1.5 Jy/beam and could have all faded since 1986.
Bloemhof et al. (1992) detected a trend towards lower flux densities – peaks in 1986
were on average 80% down on masers in 1978. They suggested that this could be
explained by a flux density miscalibration of 20% at either epoch. This trend
continues however into the current data: Flux densities in 1997 were on average 75%
of those detected in 1986, and 60% of those in 1978. It is unlikely that this is an
accidental trend of miscalibrations; rather it is probably a reflection of the limited life
of the masers. Even if the lifespan of the masers is many decades, after enough
decades have passed we would expect all of the spots to have faded away.
It may be more accurate to say that it is maser groups that are stable features,
whilst individual masers within a group may come and go over a period of decades. A
similar effect was noted in Desmurs et al. (1998) (observing at the 6 GHz excited
state) that, in comparison with Moran et al. (1978), the general distribution of maser
groups had been preserved but there were many changes in the major components.
This would suggest the scenario where ‘maser-friendly’ conditions persist on the large
scale in certain locations for many decades, but individual masers have a lesser
lifespan of just a few decades.
Table 5.2 also contains the four brightest masers in the current work that were
not listed by Bloemhof, one of which is the reference feature of the current work
(feature 474). Feature 474 and feature 601 were listed in the older work of Garcia-
Barretto (both at 5 Jy/beam), where feature 474 is marked down as the Zeeman
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
101
partner of their reference feature (feature 64) – although this cannot be the case since
the two masers have moved apart ~10 mas in two decades! (See chapter 5.8 for
proper motions. In addition, the true Zeeman partner of this maser has been detected:
see chapter 5.6.) These two reference masers are particularly interesting, and will
crop up in the following sections due to their peculiar lineshape, polarization and
proper motions. The two masers which were not in the Garcia-Barretto data (features
8 and 111) may actually have been in the 1986 data of Bloemhof – Bloemhof et al.
only published data for which there was an older counterpart in order to measure
movement. In any case, these two masers have risen from negligible emission to 27
and 19 Jy/beam in two (or possibly one) decades, whilst the two that were detected by
Garcia-Barretto have risen by 29 and 47 Jy/beam in 2 decades – indicating that some
OH mainline masers can be highly variable over decade timescales.
Figure 5.4: Position angles of 2-Dimensional Gaussian fits to the 1665 MHz masers. Length of the
vector is proportional to the ratio of major to minor axes
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
102
5.3 Maser Morphology
From figure 5.2, some patterns in the morphology of the masers are quickly apparent.
Most notable is the extended nature of the masers in the centre-west of the map at
offset coordinates –0.8'' RA, –0.6'' DEC; these masers have relatively high average
major axis of about 12 mas, and relatively low brightness temperatures. They are
generally elongated in the north-west to south direction – of the masers above 0.5 Jy 9
out of 11 have position angles in the range 155° to 179°. This is more apparent in
figure 5.4, which shows the position angles of the masers brighter than 300 mJy. Also
apparent is that in the extreme north and south of the map, the masers tend to be
elongated east west; in the south, this east-west orientation follows tentative lines or
arcs of masers. This may indicate shock fronts – see chapter 6.4.1.
The masers near the reference feature are typically small and often unresolved;
these masers have an average deconvolved major axis of 4.5 mas, and have relatively
high brightness temperatures. The complexity of emission in 1665 MHz makes
Gaussian fitting very difficult in some areas because the masers are blended. Fitting
was extremely difficult in the crowded southern areas of emission, and in the far
northeast emission. In the northwest are some very intense and large masers where
140
120
100
80
53 54 55 56
140
120
100
80
57 58 59 60
Milli
ARC
SEC
140
120
100
80
61 62 63 64
-880 -900 -920 -940
140
120
100
80
65 66
MilliARC SEC-880 -900 -920 -940
67 68
Figure 5.5: The three most intense masers, found in the northwest of W3(OH). Their extended
nature means that they are blended at this resolution. Contours are at 250 mJy/beam.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
103
two of the masers merge completely, resulting in a maser fragment that is feature 610
in table 5.1, and a complex lineshape for feature 600 since it has effectively
‘consumed’ another maser. This area is shown in figure 5.5.
5.4 Maser Lineshapes
Examination of the lineshapes of 1665 MHz is complicated by the number of masers
in close proximity to each other – which can often lead to distorted lineshapes where
outlying flux from one maser adds to the peak of its neighbour.
Figures 5.6 and 5.7 show the strongest 12 maser lineshapes (all those above
8.5 Jy) that were well fit by Gaussians. In figure 5.6 there are some deviations from
the Gaussian: feature 600 merges with the fragment feature 610 at ~–45.9 km s–1;
feature 601 has a close neighbour which is probably responsible for the excess
emission at the red end of its lineshape; feature 271 has a close neighbour which is
probably responsible for the excess emission at the blue end of its lineshape. Note the
Figure 5.6: The most intense 1665 MHz maser lineshapes showing slight deviations from a
Gaussian form. Observed flux errors are negligible at these scales. Clockwise from top-left:
Features 9, 601, 600, 271.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
104
Figure 5.7: The most intense 1665 MHz maser lineshapes showing Gaussian form. Clockwise
from top-left: Features 147, 8, 103, 474, 374, 383, 111 and 91.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
105
excess emission at the blue end of the lineshape of feature 9; feature 9 is a well-
resolved maser with no nearby emission. The unsymmetrical lineshape is probably a
genuine attribute of the maser. This type of behaviour could result from the growth of
emission in the line wing where the optical depth is greater. Normally the line
rebroadening following saturation would be symmetrical, and both wings would grow,
but if conditions are slightly less favourable for masing in different parts of the maser,
then rebroadening may be suppressed in one wing. Features 103, 111 and 147 show a
noticeable deficit of intensity in the line centre. This is probably a symptom of
saturation in the maser, and may indicate physical conditions tending towards NVR
(see chapter 2.4.2).
Of particular interest however are the maser lineshapes that are not
approximated by a Gaussian lineshape. Theoretical modelling of maser lineshapes has
been attempted by several authors (e.g. Goldreich and Kwan 1974, Bettwieser and
Kegel 1974, Bettwieser 1976, Nedoluha and Watson 1988, 1991, Elitzur 1990b, Wu
and Elitzur 1992, Wu 1992, Field et al. 1994); and theoretical work by Nedoluha and
Watson (1990b), and Field et al. (1994), has predicted that saturating masers may
evolve into complex or multi peaked lineshapes (see chapter 2.4.2). Theoretical
modelling by Gray et al. (1992) has shown that masers should start to saturate at
brightness temperatures greater than about 5×1010 K.
Of the 211 masers detected in 1665 MHz, 87 failed fitting with a Gaussian
lineshape. A minimum of 4 points was required in the lineshape for an attempt to be
successful. Table 5.3 indicates the numbers and reasons for failure of lineshape
fitting. The spots allocated as “probable unresolved double” have the attribute of
being morphologically elongated, and typically, the maser centre moves noticeably
Reason for Fit Failure Quantity
Close Doublet affects lineshape 10
Close Multiplet affects lineshape 6
Probable unresolved Double 3
Near Gaussian 6
Less than 4 line points 58
Genuine non-Gaussian lineshape 5
Table 5.3: The 1665 MHz masers that failed to be fit with Gaussian lineshapes
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
106
through the frequency channels, indicating that a second maser probably sits only
slightly offset in both position and velocity.
The five masers with genuine non-Gaussian lineshapes are shown in figure
5.8. Feature 97, like feature 9 has an excess of emission in one line wing. The blue
end of feature 476 is in some very noisy channels due to the rising peak of the
reference feature ~100 mas away which causes rings of beam artefacts. A coincident
artefact may be the cause of the jump in intensity. Feature 632 (when shown in figure
5.9 actually appears triple peaked) is in the area just red-ward of the very strong maser
emission in the far northwest of W3(OH). Around feature 632 are several patches of
emission (most of which failed fitting criteria) which also show multi-peaked
lineshapes – this is probably caused by beam artefacts. Beam artefacts exhibit
variation with frequency as well as with varying spatial position. Feature 359 (figure
5.9 also) appears to be a true double peaked maser. Such a lineshape is what would be
expected from the phenomenon of ‘hole burning’ (see chapter 2.4.2), which can occur
in a maser under NVR conditions such that the line centre may go into anti-inversion.
The fact that just one single maser out of 211 exhibits this kind of lineshape suggests
that NVR conditions are very much the exception in 1665 MHz SFR masers.
This leaves the interesting feature 64, also shown in figure 5.9: This is a very
dynamic maser, which as can be seen from table 5.2 has been rapidly declining in
intensity in the last 2 decades. It is by far the most intense and brightest maser with a
non-Gaussian lineshape – with Tb of 1012 K it is definitely of saturated intensity, and
its flux deviation from Gaussian is the largest of any maser. It is also unusual in that it
has changed velocity in the last decade; typically, masers may move spatially,
brighten or fade, but they stay constant in velocity. Indeed this is usually the best way
to identify masers between epochs; the average change in frequency of the peak in
table 5.2 is 0.08 km s–1, which is less than one spectral channel. The change in
velocity, position and intensity of this maser was first noted by Norris and Booth
(1981), who measured the changes relative to feature 271. In the 1978 data, it has a
peak velocity of –43.78 km s–1 (Garcia-Barretto) or –43.8 km s–1 (Reid). In 1997 its
velocity peak was –44.03 km s–1; a change of –0.24 km s–1 from the mean of the 1978
values. Only two other masers have a velocity change of this magnitude; both in the
far northwest cluster, which may be partly due to the difficulty of resolving the
complex emission there. For this reason measuring changes relative to feature 271
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
107
Figure 5.8: Distinctive non-Gaussian maser lineshapes. The Stokes parameters are shown for
feature 359 to emphasise that it is not an overlapping LCP and RCP maser. On these scales, noise is
only significant in features 632 and 476, where it is about 0.015 Jy/beam.
Lineshape for 1665 feature 64
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
-44.8 -44.6 -44.4 -44.2 -44.0 -43.8 -43.6 -43.4
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
Lineshape for 1665 feature 632
0.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
-44.3 -44.2 -44.2 -44.1 -44.1 -44.0 -44.0 -43.9 -43.9 -43.8 -43.8 -43.7
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
Lineshape for 1665 feature 476
0.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
-47.4 -47.3 -47.2 -47.1 -47.0 -46.9 -46.8
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
Lineshape for 1665 feature97
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
-45.3 -45.2 -45.1 -45.0 -44.9 -44.8 -44.7 -44.6 -44.5 -44.4 -44.3 -44.2
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
Stokes Parameters for 1665 feature 359
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
-45.9 -45.8 -45.7 -45.6 -45.5 -45.4 -45.3 -45.2 -45.1
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
IQUV
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
108
(which is in the northwest cluster) is probably not reliable. Nevertheless, the trends
detected above are in agreement with those of Norris and Booth. Over a period of 19
years, this velocity change represents an acceleration towards us (or a deceleration
away from us) of 13 m s–1 year–1. This velocity shift could also be caused by a
decrease in the maser cloud magnetic field of 0.8 mG (about 10% for this region, see
chapter 5.6), or 0.04 mG year–1. However, given that magnetic fields in SFRs are
coupled to matter (e.g. Shu et al. 1987) this would require the maser cloud to be
expanding. Given the unusual nature of this maser’s lineshape and its acceleration, it
may be reasonable to assume that the phenomena are connected, possibly this masing
cloud is experiencing a collision.
-1390
-1395
-1400
-1405
-1410
-1415
-1420
-1425
-1430
62 63 64
Milli
ARC
SEC
-1390
-1395
-1400
-1405
-1410
-1415
-1420
-1425
-1430
65 66 67
MilliARC SEC-60 -70 -80 -90
-1390
-1395
-1400
-1405
-1410
-1415
-1420
-1425
-1430
68 69
-60 -70 -80 -90
70
140
120
100
80
60
40
43 44 45
140
120
100
80
60
40
46 47 48
Milli
ARC
SEC
140
120
100
80
60
40
49 50 51
MilliARC SEC-880-890-900-910-920-930
140
120
100
80
60
40
52 53
40
30
20
10
44 45 46 47
40
30
20
10
48 49 50 51
Milli
ARC
SEC
40
30
20
10
52 53 54 55
10 0 -10 -20
40
30
20
10
56 57
MilliARC SEC10 0 -10 -20
58 59
Figure 5.9: Contour plots of masers with non-Gaussian lineshapes. Clockwise from top left:
feature 359 (‘hole-burn’ is channel 67, contoured at 40 mJy/beam), feature 632 (contoured at 40
mJy/beam), feature 64 (extended line wing are channels 52+, contoured at 75 mJy/beam)
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
109
1665 MHz Maser Groups
-2100
-1900
-1700
-1500
-1300
-1100
-900
-700
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
-1500-1300-1100-900-700-500-300-100100300500700900
RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
a RCP a LCP b RCP b LCP c RCP c LCP
d RCP d LCP e RCP e LCP f RCP f LCP
g RCP g LCP h RCP h LCP i RCP i LCP
Figure 5.10: W3(OH) maser groups.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
110
5.5 Polarization
When analysing the properties of the masers, it is convenient to separate the W3(OH)
map into groups of masers which appear clustered, shown in figure 5.10. At this stage
the divisions are largely aesthetic, but it will be seen that the divisions may represent
underlying maser associations.
The full Stokes polarization of W3(OH) was studied by Garcia-Barretto et al.
(1988). They found the vast majority of masers to be ~100% circularly polarised,
except in the area to the far northwest (region c). Here, many of the masers showed
relatively high linear polarizations and unpolarised emission. Outside this area, just 6
of 71 masers were less than 100% circularly polarised. They found 41 (58%) LCP
and 30 RCP masers.
Of the 211 masers detected in 1665 MHz in the present data, 122 (58%) are
LEP and 89 REP. 154 (74%) have greater than 90% circular polarization. Of the
masers with peak flux-density over 1 Jy/beam the latter rises to 68 of 80 (85%).
Previous authors (Nedoluha and Watson 1990) have suggested that only bright masers
seem to have significant linear polarization, but this is partially contradicted by the
percentages above. No masers exhibit more than 50% linear polarization. In terms of
linear flux density, only 7 masers have fluxes higher than 0.35 Jy/beam. They are
shown in table 5.4. As was explained in chapter 4.4.1, the polarization figures
become less reliable as the flux decreases, such that the error is potentially ~10% by
0.2 Jy/beam.
Feature Peak Flux RA DEC VLSR Total Circular Linear Linear Polarisation Circular
Number Density Offset Offset Pol. Pol. Pol. Flux Density Pos. Ang. Direction
(Jy/Beam) (mas) (mas) (km/s) (percent) (percent) (percent) (Jy/Beam) (degrees)
271 68.87 -905.1 116.0 -45.18 74 73 14 9.92 166 R
600 74.52 -906.7 98.3 -44.91 90 90 12 8.94 156 R
474 51.64 0.0 0.0 -47.46 22 17 15 7.54 95 L
610 49.13 -909.8 94.5 -44.82 93 92 11 5.35 152 R
83 8.32 -725.0 -1675.3 -44.47 43 40 15 1.27 125 L
73 7.24 -490.0 -1788.6 -44.21 73 72 12 0.85 10 L
602 3.73 14.0 393.8 -48.87 55 53 14 0.53 103 L
Table 5.4: 1665 MHz masers with high linear polarisation. Information shown is for the peak
channel in the maser feature.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
111
The first four masers in table 5.4 are also the first four in total flux density, one
of which is the reference feature. Values for feature 602 should be considered with
caution since it merges with feature 603, an effect, which as explained in chapter
4.4.1, will have an effect on the lineshape and polarization values. Feature 600 also
has a merger with feature 610. The Stokes lineshapes of the four unhindered features
are shown in figure 5.11. The top two and bottom two in the table have Zeeman
partners, all of which are much the fainter of the pair.
Feature 73 is probably an unresolved double, which leads to the shoulder on
the blue end of the spectrum in figure 5.11. Features 83 and 474 are striking because
most of their emission is unpolarised. Only 16 of the 211 masers are less than 50%
polarised, all in the north or south of the map. There are two masers (features 272 and
629) that are 10% or less circularly polarised, and both of these are in the interesting
region to the extreme northeast of the map (region a). The masers of this region have
typically low total polarizations and moderately high linear polarizations. Features
272 and 629, along with features 476 and 496, are the only four masers with more
Figure 5.11: Stokes lineshapes of simple 1665 MHz masers with high linear flux densities.
Stokes Parameters for 1665 feature 271
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
-45.8 -45.7 -45.6 -45.5 -45.4 -45.3 -45.2 -45.1 -45.0 -44.9
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
IQU
V
Stokes Parameters for 1665 feature 83
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
-45.1 -45.0 -44.9 -44.8 -44.7 -44.6 -44.5 -44.4 -44.3 -44.2 -44.1 -44.0
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
IQUV
Stokes Parameters for 1665 feature73
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
-44.8 -44.6 -44.4 -44.2 -44.0 -43.8 -43.6
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
IQU
V
Stokes Parameters for 1665 feature 474
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
-49.0 -48.5 -48.0 -47.5 -47.0 -46.5
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
I
QU
V
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
112
linear than circular polarization. It is still assumed that these are σ components,
though they are amongst the most likely candidates for any π components in the map.
The interpretation is made more difficult because many of the masers in group a are
close doublets, where the allocation of polarization flux to each maser can become
ambiguous.
Elliptically polarised σ components result from magnetic field angles
intermediate between parallel and perpendicular to the line of sight (see figure 2.5).
Elliptically polarised π components would require velocity gradients and possible
magnetic fields to conspire to overlap σ and π components created in different parts of
the maser (Garcia-Barretto et al. 1988). In two places, at offsets of ~(24, 394) mas
and ~(–725, –1679) mas, three masers were found within 12 mas of each other (the
criterion for possible Zeeman components – see next section). The two cases are
Figure 5.12: The two candidate 1665 MHz maser Zeeman triplets. Numbers are polarization angles
in degrees.
Figure 5.13: A possible 1665 MHz maser π component.
Stokes Parameters for 1665, features 496, 475 (left to right)
-0.10
-0.05
0.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
-50.0 -49.5 -49.0 -48.5 -48.0 -47.5 -47.0 -46.5 -46.0 -45.5 -45.0
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
IQUV
118
20
a) Stokes Parameters for 1665 features 376, 83, 51 (left to right)
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
-46.0 -45.5 -45.0 -44.5 -44.0 -43.5 -43.0 -42.5 -42.0
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
IQUV
159
125
21
b) Stokes Parameters for 1665, features 505, 603, 629 (left to right)
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
-50.0 -49.5 -49.0 -48.5 -48.0 -47.5 -47.0 -46.5 -46.0 -45.5 -45.0
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
IQUV
88
69
92
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
113
shown as Stokes plots in figure 5.12. In case a) the central peak is not midway
between the other two, and so a Zeeman triplet is probably not what we are seeing;
this could simply be a Zeeman pair and a Zeeman singlet coincident. For the purposes
of magnetic field measurement features 51 and 376 were taken to be the Zeeman pair.
Notice however, that in feature 83 the linear polarization (Stokes Q and U) peak
nearer the centre of the Zeeman pair than the circular and unpolarised emission does.
In case b) the situation is more unusual. The RCP component (feature 629) has only a
tiny fraction of circular polarization (0.5%), and is perhaps the best candidate for a π
component on the data. If interpreted as a π component it gives a magnetic field
measurement well out of the ordinary for this maser group, and so it is still interpreted
as a RCP Zeeman component, paired with feature 505. If both the LCP emission
peaks are from the same individual maser, then the LCP component has been split,
possibly by a large velocity gradient within the maser.
The third case with slightly ambiguous Zeeman interpretation is that of the
southernmost maser emission detected, allocated to maser group h. The brighter of
the two masers, feature 496 is largely unpolarised, with less circular polarization than
linear (shown in figure 5.13). The separation between the peaks gives a sensible
magnetic field value if interpreted as a π component and one σ component. Feature
496 is therefore tentatively interpreted as a π component.
Figure 5.14 shows the variation of polarization with RA and DEC. Only
masers with flux density grater than 750 mJy/beam are included to remove those with
large uncertainties. A clear trend emerges in DEC – the curves are least-squares
quadratic fits, shown simply to illustrate the nature of the trend. There is no clear
trend in RA. In general, total polarization and circular polarization are closely tied.
This means that moving to the north and south, the amount of unpolarised and linear
emission in the masers increases. An explanation for this picture of changing
polarizations moving away from the centre of the region is that the angle of the
magnetic field with respect to the line of sight is increasing as we move away from the
centre of the map. Since the molecular gas surrounds the approximately spherical
UCH II region, a simple model where magnetic field lines in the gas point generally
towards the central star would satisfy this proposition – whether the gas was in a
shell/envelope or a torus.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
114
The projection of the angle of the field on to the sky could be deduced from
the angle of linear polarization of the masers that contain a reliable linear percentage,
but as shown in figure 5.15 there are certainly no obvious trends in the data. On
closer inspection, it can be seen that on small scales the masers are often aligned with
their neighbours. This is most clear in regions a, b and c which have the highest
fraction of linear polarization. Also, of the 88 masers with linear intensities greater
than 30 mJy/beam, 30 have polarization angles of 0≤θ <90, while 58 have polarization
angles of 90≤θ <180 – which might indicate that the large scale cloud field has a NW
to SE alignment.
However, there are several ways that the polarization data can be distorted:
1. Some of the masers could be π components, which would be offset by 90°
– but given that perhaps only one such component is seen this should not
affect the polarization map significantly
2. The polarization data are more affected by noise. The Stokes Q and U
maps are more noisy than the I or V maps (see chapter 4.4.1), coupled with
the low level of linear flux that the measurements are being derived from
means that the position angles have a high degree of error.
% Linear Polarisation vs RA (>750mJy)
0
10
20
30
-1200-1000-800-600-400-2000200400600RA Offset / mas
Dem
ag.
Vel
/ (
km/s
)
% Linear Polarisation vs DEC (>750mJy)
0
10
20
30
-2500-2000-1500-1000-50005001000DEC Offset / mas
Dem
ag.
Vel
/ (
km/s
)
% Circular Polarisation vs DEC (>750mJy)
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
-2500-2000-1500-1000-50005001000DEC Offset / mas
Dem
ag. V
el /
(km
/s)
% Total Polarisation vs DEC (>750mJy)
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
-2500-2000-1500-1000-50005001000DEC Offset / mas
Dem
ag.
Vel
/ (
km/s
)
Figure 5.14: The variation of linear polarisation with RA and DEC, and the variation of circular
and total polarisation with DEC. Curves are least-squares fit quadratics.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
115
3. The magnetic field angle projection could be highly variable on a very
small scale (~100 AU)
4. Most likely: Faraday effects are at work within the maser, effectively
scrambling the linear polarization direction
The symmetry of the variation in polarization percentages with DEC most
likely reflects a degree of north-south symmetry in the structure of W3(OH). The OH
masers have previously been predicted to lie in a north-south torus about the UCH II
region (Harvey et al. 1974), a shell around the UCH II region, or in matter in front of
the UCH II region (Reid et al. 1980, Norris and Booth 1981). In any case, the first
two of these cases would automatically exhibit north-south symmetry.
Current maser theories do not predict the large amount of unpolarised emission
coming from masers that are presumed to lie in gas where the magnetic field is at a
high angle to the line of sight. The probable cause is Faraday depolarization in the
presence of high electron densities, or long maser path lengths giving higher effective
electron densities. Longer path lengths might be expected at the edges of a spherically
symmetric region of gas. Nedoluha and Watson (1990b) show that the overlap (or
Figure 5.15: The Projection of the angle of linear polarisation for masers with over 30 mJy/beam of
linear flux intensity.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
116
blending) of Zeeman components could cause the linear polarization to cancel, giving
unpolarised emission, but this does not explain how unpolarised emission could be
present in a separated Zeeman pair where the components are clearly not overlapping
(see next section).
5.6 Magnetic field Structure
From table 5.1, 58 Zeeman pairs were found, which are listed in table 5.5. This
represents 55% of the masers being members of a Zeeman pair. The distribution of
Zeeman pairs is illustrated in figure 5.16, which shows that the Zeeman pairs appear
to be a fairly random selection of masers over the map, with all maser groups well
represented.
1665 MHz Zeeman Pairs
-2100
-1900
-1700
-1500
-1300
-1100
-900
-700
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
-1500-1300-1100-900-700-500-300-100100300500700900
RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
a b c
d e f
g h i
Figure 5.16: 1665 MHz Zeeman pairs in W3(OH), with maser groups labelled. The dotted lines are
at +18° and –30° to north.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
117
Table 5.5: 1665 MHz Zeeman pairs. Information for peak flux, RA and DEC are from the peak
channel in the brighter of the two Zeeman components. Pair quality is explained in chapter 4.5.3
Peak Flux RA DEC Magnetic Magnetic Demagnetised Demagnetised Pair
Density Offset Offset Field Field error Velocity Velocity error Quality
(Jy/Beam) (mas) (mas) (mG) ±(mG) (km/s) ±(km/s)
3.73 14.0 393.8 6.35 0.11 -47.00 0.03 a
0.94 24.5 393.3 5.97 0.11 -47.82 0.03 b
2.80 43.1 373.9 5.58 0.11 -46.91 0.03 a
0.93 157.4 322.6 4.59 0.11 -46.11 0.03 b
68.87 -905.1 116.0 6.62 0.09 -47.09 0.02 b
45.98 -958.1 -107.6 5.09 0.10 -44.89 0.03 a
74.52 -906.7 98.3 5.99 0.09 -46.68 0.02 b
1.56 -902.0 39.3 5.15 0.11 -45.64 0.03 a
0.96 -895.4 66.5 6.26 0.11 -46.05 0.03 a
6.68 -168.1 -48.4 8.98 0.10 -43.65 0.03 a
0.46 -149.1 -64.9 10.82 0.11 -43.39 0.03 a
3.66 -107.5 -59.1 10.29 0.11 -42.76 0.03 b
0.27 -85.9 -187.5 6.67 0.11 -42.95 0.03 a
27.03 -48.6 -193.1 7.58 0.09 -42.93 0.03 a
0.52 -44.9 -100.6 11.79 0.11 -44.86 0.03 a
0.76 -9.1 -17.5 12.75 0.11 -45.30 0.03 a
15.54 -4.5 21.0 7.37 0.11 -46.25 0.03 a
0.35 2.9 -82.4 5.73 0.11 -42.73 0.03 a
1.05 16.2 -15.5 5.37 0.11 -42.72 0.03 a
19.39 25.1 31.5 6.45 0.09 -43.00 0.03 a
1.02 26.6 -32.4 8.26 0.11 -43.18 0.03 a
6.40 -859.1 -652.2 3.19 0.09 -45.11 0.03 b
0.18 -946.3 -644.6 3.14 0.11 -45.13 0.03 b
2.74 -850.6 -616.8 3.14 0.10 -44.80 0.03 a
1.68 -891.6 -595.2 3.10 0.11 -45.32 0.03 a
0.54 -899.5 -576.4 3.34 0.11 -45.07 0.03 b
0.14 -867.9 -533.4 3.13 0.11 -44.78 0.03 b
3.22 -210.7 -576.0 6.50 0.11 -43.67 0.03 a
0.84 -275.1 -749.1 5.78 0.11 -44.30 0.03 a
0.37 -301.9 -845.2 5.52 0.11 -45.13 0.03 b
4.95 -302.9 -1078.6 4.77 0.11 -44.03 0.03 a
2.46 -162.7 -1126.0 4.89 0.11 -44.33 0.03 a
0.40 -159.4 -1142.9 4.66 0.11 -43.81 0.03 a
1.31 -349.8 -1179.2 4.33 0.11 -44.60 0.03 a
6.27 -138.7 -1179.3 4.73 0.11 -43.08 0.03 b
21.57 -138.2 -1191.3 5.84 0.09 -42.96 0.03 a
0.35 -111.4 -1333.1 5.74 0.11 -43.21 0.03 a
0.42 -100.0 -1370.9 5.78 0.11 -43.54 0.03 a
1.66 -76.5 -1407.1 6.14 0.11 -43.81 0.03 a
0.73 -301.8 -1434.0 5.58 0.10 -45.55 0.03 a
3.46 25.0 -1722.0 5.11 0.11 -43.84 0.03 a
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
118
1.29 45.3 -1730.1 5.37 0.11 -43.24 0.03 a
5.47 -20.4 -1739.3 4.77 0.11 -42.63 0.03 b
8.49 -25.3 -1743.7 5.10 0.11 -42.71 0.03 b
4.66 198.5 -1793.5 4.78 0.10 -43.00 0.03 a
3.07 123.4 -1777.1 5.07 0.09 -44.04 0.03 a
0.22 354.3 -1867.6 4.47 0.11 -43.15 0.03 b
9.28 -477.4 -1776.5 5.86 0.11 -43.54 0.03 a
10.52 -519.7 -1778.2 5.83 0.10 -44.40 0.03 a
7.24 -490.0 -1788.6 7.10 0.11 -42.15 0.03 a
10.08 -691.3 -1872.7 6.29 0.10 -42.98 0.03 a
0.56 -525.0 -1916.3 6.90 0.11 -43.30 0.03 a
10.94 -591.4 -1916.9 6.69 0.08 -43.52 0.02 a
3.80 -513.9 -1774.7 4.92 0.11 -43.99 0.03 b
0.49 -622.0 -1918.0 6.87 0.11 -43.41 0.03 a
6.60 -730.2 -1682.0 4.66 0.09 -44.24 0.03 b
0.37 -53.2 -1970.5 4.42 0.11 -48.24 0.03 b
1.03 -716.7 -347.7 4.05 0.11 -45.57 0.03 a
Maser
Group
Average
Field /
mG
Number
of masers
Field
Range /
mG
a 5.6 4 1.8
b 5.8 5 1.5
c 8.5 12 7.4
d 3.2 6 0.2
e 5.4 13 2.2
f 5.0 7 0.9
g 6.1 9 2.4
h 4.4 1 -
i 4.0 1 -
Table 5.6: Magnetic field properties of the different maser groups. Overall average is 5.9 mG
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
119
The median ratio of the fluxes of the Zeeman pairs is 4.4:1. The mean is
heavily distorted by the Zeeman pairs containing the two brightest masers, which have
very weak Zeeman partners and so have flux ratios in the hundreds. The mean
including these two ‘outliers’ is 17.8:1; after dropping them, it is 6.9:1.
The variation of magnetic field strengths with RA and DEC is shown in figure
5.17. This shows in excellent clarity the exceptional nature of maser groups c and d:
Group c because it is the only group where there are large variations in magnetic field,
and also because of the generally high magnetic fields found in the group. Group d is
exceptional for essentially the opposite reasons: the remarkable constancy of the
magnetic fields, and the generally low magnetic fields found in the group. The field
characteristics in the maser groups are shown in table 5.6.
The tendency of most maser groups to have magnetic fields in the region of 4
to 7 mG is in good agreement with previous magnetic field measurements at 18 cm in
W3(OH), e.g. Moran et al. 1978, Reid et al. 1980, Garcia-Barretto et al. 1988 and
Bloemhof et al. 1992; and also with measurements at the 6 GHz (5 cm) excited state
in other SFRs e.g. Baudry et al. (1997), Desmurs and Baudry (1998). However, the
seven field measurements under 2.5 mG that Bloemhof et al. recorded were not
reproduced. Four of these definitely should not be called Zeeman pairs; having
unjustifiably large differences in spatial position (>20 mas). For the remainder,
Bloemhof et al. suggest that there is considerable uncertainly in the Zeeman
interpretation; in the light of the new results it is probable that these were not in fact
Zeeman pairs. Notably, the two highest field values recorded by Bloemhof et al. (8.2
mG and 9.1 mG) are located in region c. The relatively high magnetic field strengths
Field Strength vs RA
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
-1200-1000-800-600-400-2000200400600RA Offset / mas
Fiel
d S
treng
th /
mG
abc
defg
hi
Figure 5.17: Variation in magnetic field strength with RA and DEC in W3(OH). The arrowed
points are for comparison with figure 5.20 (see chapter 5.7).
Field Strength vs DEC
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
-2500-2000-1500-1000-50005001000
DEC Offset / mas
Fiel
d S
tren
gth
/ mG
abc
defgh
i
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
120
in group c are in agreement with excited state OH masers measured at 6 GHz in
Desmurs et al. (1998) and at 13 GHz in Baudry and Diamond (1998). In Desmurs et
al., their region 1 has the highest magnetic field strengths (average 7.6 mG at 6035
MHz, 9.7 at 6031 MHz) and corresponds in position to maser group c in this work. In
Baudry and Diamond, masers at 13 GHz are found only in the small area
corresponding to maser group c, and field strengths vary between 5.6 mG and 11.3
mG with an average of 9.6 mG; in excellent agreement with a range of 5.4 mG to 12.8
mG for maser group c.
It is worth noting also that the average field for group d (3.2 mG) is close to
that detected by Güsten et al. (1994) in thermally excited non-masing gas in
absorption against the radio continuum. They measured a line of sight component
field of +3.1(0.4) mG. However, from the polarization data in chapter 5.5 the
magnetic field direction is most likely near to the line of sight across much of the face
of the UCH II region, and so their figure may be approaching the total field strength of
the dense non-masing gas in front of the UCH II region. This would mean that group
d has conditions closest to the non-masing gas around the UCH II region. In this case,
group d may be just forming from the gas, or dissipating into the gas. In either case,
the conditions in the gas in group d are probably significantly different to those in
group c, which shows the greatest difference in conditions to that in the ambient gas.
Finally we note that the Zeeman pairs from maser groups h and i are unusual
in that they are isolated masers, separated by ~200 mas from the nearest clusters. The
relatively low magnetic field measured in i suggests that it may be the closest in
conditions to group d. Zeeman pair h should be considered tentatively: its Zeeman
nature is open to interpretation as discussed in chapter 5.5.
The strength of the magnetic field in maser group c has implications for the
phenomenon of Zeeman component overlap as suggested by Nedoluha and Watson
(1990b) in order to explain the suppression of one Zeeman component. The Zeeman
splitting of 12 mG at 1665 MHz is ~7 km s–1. According to their theory of component
overlap, this means that the velocity shift across the maser must be of this magnitude
or larger – which is unreasonable because this is approaching the velocity extent of the
entire source. Nedoluha and Watson themselves suggest that the 3 to 4 km s–1
splitting previously detected must be at the high end of what is plausible. It could be
argued that we will tend to see Zeeman pairs in regions of high magnetic field, and
single components in areas with low fields where overlap is plausible. With this in
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
121
mind, we might expect to see fairly equal fluxes (low Zeeman ratio) in the
components of Zeeman pairs in a high-strength field since it is unlikely that
sufficiently large velocity shifts will be found to cause enough overlap to even
diminish one component if not eliminate it, but this is not the case. Figure 5.18 shows
no such correlation.
5.7 Velocity Distribution
The velocity of the masers is plotted vs. RA and DEC in figure 5.19. The effect of the
Zeeman splitting is immediately clear – with RCP masers red-shifted and LCP blue-
shifted; indicating that the magnetic field points away from the observer. The Zeeman
effect is generally large enough compared to the intrinsic maser velocity distribution
in any region, such that RCP and LCP maser groups do not overlap in velocity space
when seen in the DEC plot. In just two instances does overlap occur: in maser groups
a and f, a single LCP maser appears in the midst of an RCP velocity range. Note also
that maser emission was detected in channel 1 of the data (–39.7 km s–1), so there may
be emission outside the red end of the observation band. In future, a slightly wider
bandwidth may be desirable. Group h (which consists of a solitary pair of masers in
the extreme south, and a pair of masers in the extreme east) is interesting. The masers
Figure 5.18: Magnetic field strength of Zeeman pairs versus their ‘Zeeman ratio’ (the ratio of their
peak flux densities).
Magnetic Field vs Zeeman Ratio
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Zeeman Ratio
Mag
netic
Fie
ld /
mG
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
122
in the extreme east are not a Zeeman pair, but as described above, the masers are
almost always split into distinct velocity groups and so field direction can be inferred
from the sense of splitting of a maser group. In this case, the RCP maser is blue-
shifted with respect to the LCP maser – indicating that the magnetic field in this area
is probably pointing towards the observer. This is plausible given the trend in
polarization percentages when moving away from the centre of W3(OH) (as described
in chapter 5.5) since these masers inhabit the extreme edge of the UCH II region. If
the field is not in fact pointing towards the observer, then the LCP masers for the
eastern group h lie beyond the blue end of the bandwidth – at about –50 km s–1 for a 5
mG field.
The presence of Zeeman pairs allows a more accurate picture of the velocity
distribution of the masers to be constructed by ‘demagnetising’ the masers, as
explained in chapter 4.5.4. Every Zeeman pair can be reduced to a single maser at the
true gas velocity. This is shown in figure 5.20.
The distribution with DEC shows a clear trend, rarely mentioned in W3(OH)
literature (the trend is apparent in much previously published W3(OH) data but was
not commented on since Harvey et al. 1974, although Guilloteau et al. 1983 hinted at
it). The north of the cloud is moving towards us faster then the south. The UCH II
region is optically thick at cm wavelengths (e.g. Hollenbach et al. 1994), so the maser
emission certainly comes from the near side of the region. The dotted line on the
graph is a least squares fit plotted excluding maser groups c and h. The special nature
of group c was indicated in chapter 5.6 with respect to the high magnetic field
strengths there, and now this is reinforced by the fact that group c does not share the
same velocity characteristics as the rest of the masers either. The main body of group
Figure 5.19: Variation in maser velocity with RA and DEC in W3(OH).
Velocity vs DEC
-50
-48
-46
-44
-42
-40
-2500-2000-1500-1000-50005001000
DEC Offset / mas
Vel
ocity
/ (
km/s
)
a RCP
a LCP
b RCP
b LCP
c RCP
c LCP
d RCP
d LCP
e RCP
e LCP
f RCP
f LCP
g RCP
g LCP
h RCP
h LCP
i RCP
i LCP
pi?
Velocity vs RA
-50
-48
-46
-44
-42
-40
-2000-1500-1000-50005001000
RA Offset / mas
Dem
ag. V
el /
km
/s
a RCP
a LCP
b RCP
b LCP
c RCP
c LCP
d RCP
d LCP
e RCP
e LCP
f RCP
f LCP
g RCP
g LCP
h RCP
h LCP
i RCP
i LCP
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
123
c has a velocity dispersion in agreement with the 13 GHz masers which are a
coincident group; whilst at 6 GHz the large full spread is also observed in the region
corresponding to group c. The other groups of masers at 13 GHz have velocities in
good agreement with the 1665 MHz maser groups at coincident locations suggesting
that they share the bulk movement of the 1665 MHz maser groups, whilst the 6 GHz
masers share the bulk movement of the group c masers. The velocity gradient is also
clear in the 6 GHz methanol masers (Menten et al. 1992), which also had a clump of
masers over group c sharing the full velocity spread; and also in the 12 GHz methanol
masers (Menten et al. 1988, Moscadelli et al. 1999), which share a generally similar
position and velocity spread to the 6 GHz masers. If the two northernmost masers in
the 23 GHz methanol group (Menten et al. 1988) are assumed to be in the main body
of group c, with which they are coincident, then the velocity gradient is also apparent
in the arc of masers to the south of them.
The location of maser group c is between a ‘pinch’ in the continuum emission
– which could be caused by a denser clump in the outlying gas that is resisting
ionisation – and the northern peak in the continuum. Baudry and Diamond (1988)
suggest that this might be the location of the O-type star powering the H II region.
This means that the star would be away from the geometric centre of the continuum
emission. Moscadelli et al. (1999) show evidence for a velocity gradient in the
methanol masers that would lie within group c. The exceptional nature of the group h
Zeeman pair is also clear. The plot also shows that with the exception of group c,
turbulent motions within each maser group are spread across 2 km s–1.
Demag. Velocity vs RA
-49
-48
-47
-46
-45
-44
-43
-42
-41
-1200-1000-800-600-400-2000200400600RA Offset / mas
Dem
ag.
Vel
/ k
m/s
abcde
fghi
Figure 5.20: Variation in ‘demagnetised’ velocity with RA and DEC in W3(OH). The arrowed
points are indicated for comparison with figure 5.17. In velocity, the arrowed points appear
possibly part of the main velocity trend, but in figure 5.17 it is clear that their field strengths are
well above any others in the main trend; so they are definitely part of maser group c.
Demag. Vel vs DEC
-49
-48
-47
-46
-45
-44
-43
-42
-41
-2500-2000-1500-1000-50005001000
DEC Offset / mas
Dem
ag. V
el /
km/s
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
124
(5.3)
(5.1)
(5.2)
The gradient of the fit is 1.5 km s–1 / arcsecond, and the masers lie in the range
–42 to –48 km s–1, with an average of –44.3 km s–1. The maser centroid is in excellent
agreement with previous observations, even though this is the first time the velocity
gradient clearly identified. Collapsing the masers to discs at angles of +18° and –30°
to north (angles derived by plotting least squares linear fits though maser groups a, e,
g; and c, e, f respectively – see figure 5.16) did not produce a significantly different
velocity gradient. At this point, the instinctive reaction is to fit a rotation curve to
such a velocity gradient. It is justifiable to assume that the masers are orbiting in a
thin ring because the masers keep close to the linear fit at all velocities. In this
circumstance the line of sight velocity of the masers in an edge-on ring are a linear
function of distance from the location of the star they orbit. The gradient of this line is
a function of the mass of the star M, and the radius of the ring rmax. Equating the
centripetal force of circular motion with the gravitational force of attraction gives the
total velocity of a body in Keplerian orbit:
maxtot
Gr
Mv =
However, we are interested in the measured component of the velocity in the direction
of observation, which for an edge-on ring is just vtot cosθ (assuming that θ = 0 at
maximum elongation). Cosθ is itself equal to a/rmax, where a is the projected
elongation. So now,
maxmax
Gr
a
r
Mv ⋅=
Finally, differentiating gives the gradient:
3max
Gdd
r
M
a
v =
Unfortunately, we can only know a lower limit to rmax because we don’t know how
much of the ring is populated with masers. The maximum extent of the masers in
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
125
DEC is 2300 mas, which is 4600 AU at 2.2 kpc. Using half this value for rmax gives a
lower limit of the stellar mass as ~8 M . However, if we assume that the star is under
maser group c, then by using symmetry arguments we can say that the disc or torus
could be up to 3500 mas (7000 AU) in size. This gives a possible estimate of the
stellar mass of ~27 M . The range 8 to 27 M is in excellent agreement with an OB
star that is thought to power the region. This raises the additional question: why are
so few OH masers seen in the northern part of the disc? The answer could be that
there is a requirement for UV radiation to produce OH molecules, and this UV
radiation does not penetrate very far from the UCH II region.
Circumstellar discs are believed to be common around stars (Hollenbach et al.
1994) and are known to contain large amounts of molecular gas (e.g. Beckwith and
Sargent 1993). The idea of a rotating torus in W3(OH) has been suggested before
(e.g. Harvey et al. 1974, and Guilloteau et al. 1983 who observed a velocity gradient
in NH3 absorption), but has fallen from favour recently due to conclusive evidence of
the expansion (or growth) of the UCH II region (Kawamura et al. 1998, which does
not actually rule out a disc), and the conclusive evidence of divergent motion
(Bloemhof et al. 1992, which also does not rule out a disc, as demonstrated in chapter
5.8). However, circumstellar discs received a boost from the work of Norris et al.
(1998) who showed that half of a selection of methanol maser sources showed
evidence for circumstellar discs. Many of these have OH and/or H2O masers present
also, but have not been studied at high resolution with these species – mainly because
they lie in the southern hemisphere where the VLBA and EVN have poor visibility.
Only W3(OH) has been studied in detail in all the common molecular species, but
Norris et al. (1998) allocated W3(OH) as ‘complex’ in their scheme because no
simple linear structure could be found. However, in the light of the data above
concerning both the OH and the methanol masers in the area of maser group c it is
likely that W3(OH) is actually a combination of both ‘compact’ and ‘line’ in their
scheme (the masers under group c being ‘compact’, the rest being ‘line’).
The mass of material around the UCH II region has been estimated at 1 M by
Guilloteau et al. (1983), and an upper limit of 3 M was set by Wink et al. (1994)
using CO observations. Wilson et al. (1991) proposed a ‘cloudlet’ of 4 M containing
the OH masers, which could itself be the disc. Hollenbach et al. (1994) concluded
that discs of mass ~0.3 *M exist around massive stars early in their history, which are
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
126
then evaporated away by the star over about 105 years. A north-south disc is attractive
in W3(OH) because it can also explain why only the western half of the UCH II region
is populated with OH and methanol masers; excited state OH absorption (Baudry and
Menten 1995); and also formaldehyde (H2CO) and methyl formate (HCOOCH3) (all
in Wyrowski et al. 1999). Interestingly SO2 was detected only over the eastern half of
W3(OH). A north-south disc would also explain the east-west elongation of the UCH
II region, since this would be the easiest path of escape for the ionised gas and
outflows. No significant CO emission is detected over the UCH II region (Wyrowski
1997). An indication of a slight inclination of the disc in the plane of the sky can be
seen in the arc-like nature of the easternmost OH masers at 1665 MHz, and in the
methanol masers at 23 GHz. After noting that the variance of the distribution of
maser positions is maximised along the DEC axis, Bloemhof et al. (1992) suggested
that the 10° angle of the arc represented the star moving into the plane of the sky at
that angle for their cometry bow-shock model. Equally, this 10° angle could be the
inclination of the disc to the line of sight, and this would explain how the western half
of the UCH II region is covered with molecular material. The incline would also
explain why the continuum emission is more extended to the east, because the eastern
emission would be slightly pointed towards us, with the western pointed away from
us. Recent very sensitive VLA observations of the region show an extended
‘champagne flow’ of continuum emission to the east-northeast (Wilner et al. 1999)
that could be driven by outflows extending the H II region in this direction. This
slight inclination also has the effect of reducing the apparent rotation speed of the
disc. A 10° inclination would reduce the measured velocity by just 1.5% for simple
Keplerian rotation, with the corresponding effect of increasing the mass estimates by
3%.
At this point, the underlying systemic velocity of the star and UCH II region
becomes important; unfortunately, this is far from certain. Reid et al. (1980) took a
value of –50 km s–1 from 22 GHz recombination lines (Hughes et al. 1976) and using
this deduced from the velocity centroid of the masers that they were in an in-falling
shell or accreting envelope. Using this value, all the maser groups would be in-
falling; those in the south falling the fastest, those in the north much slower. Infall on
this scale is effectively ruled out by the divergent motion demonstrated in Bloemhof et
al. (1992). However, the hydrogen lines are very broad (e.g. Sams et al. 1996) and
observations at higher frequencies showed that recombination lines at lower quantum
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
127
numbers were redder. Berulis and Ershov (1983) showed that this effect could be
caused by a rapidly expanding shell of ionised material moving at 18 km s–1, away
from a central star at –46 km s–1. Welch and Marr (1987) observed that at lower
quantum numbers the hydrogen recombination lines approached the maser centroid,
and calculated a value of –45.6 km s–1 for the star. Keto et al. (1987) supported the
infall model with evidence for both a rotating disc of NH3 and a collapsing shell of
NH3, but poor resolution means that the emission cannot be definitely pinned down in
the UCH II region. Keto et al. (1995) derived a similar figure of –46 km s–1 by
modelling the UCH II region as a supersonic champagne flow of ionised gas to the
northeast. Using this last value, the southern masers are still in falling, but the rate
decreases moving north and the northern masers are moving out towards us (all the
while excepting maser group c which appears to be in different circumstances). This
is typical of ordered rotation. Recall that Diamond et al. (1998) had suggested that the
star lies under what is effectively maser group c, at a DEC offset of about –200 mas
with respect to the current reference point. Kawamura and Masson (1998) detected
continuum variability in the central region of the UCH II at a DEC of about –400 mas
with respect to the current reference point, which they suggested might be related to
the central star. It is interesting to note that the linear fit to the velocity trend passes
between DEC offsets –200 and –400 between velocities of –45.7 km s–1 and –45.4
km s–1 respectively. In this case, masers at the observational stellar velocity occur
right over the suggested location of the star – exactly as would be expected for
rotating material.
Bloemhof et al. (1992) use arguments based on models fitting: distance to
W3(OH), an unreliable hydrogen recombination line (Schraml and Mezger 1969); two
component models for the hydrogen recombination (Wilson et al. 1991); and HCN
emission (Turner 1984) – to justify a stellar velocity of –41 km s–1. This figure was
attractive to them, because having just shown conclusively divergent motion in the
proper motion of the masers (see chapter 5.8) it allows all the masers to be in an
expanding shell or cometry bow shock (Van Buren et al. 1992) around the UCH II
region. Applying this figure to the current data would mean that the southern masers
are expanding towards us more slowly than the northern masers. If the same stellar
location is taken as was suggested above, then the expansion directly in the line of
sight of the star is ~5 km s–1 – in excellent agreement with the general expansion
speed measured by Kawamura and Masson (1998) using VLA difference maps in the
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
128
continuum. The figure is also in agreement with the non-parametric expansion rate
first derived by Bloemhof et al. (1992) from proper motions (see next section).
However, this figure means also that the north-eastern maser group a is moving
towards us at about 5 to 8 km s–1, which is faster than the northwards expansion speed
of the region of ~3 km s–1 measured by Kawamura and Masson.
5.8 Proper Motion
Bloemhof et al. (1992) first produced relative proper motions of selected 1665 MHz
masers on W3(OH) by re-reducing the data of Garcia-Barretto et al. (1988) and
comparing it with their own observational data. They took care to reduce both sets of
data in the same way where possible to minimise differences between the data sets.
The relative proper motions they derived are shown in figure 5.21a (their figure 6),
whilst the motions derived using the present observations are shown in figure 5.21b.
The two sets are in excellent agreement; the only significant differences are in
the west-centre (maser group d) and the northeast (maser group a). This is good
because while Bloemhof et al. took exhaustive measures to ensure that both datasets
were treated identically, figure 5.21b was produced after qualitatively different
reduction, analysis and fitting methods. This indicates that – over sufficient
timescales – simple comparisons of Gaussian fitted maser locations should be enough
to produce very reliable proper motion results.
Bloemhof et al. 1996 showed by tracking maser morphology that the motions
are due to actual physical movement of discrete clumps of masing gas, and not non-
kinematic effects such as travelling excitation phenomena (e.g. density waves) or
chance realignments.
Figure 5.22 shows the change in separation of the masers from 1978 to 1996
measured as a relative velocity between them. The masers clearly show an overall
trend of divergent motion. Averaged over a whole edge-on disc there should be no
more divergence than convergence, but if we are seeing just part of the disc then there
will be a net amount of convergence or divergent depending on which part of the disc
is in view. This is demonstrated next.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
129
Figure 5.21a) and b): a) Top, the relative proper motions measured by Bloemhof et al. (1992). b)
Bottom, the relative proper motions measured in the current data. The reference points are not the
same maser, but are offset by ~20 mas. This was accounted for in the calculations.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
130
Figure 5.23: Apparent change in separation of two masers on the sky as they rotate first towards
then away from the observer. In the left chart, the masers are separated by 100 mas at maximum
(an angular separation of ~4° in the ring); in the chart on the right the masers are separated by a
rotation angle of 45°.
Figure 5.22: Histogram of the pairwise change in separation of the 1665 MHz masers converted
into a velocity (using W3(OH) at 2.2 kpc).
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
131
Figure 5.23 shows the effects of rotation on the separation of two masers in a
thin disc of radius 3000 AU where the rotation plane is at 90° to the plane of the sky.
One maser starts in the plane of the sky (at 0°), the other starts ahead of it. As the
masers rotate towards the observer, they generally show divergent motion in the plane
of the disc. This slows as the masers approach 90° (the line of sight) and turns over to
become convergence. The exact turnover depends on the angular separation between
the masers. This shows that all that is needed for an excess of divergence is that we
are seeing more of the northern half (which is rotating out of the plane of the sky) of
the disc than the southern half (which is rotating into the plane of the sky).
Turbulence within the disc will broaden the distribution of relative velocities.
It is important to remember that figures 5.21 do not represent the absolute
proper motion of the masers, but rather: movement relative to the reference maser.
There is therefore an unknown vector of the true motion of the reference maser added
to every other maser on the map. This is excellently demonstrated by Bloemhof et al.
(1992) in figure 5.24 (their figure 10).
Bloemhof et al. argued in favour of a cometry bow-shock flow for the masers,
and suggested that the underlying reference motion was ~7 km s–1 to the northeast.
They added to this with work in Bloemhof (1993), where a technique of
‘diagonalising the variance/covariance matrix’ was used to derive this motion (this is
an eigenvalue method, which puts the matrix into its ‘natural’ coordinates, one axis of
which will point along the direction of the dominant bulk motion). The model of a
cometry H II region fails however to explain the clear velocity gradient observed in
the masers.
If the masers were in a rotating disc, they would also shift in velocity with
time. Some masers were mentioned in this respect in chapter 5.4. If the masers are in
a bound ring of gas 3'' (~6000 AU) in diameter and rotating at 5 km s–1, then the
centripetal acceleration of a maser directly over the star is v2/r, which evaluates to a
velocity change of ~1.75 m s–1 year–1. Even over 20 years this is just 35 m s–1, which
is about equal to the error on the demagnetised velocity after fitting Gaussians to the
Zeeman components, and so could not be reliably measured. Measuring velocity
changes from a single Zeeman component would certainly not be reliable since 35 m
s–1 in 20 years also represents a change of just 1% in the magnetic field strength for a
maser at the typical 6 mG field, which is entirely plausible in a region where gas is
likely experiencing collisions.
13
2
Fig
ure
5.24
: Pr
oper
mot
ions
of
1665
MH
z m
aser
s in
W3(
OH
) w
ith v
aryi
ng r
efer
ence
vel
ociti
es a
dded
. Z
ero
refe
renc
e ve
loci
ty i
s ou
tline
d, a
s is
the
‘co
met
ry’
choi
ce o
f B
loem
hof
et a
l. (1
992)
. T
aken
fro
m B
loem
hof
et a
l.(1
992)
.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
133
Figure 5.25a shows the W3(OH) measure proper motions assuming that the
reference maser has a movement of (4,–1) km s–1 (RA, DEC). Figure 5.25b shows an
idealised model torus, exhibiting no turbulence, that has radius 6000 AU. The slightly
disordered motions of the masers suggests that we could be seeing the final
destruction of the stellar accretion disc, as the increasing radiation and energetic
outflow finally take their toll on the integrity of the rotating gas. This could itself
introduce an element of expansion into the rotation as well. Remember that the
masers in group c (which includes the reference feature) are assumed not to be in the
disc, and so need not share its motion. This scenario of the proper motion requires
that the star be further south in order to satisfy the divergent motion of the masers;
perhaps under the southern continuum peak. This raises the question of what is
happening under maser group c? This could be the site of a molecular outflow, or
perhaps a second smaller star, which does not significantly gravitationally affect the
disc rotation. It could also be an instability, forming an eddy; or a developed turbulent
eddy in the circumstellar gas.
Figure 5.25 a) and b): a) Left, showing the 1665 MHz proper motions with a reference motion of
(4,–1) km s–1 (RA, DEC) added. b) Model proper motions in a rotating disc diameter 6000 AU,
inclined to the line of sight by 10°.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
134
5.9 Statistical Relationships
The large numbers of masers at 1665 MHz make it the best frequency for studying
statistical relationships of properties of OH masers. The maser properties were tested
for a variety of correlations, shown in figures 5.26 and 5.27.
There were no correlations found between maser FWHM and: flux density,
maser area, field strength or DEC offset (position); 92% of the masers for which
FWHM was measured had widths between 200 and 400 m s–1. Note that there may be
a selection effect at work at the lower end of the line widths: at least 4 channels were
required for a Gaussian fit to be attempted. Extremely narrow lines therefore may not
show emission in enough channels to allow a Gaussian fit – thus the sharp cut-off of
masers with FWHM under 200 m s–1 should be regarded with caution. Neither maser
area nor magnetic field strength was correlated with maser flux density. Most of the
masers with area over 190 mas2 come from maser group d, which has already been
noted for its extended masers; the rest come from the positional centre of group e.
There was no correlation found between maser area and total polarization, nor
between maser flux density and total polarization, though the small number of low
polarization masers makes this less clear.
Three correlations were found:
1. FWHM with total polarization. Masers with total polarization below 80%
(and, typically, correspondingly low circular polarization values) tended to
have below average line widths. No maser theories currently predict this.
2. Magnetic field strength with total polarization. There were no masers with
high magnetic field strengths and low (<80%) total polarizations. This is
probably because the higher gas density presumed to accompany high
magnetic field strengths enhances polarization.
3. Magnetic field strength with maser area. Masers with high magnetic field
strengths tend to be smaller. The work of Gray and Field (1994, 1995) has
shown that maser amplification is enhanced along magnetic field lines,
and that the maser beam angle is narrowed by this effect – a phenomenon
they term ‘magnetic beaming’. Stronger magnetic fields could enhance
this effect. The correlation is also probably related to the higher gas
density presumed to accompany high magnetic field strengths; higher
densities may allow higher amplification for a maser of any given size.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
135
Flux Density vs Field Strength
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Field Strength / mG
Flux
Den
sity
/ (
Jy/b
eam
)
Flux Density vs Maser area
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Maser Area / mas^2
Flux
Den
sity
/ (
Jy/b
eam
)
FWHM vs Flux Density
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Flux Density / (Jy/beam)
FWH
M /
(m/s
)
FWHM vs Maser Area
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Area / mas 2
FWH
M /
(m/s
)
Figure 5.26: Charts showing no relationship between various maser properties.
FWHM vs DEC
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
-2500-2000-1500-1000-50005001000
DEC Offset / mas
FW
HM
/ (
m/s
)
FWHM vs Field Strength
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Field / mG
FWH
M /
(m
/s)
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
136
Flux Density vs Total Polarisation %
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
020406080100
Total Polarisation / %
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy/
beam
)
FWHM vs Total Polarisation %
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
020406080100
Total Polarisation / %
FWH
M /
(m/s
)
Maser Area vs Total Polarisation %
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
020406080100
Total Polarisation / %
Mas
er A
rea
/ mas
^2
Magnetic Field Strength vs Total Polarisation %
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
020406080100
Total Polarisation / %
Fiel
d S
treng
th /
mG
Magnetic Field Strength vs Group ave. maser size
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Maj axis / mas
Mag
fiel
d / m
G
Figure 5.27: Charts showing likely relationships between various maser properties. In the maser
area versus magnetic field strength chart, large markers represent the brighter Zeeman partner; small
markers represent the fainter partner.
Magnetic Field Strength vs Maser area
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Area / mas^2
Fie
ld S
tren
gth
/ m
G
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
137
5.10 Two-Point Correlation
The large number of masers at 1665 MHz makes for a good two-point correlation,
which is shown in figure 5.28.
It has long been known that masers tend to cluster; Reid et al. (1980)
suggested that the scale size in W3(OH) was 60 mas (~120 AU), but this data shows
that in order to include faint outliers (which they did not detect) the true maser
clustering scale begins at about 300 mas (~600 AU). The correlation shows a
significant peak at just less than 2'' (~4000 AU) in size. This is likely related to the
size of the underlying UCH II region. The size of this region depends on the
observation frequency, being ~1.5'' at 15 GHz, but ~3'' at 1.6 GHz. Figure 5.29 shows
a zoom in on the first 300 mas of the correlation with smaller bins and higher
resolution. It shows that the distribution within a maser cluster concentrates the
masers ever more at closer distances, right down to between 10 and 20 mas (~20 to
~40 AU). At around 8 mas the correlation breaks down and suddenly drops to zero at
4 mas. This is because the beam size of the observation was about 8 mas, and so
Figure 5.28 a) and b): a) Top, the 1665 MHz masers and a random selection of points in the same
space. b) Bottom, the two-point correlation of the 1665 MHz masers.
Chapter 5: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1665 MHz
138
Gaussian fitting routines run into difficulties with masers which are less than 8 mas
apart, and fail completely for masers less than 4 mas apart. This shows that the
masers may be clustering on a scale that is comparable to their physical size.
Figure 5.29: The two-point correlation of the 1665 MHz masers, with smaller bins and hence
‘higher resolution’.
139
Chapter 6
Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
This chapter contains the results for the three remaining ground-state frequencies.
6.1 1667 MHz
6.1.1 The Observational Data
The 1667 MHz total power spectra for RCP and LCP are shown in figure 6.1-1a.
They are from 1998 (Masheder, private communication), two years after the
interferometry observation. The spectra show a very much simpler source than the
1665 MHz data, immediately offering the prospect that the main peaks are Zeeman
components. Figure 6.1-1b shows the Stokes I spectrum of the maser fluxes
calculated from the channel maps.
The 1667 MHz integrated flux contour map and the maser spot map are shown
in figures 6.1-2 and 6.1-3. Results of 2-dimensional Gaussian fitting of maser
emission in the maps are shown in table 6.1-1. Channel maps of the masers in contour
form can be found in appendix A.
The 1667 MHz masers cover only the south-western sector of the continuum
region. There are many fewer masers than at 1665 MHz – just 41 are present, and the
most intense masers are only 10% as intense as the masers that are seen at 1665 MHz.
Immediately noticeable is the striking ‘arc’ of maser emission in the south of the map.
The majority of the maser flux comes from this area, and it will be examined in detail.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
140
1667 Stokes I Spectra
0
5
10
15
20
25
-50 -49 -48 -47 -46 -45 -44 -43 -42 -41 -40
Velocity / (km/s)
Flux
/ Jy
Figure 6.1-1a) and b): a) Top, the 1667 MHz total power spectra for RCP (dotted) and LCP (solid).
b) Bottom, the Stokes I spectrum of the maser fluxes calculated from the channel maps.
1667 LCP & RCP Spectra
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
-50 -49 -48 -47 -46 -45 -44 -43 -42 -41 -40
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x /
Jy
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
141
Figure 6.1-2: The 1667 Stokes I integrated flux map. Contours are at 120 mJy/beam; beam at
lower left. For reference centre, see chapter 4.3.6.
AR
C S
EC
ARC SEC0.5 0.0 -0.5 -1.0
0.5
0.0
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
142
1667 MHz Maser Spots
-2300
-2100
-1900
-1700
-1500
-1300
-1100
-900
-700
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
-1500-1300-1100-900-700-500-300-100100300500700900
RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
Less than 0.400 Jy
0.400 -> 2.000 Jy
2.000 -> 10.000 Jy
Figure 6.1-3: The 1667 MHz maser spot map. Contours are the 0.5, 7.1 and 16.6 mJy/beam levels
of a VLA 2 cm continuum map (Kawamura and Masson 1998).
14
3
Tab
le 6
.1-1
: T
he 1
667
MH
z M
aser
s. D
ata
is f
or p
eak
chan
nel,
exce
pt la
st f
ive
colu
mns
, whi
ch a
re f
or th
e w
hole
fea
ture
. Fe
atur
es w
ith n
o FW
HM
mea
sure
men
t eit
her
faile
d
lines
hape
fitt
ing
or h
ad to
o fe
w c
hann
els
for
a fi
t. E
rror
s ar
e de
taile
d in
cha
pter
4.4
.1.
RA
and
DE
C o
ffse
ts a
re f
rom
the
refe
renc
e fe
atur
e.
Pea
k F
lux
Brig
htne
ss
RA
D
EC
V
LSR
D
econ
v.
Dec
onv.
D
econ
v.
Tot
al
Circ
ular
Li
near
C
ircul
ar
Fea
ture
Z
eem
an
FW
HM
C
hann
els
Inte
grat
ed
Den
sity
T
emp.
O
ffset
O
ffset
Maj
. Axi
s M
in. A
xis
Pos
. Ang
. P
ol.
Pol
. P
ol.
Dire
ctio
n N
umbe
r P
air
P
rese
nt
Fea
ture
(Jy/
Bea
m)
(K)
(mas
) (m
as)
(km
/s)
(mas
) (m
as)
(deg
rees
) (p
erce
nt)
(per
cent
) (p
erce
nt)
Num
ber
(m/s
)
Flu
x
(Jy
)
9.29
1.
00E
+11
-386
.7
-187
9.7
-44.
21
8.2
4.6
141
72
72
10
L 13
-
422
14
87.3
4.92
5.
40E
+10
-671
.4
-189
6.6
-42.
10
7.3
5.4
117
101
101
2 R
1
4 20
1 7
21.7
3.98
4.
40E
+10
-672
.9
-189
5.7
-44.
39
7.7
4.6
118
99
99
1 L
23
4 20
8 5
16.6
3.69
4.
10E
+10
-592
.8
-191
7.7
-44.
82
4.5
3.2
72
112
112
1 L
39
12
187
5 13
.1
2.16
2.
40E
+10
-651
.4
-191
3.0
-44.
56
7.2
5.2
113
97
97
2 L
28
9 22
5 6
9.8
2.02
2.
20E
+10
-603
.9
-191
4.9
-44.
82
7.0
4.6
62
103
103
2 L
32
11
218
5 11
.6
1.98
2.
20E
+10
-694
.5
-188
2.4
-42.
28
6.4
4.9
1 10
0 10
0 2
R
6 3
212
6 9.
2
1.90
2.
10E
+10
-592
.7
-192
5.9
-44.
82
11.0
7.
9 15
10
7 10
7 2
L 31
8
281
7 16
.5
1.55
1.
70E
+10
-656
.8
-190
2.4
-42.
10
3.7
3.2
40
99
99
0 R
2
5 20
2 4
4.6
1.37
1.
50E
+10
-592
.8
-192
6.2
-42.
45
13.5
7.
0 2
93
93
3 R
7
8 23
8 5
9.4
1.37
1.
50E
+10
-594
.0
-191
7.7
-42.
45
9.5
4.7
109
80
80
2 R
8
12
182
5 5.
9
1.35
1.
50E
+10
-656
.8
-190
2.5
-44.
39
3.4
2.4
23
95
95
0 L
24
5 20
4 4
4.0
1.30
1.
40E
+10
-43.
3 -1
440.
2 -4
2.89
5.
5 3.
5 12
9 10
0 10
0 2
R
10
- -
3 3.
2
1.26
1.
40E
+10
-651
.1
-191
3.9
-42.
19
7.0
5.4
116
101
101
5 R
5
9 20
7 5
6.3
1.20
1.
30E
+10
-514
.7
-190
8.7
-44.
56
17.2
3.
7 57
10
0 10
0 1
L 29
6
221
5 7.
9
1.18
1.
30E
+10
-695
.1
-188
2.6
-44.
65
5.4
3.7
11
94
94
3 L
25
3 30
5 6
6.5
0.88
9.
70E
+09
-514
.1
-190
7.6
-42.
19
21.7
4.
3 60
10
7 10
7 2
R
40
6 24
0 5
7.0
0.74
8.
20E
+09
-622
.4
-191
8.9
-44.
65
7.8
4.2
79
102
102
4 L
26
10
185
6 3.
7
0.71
7.
80E
+09
-564
.2
-193
2.8
-44.
47
7.5
2.2
74
115
114
14
L 27
7
- 3
2.1
0.59
6.
50E
+09
-425
.1
-180
9.0
-44.
03
6.7
4.0
131
106
105
14
R
15
- 19
2 4
2.2
0.48
5.
30E
+09
-65.
6 -2
021.
9 -4
7.81
15
.0
8.8
67
65
61
23
L 37
-
288
5 4.
4
14
4
0.41
4.
50E
+09
-863
.8
-652
.5
-44.
65
20.0
5.
9 7
103
103
4 R
30
1
263
4 3.
3
0.38
4.
10E
+09
-604
.3
-191
4.9
-42.
54
7.8
3.7
36
106
106
2 R
54
11
-
3 1.
3
0.37
4.
10E
+09
-860
.6
-667
.5
-44.
65
10.4
3.
6 3
113
113
4 R
41
-
- 2
1.3
0.34
3.
80E
+09
-623
.4
-191
9.4
-42.
28
7.2
5.4
66
102
102
9 R
4
10
319
5 1.
8
0.33
3.
60E
+09
-522
.1
-191
1.6
-42.
28
14.9
3.
7 52
10
0 10
0 7
R
51
- -
2 1.
0
0.31
3.
50E
+09
-536
.6
-174
9.1
-45.
88
8.5
4.1
127
98
97
13
L 35
-
227
4 1.
4
0.31
3.
40E
+09
-80.
8 -2
035.
3 -4
7.55
17
.1
5.3
41
52
47
22
L 36
-
323
6 3.
1
0.28
3.
10E
+09
-564
.3
-193
2.8
-42.
02
10.3
4.
4 96
10
5 10
5 2
R
50
7 -
2 1.
0
0.26
2.
90E
+09
-58.
6 -1
418.
1 -4
2.81
6.
7 2.
5 16
8 98
98
5
R
9 13
-
4 1.
2
0.24
2.
70E
+09
-395
.0
-189
9.3
-43.
95
7.2
6.2
32
65
63
17
L 53
-
- 3
1.1
0.23
2.
50E
+09
-155
.2
-690
.3
-44.
03
5.4
2.9
36
97
96
11
R
42
2 -
2 0.
5
0.22
2.
40E
+09
-242
.4
-199
9.2
-43.
24
8.1
4.0
49
97
96
10
L 11
-
- 3
0.9
0.21
2.
30E
+09
-736
.9
-181
3.0
-44.
03
3.4
3.0
179
103
103
8 L
16
- -
3 0.
5
0.19
2.
10E
+09
-339
.9
-187
9.9
-42.
02
5.3
3.5
87
92
91
11
R
3 -
- 3
0.6
0.18
2.
00E
+09
-862
.5
-651
.7
-45.
53
21.6
5.
2 2
121
119
24
L 33
1
- 3
1.5
0.17
1.
80E
+09
-154
.5
-691
.1
-45.
53
4.3
2.6
4 89
88
13
L
34
2 -
3 0.
5
0.16
1.
80E
+09
-735
.3
-189
3.0
-43.
68
7.7
5.1
121
90
89
12
L 12
-
- 3
0.8
0.13
1.
50E
+09
-544
.5
-191
9.1
-44.
74
5.9
0.9
94
110
109
10
L 55
14
-
2 0.
3
0.13
1.
40E
+09
-543
.1
-191
6.8
-42.
37
0.0
0.0
0 76
76
4
R
52
14
- 2
0.5
0.09
1.
00E
+09
-60.
9 -1
420.
4 -4
4.30
14
.0
5.2
157
121
113
43
L 56
13
-
2 0.
5
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
145
6.1.2 Comparison with Previous Observations at 1667 MHz
Mader et al. (1978) observed W3(OH) at 1667 MHz, and confirmed that 1667 MHz
emission existed near 1665 MHz emission, but little more could be stated. The first
good interferometer study of 1667 MHz in W3(OH) was in 1981, when Norris and
Booth (1981) published multi-frequency observations of both 1667 and 1665 MHz
with a single baseline interferometer in the UK. They detected 10 masers, with
positions relative to their 1665 MHz masers that match well with the brighter masers
in figure 6.1-3; but they did not list fluxes. The observation by Fouquet and Reid
(1982) suffered from very poor sensitivity with three US antennas, and they also did
not list fluxes; but the location, with respect to their 1665 MHz masers, of the single
maser detected at 1667 MHz is in agreement with the most intense masers in the
southwest of the map. Better observations were published by Norris et al. (1982),
using the MERLIN array to observe at 1612, 1665 and 1667 MHz, detecting 15
masers at 1667 MHz. Norris et al. had much lower resolution than the current data,
and made a mistake in assuming that masers coincident in position and velocity in
1665 and 1667 MHz were truly physically coincident. Since the Zeeman splitting of
1667 MHz transitions is only 60% of that of 1665 MHz transitions this is not a valid
assumption to make. As a result of this, their 1667 MHz masers are positioned about
200 mas too far northwest with respect to the 1665 MHz masers. Nevertheless, this
was still the best published 1667 MHz data until now. Finally, Gaume and Mutel
(1987) observed W3(OH) with the VLA in January 1985, though only for an
observational period of ~5 minutes. They detected 14 masers with a much lower
positional accuracy than Norris et al. (1982), and their positional agreement is
correspondingly poorer.
Comparing the individual maser fluxes measured by Norris et al. (1982) and
Gaume and Mutel (1987), with the current work and single dish flux measurements
leads to some puzzling results:
1. In Barrett and Rogers (1966) the spectra indicate equal peaks in RCP and
LCP of ~12 Jy.
2. In Norris and Booth (1981) the single dish spectra from 1977 indicate
similar shaped peaks in LCP and RCP of ~45 Jy.
3. In Norris et al. (1982) the single dish spectra from 1980 show a very
similar shape to 1977, but peak at a flux of ~20 Jy. However, they detect
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
146
individual masers with peak flux densities of 25.8, 25.0 and 20.0 Jy/beam
– indicating a probable miscalibration in one or other experiment. The
current data is compared in more detail with Norris et al. (1982) in the
next section.
4. In Fouquet and Reid (1982) the single dish spectra from 1980 show a
similar shape as before at a peak of ~20 Jy.
5. In Gaume and Mutel (1987), their 1985 observation gave only two masers
with peak flux above 1.8 Jy: 4.0 and 2.4 Jy! Their fluxes at 1665 MHz
however were in agreement with other data.
6. Figures 6.1-1a and b indicate the LCP at ~25 Jy and the RCP at ~15 Jy,
with peak individual maser fluxes from table 6.1-1 of 9, 5, 4 and 4
Jy/beam.
The data at face value suggest that the 1667 MHz masers have flared up
around 1977, then died right down by 1985, then flared back up by 1996, with peaks
all the while at the same velocities and probably the same locations. However, it
seems much more likely that flux miscalibrations in the previous work have
contributed some or most of this dramatic variation. The only concrete conclusion
that can be drawn is that the RCP emission has halved in intensity with respect to the
LCP, whilst the emission has stayed simple in velocity structure.
6.1.3 Comparison with Norris et al. (1982)
Although the alignment of 1667 MHz emission to 1665 MHz was incorrect,
Norris et al. (1982) correctly aligned the RCP and LCP of the 1667 MHz data. They
detected three areas of emission where emission in LCP and RCP would be coincident
if the maps were aligned thus: in one area, the RCP and LCP were separated by 2.2
km s–1, which they assumed was a Zeeman pair (see chapter 6.1.7). In the other two
areas, the emission was at roughly the same velocity (within their very poor velocity
resolution), but cannot be assumed to be a Zeeman pair in a near-zero magnetic field.
Their observation was in RCP and LCP only, but with the benefit of observational
data in all four Stokes parameters, it is now possible to say that these two areas
represent masers with significant linear polarization. An elliptically polarised maser
will show up as a brighter maser of the dominant hand and a weaker maser of the
other hand when measured with only circular feeds. This gives an indication of the
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
147
1667 MHz Old and New Data
-2300
-2100
-1900
-1700
-1500
-1300
-1100
-900
-700
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
-1500-1300-1100-900-700-500-300-100100300500700900
RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffse
t / m
as
New Data Norris Data
Figure 6.1-4: 1667 MHz masers from the current new data overlaid with data from Norris et al.
1982.
14
8
Tab
le 6
.1-2
: M
aser
s th
at h
ave
been
iden
tifie
d in
bot
h 19
77 (
Nor
ris
et a
l. 19
82)
and
1997
epo
chs.
The
ast
eris
ked
mas
ers
have
bee
n as
sum
ed c
oinc
iden
t
1977
1997
V
LSR
P
eak
Flu
x R
A
DE
C
Circ
ular
F
eatu
re
VLS
R
Pea
k F
lux
RA
D
EC
C
ircul
ar
D
ensi
ty
Offs
et
Offs
et
Dire
ctio
n La
bel
D
ensi
ty
Offs
et
Offs
et
Dire
ctio
n
(km
/s)
(Jy/
Bea
m)
(mas
) (m
as)
(km
/s)
(Jy/
Bea
m)
(mas
) (m
as)
-4
4.8
3.3
-870
-6
62
R
a -4
4.6
0.4
-864
-6
52
R
a
-44.
6 0.
4 -8
61
-668
R
-44.
2 0.
5 -1
92
-672
R
b
-44.
0 0.
2 -1
55
-690
R
-43.
1 4.
6 -5
8 -1
440
R
c -4
2.9
1.3
-43
-144
0 R
-44.
3 7.
5 -3
87 *
-1
880
* L
d -4
4.2
9.3
-386
.7 *
-1
879.
66 *
L
-44.
5 1.
4 -3
87 *
-1
880
* R
d
-44.
0 0.
6 -4
48
-178
0 R
e
-44.
0 0.
6 -4
25
-180
9 R
-48.
0 2.
7 -6
4 -2
042
L f
-47.
8 0.
5 -6
6 -2
022
L
-48.
0 0.
6 -6
7 -2
024
R
f -4
7.5
0.3
-81
-203
5 L
-42.
3 25
.8
-645
-1
913
R
g -4
2.1
4.9
-671
-1
897
R
g
-42.
3 2.
0 -6
95
-188
2 R
g
-42.
1 1.
6 -6
57
-190
2 R
g
-42.
2 1.
3 -6
51
-191
4 R
g
-42.
3 0.
3 -6
23
-191
9 R
-45.
0 25
.0
-591
-1
920
L h
-44.
8 3.
7 -5
93
-191
8 L
h
-44.
8 2.
0 -6
04
-191
5 L
h
-44.
8 1.
9 -5
93
-192
6 L
-44.
5 20
.0
-645
-1
902
L i
-44.
4 4.
0 -6
73
-189
6 L
i
-44.
6 2.
2 -6
51
-191
3 L
i
-44.
4 1.
3 -6
57
-190
2 L
i
-44.
6 1.
2 -6
95
-188
3 L
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
149
absolute alignment between the present data and that of Norris et al. because only two
areas of maser emission show significant linear polarization in the current data. One
of the areas is currently the brightest maser at 1667 MHz; feature 13. This also
happens to be an isolated maser, and so even at the lower resolution of Norris et al. its
position should be accurate and unambiguous. By aligning feature 13 exactly with
their –44.5 km s–1 RCP feature and their –44.3 km s–1 LCP feature, an excellent
positional match is achieved which is shown in figure 6.1-4.
Figure 6.1-4 allows a comparison to be made between the two epochs. It
should be remembered from the previous section that there appear to be
inconsistencies in the fluxes measured in previously published data, and that
comparing fluxes from data of differing resolution may be unreliable because of the
effects of resolving out diffuse emission at higher resolutions. Table 6.1-2 shows
masers that have been identified in both epochs. Note that masers that show up as
LCP and RCP in the data of Norris (i.e. features d and f in table 6.1-2) are elliptically
polarised masers under one hand in the new data. Summing the flux for feature 4 in
the data of Norris et al. (feature d in table 6.1-2) indicates that this maser is at
approximately the same flux after nearly 2 decades. Features g, h, and i are more
complex to interpret, probably because they were not resolved by Norris et al., so their
fluxes would be consolidated. Their much higher fluxes may be a result of extended
emission or because the flux has in fact declined in intensity.
6.1.4 Maser Morphology
Immediately striking from figure 6.1-2 is the southern arc feature, where over half of
the masers are concentrated. The arc is just under 200 mas in extent, or ~400 AU at
2.2 kpc. The arc is shown in individual channels in figure 6.1-5. Channels 26-34 are
essentially RCP emission, 53-61 are LCP emission. Arcs and filaments are extremely
rare in ground state OH masers, although filamentary emission was seen in excited
state masers, at 13 GHz, that overlie the 1665 MHz maser group c (Baudry and
Diamond 1998).
The arc does not contain a velocity gradient so it is not an inclined disc. The
arc is most likely a shock front propagating to the south. Support for this can be seen
in the orientation of the masers’ position angles as shown in figure 6.1-6. Masers A
and B are in complex areas of overlapping maser emission where position angles from
Gaussian fitting are unreliable.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
150
Figure 6.1-5: The 1667 MHz arc feature (rotated 90° anti clockwise). Channels 26-34 are
essentially RCP and channels 53-61 are LCP. Contours are at 75 mJy/beam.
-186
0-1
880
-190
0-1
920
-194
0-1
960
2627
28
MilliARC SEC
-186
0-1
880
-190
0-1
920
-194
0-1
960
2930
31
Mill
iAR
C S
EC
-500
-550
-600
-650
-700
-750
-186
0-1
880
-190
0-1
920
-194
0-1
960
3233
-500
-550
-600
-650
-700
-750
34
-186
0-1
880
-190
0-1
920
-194
0-1
960
5354
55
MilliARC SEC
-186
0-1
880
-190
0-1
920
-194
0-1
960
5657
58
Mill
iAR
C S
EC
-500
-550
-600
-650
-700
-750
-186
0-1
880
-190
0-1
920
-194
0-1
960
5960
-500
-550
-600
-650
-700
-750
61
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
151
Work by Elitzur et al. (1992) has shown that masers in shocks should be thin and
planar, e.g. discs, elongated in the plane of the shock. They also suggest however that
the true geometry of these masers may not be visible because of the beaming effects
of saturation. The above figure is evidence that the true geometry may in fact be
visible. Figure 6.1-7 shows a minimised best-fit circle plotted though the points in the
arc. The centre of the circle is at offset –580, –1746, and it has radius 177 mas (~350
AU). An arc such this might be expected if a spherically symmetric shock was
propagating outwards from the centre of the circle. The 1665 MHz masers in this area
(which actually overlap the 1667 MHz masers, see chapter 6.4.1) are indeed moving
south as shown in figure 5.25. The evolution and dissipation of this shock could be
responsible for the apparent decline in intensity of the masers in this area
demonstrated in table 6.1-2.
Figure 6.1-6: Position angles of the masers in the 1667 MHz arc feature. Note the occurrence of
Zeeman pairs, which gives the appearance of ‘crosses’.
A
B
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
152
1667 MHz Arc Feature
-2000
-1800
-1600
-800-600-400
RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
Less than 0.400 Jy
0.400 -> 2.000 Jy
2.000 -> 10.000 Jy
Figure 6.1-7: The 1667 MHz arc feature with minimised circular fit. The arrowed masers were not
used in the fitting.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
153
6.1.5 Maser Lineshapes
Figure 6.1-8 shows the lineshapes of the six most intense masers at 1667 MHz (all the
masers above 2 Jy/beam). The 1667 MHz maser lineshapes are generally very well
approximated by Gaussians. 23 of the 41 masers were fit successfully; 17 of the
remaining 18 could not be fitted adequately because the maser consisted of less than
four channels of emission. The one maser that failed and had enough channels was
still approximately Gaussian.
Figure 6.1-8: Lineshapes of masers over 2 Jy/beam at 1667 MHz. Observed flux errors are
negligible at these scales. Clockwise from top left: Features 1, 13, 23, 28, 32, 39.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
154
6.1.6 Polarization
This is the first VLBI dataset of 1667 MHz in W3(OH) which contains all polarization
data. From table 6.1-1 it is clear that all of the masers are highly circularly polarised.
Of the 41 masers detected, 22 (54%) were LCP, and 19 (46%) RCP. 80% of the
masers have over 90% circular polarization. Indeed, only four masers have less than
75% circular or total polarization, and these four masers are notable. Two of them
(features 36 and 37) are faint and are highly blue-shifted at the extreme south of the
map. Of the other two, one is the most intense maser at 1667 MHz (feature 13) and
the other is a close companion (feature 53). Feature 13 is twice as intense as the next
most intense maser, and is the only maser with a significant intensity of linear
polarization: it has 0.92 Jy of linear flux, compared to the next highest of 0.11 Jy. All
the rest have linear fluxes under 0.1 Jy. Unlike 1665 MHz, at 1667 MHz there is no
strong variation in the amount of polarization across the map. This may well be
because the 1667 MHz masers do not cover enough of W3(OH) for very significant
variations to become apparent.
Figure 6.1-9 shows the Stokes parameters for feature 13. Notice how the
Stokes Q and U fluxes vary across the maser lineshape, indicating a gradual change in
the linear polarization plane across the maser. Feature 13 is the only 1667 MHz maser
for which the linear flux is strong enough to give reliable polarization angle
measurements, but comparing it to masers at 1665 MHz (e.g. Feature 474), we see that
this angle change is unusual behaviour – polarization angles where they are reliable
are generally stable across the maser lineshape. This could be caused by a change in
Figure 6.1-9: Stokes parameters for 1667 MHz feature 13.
Stokes Parameters for 1667 Feature 13
-8.0
-6.0
-4.0
-2.0
0.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
-45.0 -44.8 -44.6 -44.4 -44.2 -44.0 -43.8 -43.6
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
IQ
U
V
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
155
the magnetic field direction within the propagation path of the maser. This is more
likely than Faraday rotation because of the high free electron density needed for
Faraday effects within a maser.
6.1.7 Magnetic Field and Velocity Structure
From table 6.1-1, 14 Zeeman pairs were found which are listed in table 6.1-3. This
represents a 68% chance of a maser being in a Zeeman pair. However, in the arc
feature 22 of the 23 masers are in a Zeeman pair, or 96%! This much higher incidence
of Zeeman pairs may indicate a difference in the conditions of the arc, which are more
favourable for the formation of Zeeman pairs – possibly that there are very much
lower velocity shifts in the line of sight, which is what might be expected in a shock
expanding to the south. The locations of the Zeeman pairs are shown in figure 6.1-10.
Figure 6.1-10: 1665 MHz Zeeman pairs in W3(OH). The masers have been divided up into three
groups for analysis.
1667 MHz Zeeman Pairs
-2300
-2100
-1900
-1700
-1500
-1300
-1100
-900
-700
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
-1500-1300-1100-900-700-500-300-100100300500700900RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
East Arc Center
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
156
The median ratio of the fluxes of the Zeeman pairs is 1.7:1, and the mean is
2.1:1. Thus, the Zeeman pairs are much more even in intensity than at 1665 MHz.
Figure 6.1-11 shows the distribution of magnetic field strengths and demagnetised
velocities with RA and DEC. The field strength vs. RA map shows a striking
uniformity of the magnetic field in the arc feature, and that the isolated maser to the
east has a noticeably low field strength. The uniformity of the field in the arc
indicates a constant density on a scale of 400 AU in the arc. For the maser at a field
strength of 2.4 mG, this value is much lower than any maser at 1665 MHz, and
surprisingly is lower than the value of the field in the surrounding gas given in Güsten
et al. (1994) of 3.2 mG. This maser then may lie in gas that is actually less dense than
much of the cloud in this region. Such low fields were proposed by Bloemhof et al.
(1992) at 1665 MHz but not reproduced in this work at that frequency; they were also
proposed by Desmurs et al. (1998) at 6 GHz in W3(OH). The range of field strengths
is however still in good agreement with other 1667 MHz measurements in Gaume and
Mutel (1987), and in Norris et al. (1982) whose proposed Zeeman pair would have a
field of about 6 mG.
In the demagnetised velocity vs. RA graph, note that there is no possibility of a
velocity gradient along the arc, within the errors on the velocities. Note also in the
Peak Flux RA DEC Magnetic Magnetic Demagnetised Demagnetised Pair Location
Density Offset Offset Field Field error Velocity Velocity error Quality
(Jy/Beam) (mas) (mas) (mG) ± (mG) (km/s) ± (km/s)
0.41 -863.8 -652.5 2.43 0.18 -45.10 0.03 a East
1.98 -694.5 -1882.4 6.58 0.17 -43.42 0.03 a Arc
4.92 -671.4 -1896.6 6.45 0.14 -43.28 0.03 a Arc
1.55 -656.8 -1902.4 6.59 0.17 -43.25 0.03 a Arc
2.16 -651.4 -1913.0 6.62 0.16 -43.39 0.03 a Arc
0.74 -622.4 -1918.9 6.77 0.16 -43.43 0.03 a Arc
2.02 -603.9 -1914.9 6.36 0.17 -43.67 0.03 a Arc
3.69 -592.8 -1917.7 6.57 0.14 -43.63 0.02 a Arc
1.90 -592.7 -1925.9 6.67 0.18 -43.59 0.03 a Arc
0.71 -564.2 -1932.8 6.95 0.18 -43.24 0.03 b Arc
0.13 -544.5 -1919.1 6.70 0.18 -43.55 0.03 b Arc
1.20 -514.7 -1908.7 6.74 0.17 -43.37 0.03 a Arc
0.23 -155.2 -690.3 4.22 0.18 -44.78 0.03 b Center
0.26 -58.6 -1418.1 4.22 0.18 -43.55 0.03 b Center
Table 6.1-3: 1667 MHz Zeeman pairs. Information for peak flux, RA and DEC are from the peak
channel in the brighter of the two Zeeman components.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
157
demagnetised velocity vs. DEC graph that there is a velocity gradient that closely
follows the gradient in 1665 MHz, suggesting that the two main lines are in the same
moving body of gas. The blue-shifted masers in the extreme south do not have a
Zeeman partner to deduce their demagnetised velocity, but if their magnetic field
strength is in the typical range then they are probably not part of the same bulk
movement as the rest of the 1667 MHz masers. This will be examined more in
chapter 6.4.3, when the different frequencies are compared.
6.1.8 Statistical Relationships
Figure 6.1-12 shows the relationship between maser size and field strength. The
effect of magnetic beaming is slightly masked because the majority of the masers are
concentrated in the arc where the field strength is very consistent. The average
FWHM of the Gaussian fit 1667 MHz masers is ~240 m s–1, compared to that of the
1665 MHz masers of ~280 m s–1. This is the lowest of all the ground state lines. This
is as would be expected from the modelling of Gray et al. 1992 (see chapter 3.3.3),
which suggested that 1667 MHz masers require lower velocity shifts over their
Figure 6.1-11: Variation in magnetic field strength and demagnetised velocity with RA and DEC at
1667 MHz. The points are plotted as error bars; errors were calculated as per chapter 4.5.4
Field Strength vs DEC
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-2500-2000-1500-1000-5000
DEC Offset / mas
Fiel
d S
tren
gth
/ m
G
Field Strength vs RA
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-1000-900-800-700-600-500-400-300-200-1000
RA Offset / mas
Fiel
d S
tren
gth
/ m
G
Demagnetised Velocity vs DEC
-45.5
-45.0
-44.5
-44.0
-43.5
-43.0
-2500-2000-1500-1000-5000
DEC Offset / mas
Dem
ag. V
el /
(km
/s)
Demagnetised Velocity vs RA
-45.5
-45.0
-44.5
-44.0
-43.5
-43.0
-1000-900-800-700-600-500-400-300-200-1000
RA Offset / mas
Dem
ag.
Vel
/ (k
m/s
)
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
158
propagation length. It might also indicate that 1667 MHz masers inhabit cooler gas
than 1665 MHz masers.
6.1.9 Two-Point Correlation
Although there are a smaller number of masers at 1667 MHz than 1665 MHz, there
are still enough for a good two-point correlation, shown in figure 6.1-13a and b. The
much smaller extent of the 1667 MHz emission is shown by the plot, as is the strong
tendency to cluster at the scale of 300 mas (600 AU) and under. This clustering scale
is the same as in 1665 MHz, and lends weight to the idea that the same gas structures
may be responsible for both masing transitions.
Figure 6.1.14 shows a zoom in on the first 300 mas of the correlation with
smaller bins and higher resolution. It shows that the distribution within a maser
cluster concentrates the masers ever more at closer distances, right down to between
10 and 20 mas (20–40 AU), just as in 1665 MHz. At around 8 mas the correlation
breaks down and suddenly drops to zero at 4 mas. Again, this is due to the resolution
limit of the observation.
Maser size vs Field Strength
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Maser Area / (mas)^2
Fiel
d S
tren
gth
/ m
G
Figure 6.1-12: 1667 MHz maser area versus magnetic field strength.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
159
Figure 6.1-13 a) and b): a) Top, the 1667 MHz masers and a random selection of points in the
same space. b) Bottom, the two-point correlation of the 1667 MHz masers.
Figure 6.1-14: The two-point correlation of the 1667 MHz masers, with smaller bins and hence
higher resolution.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
160
6.2 1612 MHz
6.2.1 The Observational Data
The 1612 MHz total power spectra for RCP and LCP are shown in fig 6.2-1a. They
are from 1998 (Masheder, private communication), two years later than the
interferometry observation. Immediately it is clear that 1612 MHz emission comes
from a relatively small velocity spread that is towards the red-shifted end of the band.
The similarity of the LCP and RCP lineshapes suggests that the different velocities of
the peaks may be due the Zeeman effect, but the large difference in the ratio of fluxes
would suggest caution in any assumption – the RCP emission is clearly much brighter
than the LCP emission. As will be seen later, the channel maps themselves do indeed
show that the velocity differences are due to the Zeeman effect. Relatively narrow
and uncomplicated lineshapes are typical of SFR 1612 MHz maser regions, e.g.
Caswell (1999).
Figure 6.2-1b shows the Stokes I spectrum of the maser fluxes calculated from
the channel maps. The maser spectrum also shows a very weak but notable blue-
shifted maser feature at –47.5 km s–1.
Results of 2-dimensional Gaussian fitting of maser emission in the maps are
shown in table 6.2-1. The 1612 MHz integrated flux contour map and the maser map
are shown in figs 6.2-2 and 6.2-3. Channel maps of the masers in contour form can be
found in appendix A. As can be readily seen, the 1612 MHz masers are divided into
two groups; the brighter masers in the north and a line of weaker masers strung out in
a line in the south. Figure 6.2-3 shows that the northern masers lie just within the
contours of continuum emission which defines the UCH II region, whilst the southern
masers lie well outside the contours.
The low number of 1612 MHz masers detected means that the sample size is
too small for a statistical analysis to be performed on the data, certainly not to the
level which was possible for the 1665 MHz data in chapter 5.9.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
161
Figure 6.2-1a) and b): a) Top, the 1612 MHz total power spectra for RCP (dotted) and LCP (solid).
b) Bottom, the Stokes I spectrum of the maser fluxes calculated from the channel maps.
1612 LCP & RCP Spectra
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
-50 -49 -48 -47 -46 -45 -44 -43 -42 -41 -40
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x /
Jy
1612 Stokes I Spectra
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
-50 -48 -46 -44 -42 -40
Velocity / (km/s)
Flux
/ J
y
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
162
Figure 6.2-2: The 1612 Stokes I integrated flux map. Channels 32 to 34 have been omitted because
of their high levels of dynamic range limited noise. This does not affect the masers significantly.
Contours are at 200 mJy/beam; beam at lower left. For reference centre, see chapter 4.3.6.
ARC
SEC
ARC SEC0.5 0.0 -0.5 -1.0
0.5
0.0
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
163
1612 MHz Maser Spots
-2300
-2100
-1900
-1700
-1500
-1300
-1100
-900
-700
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
-1300-1100-900-700-500-300-100100300500700900
RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
Less than 0.400 Jy
0.400 -> 2.000 Jy
2.000 -> 10.000 Jy
Greater than 10.000 Jy
Figure 6.2-3: The 1612 MHz maser spot map. Contours are the 0.5, 7.1 and 16.6 mJy/beam levels
of a VLA 2 cm continuum map (Kawamura and Masson 1998)
16
4
Tab
le 6
.2-1
: T
he 1
612
MH
z M
aser
s. D
ata
is f
or p
eak
chan
nel,
exce
pt la
st f
ive
colu
mns
, whi
ch a
re f
or th
e w
hole
fea
ture
. Fe
atur
es w
ith n
o FW
HM
mea
sure
men
t eit
her
faile
d
lines
hape
fitt
ing
or h
ad to
o fe
w c
hann
els
for
a fi
t. E
rror
s ar
e de
taile
d in
cha
pter
4.4
.1.
RA
and
DE
C o
ffse
ts a
re f
rom
the
refe
renc
e fe
atur
e.
Pea
k F
lux
Brig
htne
ss
RA
D
EC
V
LSR
D
econ
v.
Dec
onv.
D
econ
v.
Tot
al
Circ
ular
Li
near
C
ircul
ar
Fea
ture
Z
eem
an
FW
HM
C
hann
els
Inte
grat
ed
Den
sity
T
emp.
O
ffset
O
ffset
Maj
. Axi
s M
in. A
xis
Pos
. Ang
. P
ol.
Pol
. P
ol.
Dire
ctio
n N
umbe
r P
air
P
rese
nt
Fea
ture
(Jy/
Bea
m)
(K)
(mas
) (m
as)
(km
/s)
(mas
) (m
as)
(deg
rees
) (p
erce
nt)
(per
cent
) (p
erce
nt)
(Num
ber)
(m
/s)
F
lux
(Jy
)
11.3
4 5.
52E
+11
-50.
3 -2
14.2
-4
2.55
4.
6 3.
0 16
1 10
0 10
0 0
R
4 1
221
11
42.1
3.53
1.
94E
+11
-50.
3 -2
14.2
-4
3.46
4.
7 2.
6 16
8 10
0 10
0 1
L 25
1
215
6 11
.5
1.97
4.
11E
+10
172.
6 -1
817.
7 -4
2.09
6.
4 5.
0 83
10
1 10
1 1
R
3 4
357
8 13
.9
1.53
2.
80E
+10
112.
8 -1
831.
9 -4
2.91
7.
8 4.
8 79
94
94
2
R
22
3 26
8 7
8.2
1.15
2.
43E
+10
195.
6 -1
816.
4 -4
2.64
8.
1 3.
8 79
10
3 10
3 3
R
5 5
403
6 8.
7
0.99
4.
98E
+10
-38.
7 -2
13.4
-4
3.64
4.
6 3.
1 17
4 10
1 10
1 2
L 28
2
209
4 2.
9
0.98
4.
13E
+10
-38.
7 -2
13.5
-4
2.73
4.
1 3.
7 16
98
98
3
R
21
2 19
2 4
2.7
0.78
3.
90E
+10
9.3
-113
.2
-43.
00
5.3
2.6
8 96
95
1
L 24
6
207
4 2.
6
0.51
4.
73E
+09
184.
0 -1
817.
2 -4
3.09
14
.3
5.2
78
97
97
1 L
23
5 36
6 7
5.3
0.36
1.
58E
+10
175.
0 -1
818.
0 -4
3.18
6.
6 2.
3 78
89
89
4
L 26
4
- 11
2.
0
0.32
4.
93E
+09
118.
0 -1
830.
7 -4
3.91
9.
0 4.
9 70
96
96
5
L 27
3
- 9
3.1
0.28
7.
08E
+09
-156
.1
-179
9.1
-41.
46
7.3
3.6
72
96
96
5 R
1
- 34
1 5
1.5
0.27
3.
92E
+09
645.
2 -1
633.
4 -4
7.54
10
.1
4.5
18
90
90
12
L 29
-0
24
8 4
1.5
0.25
1.
02E
+10
264.
5 -1
710.
4 -4
1.46
5.
9 2.
9 95
74
74
5
R
2 -
- 3
0.9
0.19
2.
60E
+10
9.7
-113
.7
-41.
73
5.2
0.9
34
80
79
9 R
30
6
- 2
0.4
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
165
6.2.2 Comparison with Previous Observations at 1612 MHz
The first interferometer study of 1612 MHz in W3(OH) was in 1982, when both
Norris et al. (1982) and Fouquet and Reid (1982) published multi-frequency
observations. Fouquet and Reid had very poor sensitivity in their observation with
three US antennas, and did not list their fluxes, though their 1720 MHz and 1612 MHz
positions match well with subsequent data. Norris et al. observed at 1612, 1665 and
1667 MHz with the MERLIN observatory in 1980-81. The 1612 MHz transition was
observed only in RCP. They detected only two masers at 1612 MHz, which they
positioned on a map by assuming that the maser which was coincident in velocity with
a maser in their 1667 MHz map was also coincident in position. For a variety of
reasons including Zeeman effects and the results we find in chapter 6.4.1 this was not
a valid assumption to make. 1612 MHz in W3(OH) was also studied by Gaume and
Mutel (1987) with the VLA in January 1985, though only for an observational period
of ~5 minutes. There has been no newer data at 1612 MHz recently until this work
(maser interest at 1612 MHz has been mostly confined to late-type stars).
Direct comparison with other work at differing resolutions is difficult because
of the issues of resolving out more diffuse emission, and of the error in absolute
position. Even so, it ought to be possible to compare the relative positions of the
masers in earlier maps using velocity information that is generally more reliable.
Comparing fig 6.2-1a with the single dish spectrum of Norris et al. (1982) indicates
that the emission has remained qualitatively the same in the 16 years since their
observation, with the main peak at –42.5 km s–1.
Turning now to the maps, Norris et al. detected only two masers, separated by
just under 100 mas. This means that they can only have detected either the northern
or the southern cluster. A quick inspection of velocities indicates that, surprisingly,
they only detected the southern emission – and have placed it ~800 mas too far west
with respect to the continuum by aligning the peak with the brightest 1665 MHz
maser. Their two maser features correspond well to feature 22 and an unresolved
amalgamation of features 3 and 5 (and possibly 22) from table 6.2-1. The lower
intensity of masers in the current work (by a factor of three) is likely to be the result of
resolving out slightly diffuse emission – the channel maps of these features (Appendix
A, figure A2) show that they are well resolved – although an additional decline in
brightness cannot be ruled out. The intensity of the northern emission now would
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
166
certainly make it clearly visible then; and their single dish spectrum at the time shows
a peak at the –42.5 km s–1 velocity of the RCP northern feature. It is not clear what
the presence of the –42.5 km s–1 peak in the total power spectrum represents if it is not
the northern feature.
The VLA observations by Gaume and Mutel (1987) had much poorer spatial
resolution and velocity resolution (only 1.1 km s–1) than the present work or that of
Norris et al., but their sensitivity was better than that of Norris, having a 1σ noise of
~30 mJy/beam. Gaume and Mutel did detect some weak northern emission: they
detected emission of 0.3 Jy/beam from two LCP spots just 5 mas apart (although their
resolution gives them position errors of ~60 mas) which would appear to be features
28 and 25 in table 6.2-1. They also detected the weak south-eastern highly blue-
shifted emission of feature 29 at an unchanged flux, and a central-eastern RCP maser
at 0.1 Jy/beam, the only maser emission of theirs that was not detected. Notably
absent again is any indication of northern RCP maser emission. Taken with the Norris
et al. data this does seem to indicate that the 11 Jy RCP maser in the present data has
intensified from a negligible flux in 11 years, and as such demonstrates a high degree
of variability in the northern 1612 MHz masers, whilst at the same time showing a
quite constant level of emission from the southern masers.
Agreement with observations in December 1993 (M. D. Gray, unpublished
work) is excellent. Again, emission from the southern conglomerate of masers around
features 3 and 5 are the brightest emission with peak of 5.3 Jy/beam, but Gray did
detect the northern RCP maser (presumably unresolved with feature 21) with a flux of
2.7 Jy/beam. This gives a definitive indication of the appearance of this maser over
11 years, as shown in table 6.2-2.
Year RCP Flux
(Jy/beam)
LCP Flux
(Jy/beam)
1982 Undetected Undetected
1987 Undetected 0.3
1993 2.7 Undetected
1996 11.3 3.5
Table 6.2-2: Variation in intensity of the northern masers over recent years.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
167
6.2.3 Maser Morphology
The small number of 1612 MHz masers show simple morphology, especially in the
north. The northern masers are very small, with an average semi-major axis of 4.7
mas, while the southern masers have an average semi-major axis of 8.4 mas. The
southern masers (excepting the highly blue-shifted far south-east maser) share a
common orientation also: they all have position angles in the range of 70-95°, with a
mean of 79°. The rough line the masers make on the sky also has an angle of ~80°. It
could be that whatever is causing these masers to lie in a rough line is also responsible
for position angles; possibly they line up with a weak advanced shock off the southern
edge of the UCH II region.
6.2.4 Maser Lineshapes
Figure 6.2-4 shows the six most intense maser lineshapes from the 1612 MHz data.
As can be seen, the maser lineshapes are in general very well approximated by
Gaussians. The two masers with four or more channels (the minimum to attempt
fitting) that failed lineshape fitting were both in the south of the map. Feature 26
merges with feature 23, which is the likely cause of its non-Gaussian lineshape.
Feature 27 has a non-Gaussian unsymmetrical lineshape, even though it is an isolated
spot. Its brighter RCP Zeeman counterpart however fits well with a Gaussian, the pair
is shown in figure 6.2-5.
6.2.5 Polarization
This is the first VLBI dataset of 1612 MHz in W3(OH) which contains all polarization
data. From table 6.2-1 it is clear that all of the masers are highly circularly polarised.
For the most intense masers, the circular polarization is very close to 100%, with
negligible linear and unpolarised emission. The only masers to have less than 90%
circular polarization have low fluxes, and are subject to larger errors. The only maser
to have significant linear polarization is interesting – it is the highly blue-shifted
maser in the extreme southeast of the map. The statistical significance of this is not
apparent with a sample of one maser, but has more significance when taken in
conjunction with the much more numerous 1665 MHz data (see chapter 6.4.3). Even
as a single feature, it is clear that this maser is not associated with the main southern
group of masers.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
168
Figure 6.2-4: The 6 most intense maser lineshapes at 1612 MHz. Observed flux errors are
negligible at these scales. Clockwise from top-left: Features 3, 4, 5, 22, 25, 28.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
169
6.2.6 Magnetic Field and Velocity Structure
From table 6.2-1, 6 Zeeman pairs were found – the first to be found in 1612 MHz in
W3(OH). They are shown in table 6.2-3. With only three of the masers not in a
Zeeman pair this means that 80% of the masers were in a Zeeman pair. All the masers
not in Zeeman pairs were in the southern group; and from the map, all of them were
solitary masers not part of any cluster. It is not possible to say whether their solitary
nature is responsible for the lack of a Zeeman partner (there is no obvious mechanism
to suggest why this might be so), but rather it is more likely that as they are weak
masers then the chances of observing an even weaker partner is slim.
The median ratio of the fluxes of the Zeeman pairs is 3.7:1, and the mean is
3.5:1. From table 2.2 it can been seen that for 1612 MHz there are potentially a
number of possibilities for the magnetic field strength to produce a certain splitting
since three separate Zeeman pair separations can theoretically result. Clearly, this
result is never seen – only one pair of lines has ever been observed. The question is
then: which pair is being observed? From figure 2.5 it might be expected that the
strongest emitting Zeeman pair (labelled with splitting 1/4) is the one being observed;
and indeed comparing the various magnetic field strengths possible in the satellite
lines with unambiguous field strengths from e.g. 1665 MHz, one does indeed find the
best agreement for the inner splitting 1/4 Zeeman pair. It is conceivable that more
Figures 6.2-5: Zeeman pair 3 (features 22 and 27). Feature 27 has a non-Gaussian lineshape and is
an isolated spot.
Stokes Parameters for 1612 Zeeman Pair 3
-0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
-44.2 -44.0 -43.8 -43.6 -43.4 -43.2 -43.0 -42.8 -42.6 -42.4
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
IQU
V
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
170
ambiguity could arise if the brighter component of a Zeeman pair were a splitting 1/4
line and a weaker component were of another splitting, e.g. 3/4. However, bearing in
mind the mechanisms proposed for suppression of Zeeman partners above it is
unlikely that conditions could be contrived so as to allow suppression of one Zeeman
partner on either side of the splitting. There is still the possibility of the case where
some Zeeman pairs could be of one splitting type, whilst others could be of another.
Fortunately, this scenario is eased by the next splitting up from the 1/4 pair being three
times larger in magnitude. This therefore ought to only be of cause for worry when
unexpectedly large magnetic-field strengths are encountered, such that a field strength
of one-third of this is also reasonable. Zeeman pair 6 in table 6.2-3 has the highest
field strength of 10.7 mG – alternate values are 3.5 mG and 2.1 mG – whilst Zeeman
pair 5 has the lowest field strength of 4.8 mG. It is not inconceivable therefore, that
Zeeman pair 6 might be exhibiting the weaker splitting 3/4 Zeeman lines.
Figure 6.2-6 shows the distribution of magnetic field strengths and
demagnetised velocities with RA and DEC. The range of magnetic field strengths is
~5 to ~11 mG, which is in agreement with magnetic field measurements at 1665 MHz,
and also with the previous 1612 MHz Zeeman pair measured in W49 by Gaume and
Mutel (1987) which gave a field of 9.1 mG. As can be seen the demagnetised velocity
spread of the masers is very narrow, especially in relation to the other ground state
frequencies. Unfortunately the blue-shifted feature at –47.5 km s–1 does not have a
Zeeman partner, so its unusual velocity cannot be probed further (but see chapter 6.4.3
for comparisons with other ground state masers in the vicinity).
Peak Flux RA DEC Magnetic Magnetic Demagnetised Demagnetised Pair Location
Density Offset Offset Field Field error Velocity Velocity error Quality
(Jy/Beam) (mas) (mas) (mG) ± (mG) (km/s) ± (km/s)
11.34 -50.3 -214.2 7.56 0.39 -42.97 0.02 a North
0.99 -38.7 -213.4 7.37 0.51 -43.19 0.03 a North
0.78 9.3 -113.2 10.68 0.53 -42.39 0.03 b North
1.97 172.6 -1817.7 8.41 0.54 -42.67 0.03 a South
1.53 112.8 -1831.9 7.92 0.53 -43.42 0.03 a South
1.15 195.6 -1816.4 4.65 0.54 -42.84 0.03 b South
Table 5.5: 1612 MHz Zeeman pairs (assuming smallest magnetic splitting). Information for peak
flux, RA and DEC are from the peak channel in the brighter of the two Zeeman components.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
171
6.2.7 Statistical Relationships
Even with the small number of masers at 1612 MHz, a relationship is apparent linking
the size (or area) of the masers with the magnetic field. This is shown in fig 6.2-7.
This is an effect of magnetic beaming.
The average FWHM of the 1612 MHz masers which were fit with a Gaussian
is ~275 m s–1, which is in good agreement with the figure of ~280 for 1665 MHz.
6.2.8 Two-Point Correlation
The small number of masers makes for a poor graph of the two-point correlation.
Still, figure 6.2-8a does clearly show evidence for clustering of the masers on a 200
mas scale, and additional structure on a 1.6'' scale.
Field Strength vs RA
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
-1000-800-600-400-2000200400
RA Offset / mas
Fiel
d S
tren
gth
/ m
G
Field Strength vs DEC
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
-2000-1800-1600-1400-1200-1000-800-600-400-2000
DEC Offset / mas
Fiel
d S
tren
gth
/ m
G
Demagnetised Velocity vs RA
-43.6
-43.4
-43.2
-43.0
-42.8
-42.6
-42.4
-42.2
-1000-800-600-400-2000200400
RA Offset / mas
Dem
ag.
Vel
/ (
km/s
)
Demagnetised Velocity vs DEC
-43.6
-43.4
-43.2
-43.0
-42.8
-42.6
-42.4
-42.2
-2000-1800-1600-1400-1200-1000-800-600-400-2000
DEC Offset / mas
Dem
ag.
Vel
/ (
km/s
)
Figure 6.2-6: Variation in magnetic field strength and demagnetised velocity with RA and DEC at
1612 MHz. Error bars are shown; errors were calculated as per chapter 4.5.4
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
172
Figure 6.2-7: 1612 MHz maser area versus magnetic field strength.
Maser area vs Field Strength
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
0 50 100 150 200 250
Maser area / mas 2
Fie
ld S
tren
gth
/ m
G
Figure 6.2-8 a) and b): a) Top, the 1612 MHz masers and a random selection of points in the same
space. b) Bottom, the two-point correlation of the 1612 MHz masers.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
173
6.3 1720 MHz
6.3.1 The Observational Data
The total power spectra for RCP and LCP of the 1720 MHz emission are shown in fig
6.3-1a. They are from 1998 (Masheder, private communication), two years after the
interferometry observation. The 1720 MHz spectrum immediately suggests that the
Zeeman effect is at work, splitting the LCP and RCP fairly evenly. As will be
confirmed later, the 1720 MHz emission in W3(OH) is indeed very evenly Zeeman
split – by far the most even of all the ground-state lines. 1720 MHz maser emission,
like 1612 MHz emission, is often quite simple and often confined to a relatively
narrow velocity band, e.g. Caswell (1999); in this respect W3(OH) might be
considered quite a complex source at this frequency. Figure 6.3-1b shows the Stokes I
spectrum of the maser fluxes calculated from the channel maps.
Results of 2-dimensional Gaussian fitting of maser emission in the maps are
shown in table 6.3-1. The 1720 MHz integrated flux contour map and the maser spot
map are shown in figs 6.3-2 and 6.3-3. Channel maps of the masers in contour form
can be found in appendix A. All the 1720 MHz emission is concentrated in three very
small areas of emission – in the north, south and west – making it the simplest of all
the ground-state OH lines.
6.3.2 Comparison with Previous Observations at 1720 MHz
W3(OH) was observed by Lo et al.(1975) at 1720 MHz, who deduced using early
VLBI that the LCP/RCP doublet at that frequency originated from less than 3 mas
away from each other, providing some of the first strong evidence of the Zeeman
effect in these masers. The next work was Fouquet and Reid (1982), who published
multi-frequency ground-state observations of W3(OH). As was mentioned with
respect to 1612 MHz, Fouquet and Reid suffered from very poor sensitivity in their
observation with three US antennas, and they detected just one 1720 MHz maser. The
position of this maser matches well with the brightest 1720 MHz maser in this work,
in the north of the map. Gaume and Mutel (1987) observed W3(OH) at 1720 MHz,
along with the other ground-state lines, but were only able to observe in RCP at 1720
MHz. They detected 5 masers in two clusters, which lie roughly over the northern and
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
174
Figure 5.1a) and b): a) Top, the 1665 MHz total power spectra for RCP (dotted) and LCP (solid).
b) Bottom, the Stokes I spectrum of the maser fluxes calculated from the channel maps.
1720 LCP & RCP Spectra
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
-50 -49 -48 -47 -46 -45 -44 -43 -42 -41 -40
Velocity / (km/s)
Flux
/ J
y
1720 Stokes I Spectra
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
-50 -49 -48 -47 -46 -45 -44 -43 -42 -41 -40
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x /
Jy
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
175
Figure 6.3-1: The 1720 Stokes I integrated flux map. Channels 34, 58, 59, 66-69 to 63 have been
omitted because of their high levels of noise. This does not affect the masers significantly.
Contours are at 110 mJy/beam; beam at lower left. For reference centre, see chapter 4.3.6.
AR
C S
EC
ARC SEC0.5 0.0 -0.5 -1.0
0.5
0.0
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
176
1720 MHz Maser Spots
-2300
-2100
-1900
-1700
-1500
-1300
-1100
-900
-700
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
-1500-1300-1100-900-700-500-300-100100300500700900RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
Less than 0.400 Jy
0.400 -> 2.000 Jy
2.000 -> 10.000 Jy
Figure 6.3-2: The 1720 MHz maser spot map. Contours are the 0.5, 7.1 and 16.6 mJy/beam levels
of a VLA 2 cm continuum map (Kawamura and Masson 1998).
17
7
Tab
le 6
.3-1
: T
he 1
720
MH
z M
aser
s. D
ata
is f
or p
eak
chan
nel,
exce
pt la
st f
ive
colu
mns
, whi
ch a
re f
or th
e w
hole
fea
ture
. Fe
atur
es w
ith n
o FW
HM
mea
sure
men
t eit
her
faile
d
lines
hape
fitt
ing
or h
ad to
o fe
w c
hann
els
for
a fi
t. E
rror
s ar
e de
taile
d in
cha
pter
4.4
.1.
RA
and
DE
C o
ffse
ts a
re f
rom
the
refe
renc
e fe
atur
e.
Pea
k F
lux
Brig
htne
ss
RA
D
EC
V
LSR
D
econ
v.
Dec
onv.
D
econ
v.
Tot
al
Circ
ular
Li
near
C
ircul
ar
Fea
ture
Z
eem
an
FW
HM
C
hann
els
Inte
grat
ed
Den
sity
T
emp.
O
ffset
O
ffset
Maj
. Axi
s M
in. A
xis
Pos
. Ang
. P
ol.
Pol
. P
ol.
Dire
ctio
n N
umbe
r P
air
P
rese
nt
Fea
ture
(Jy/
Bea
m)
(K)
(mas
) (m
as)
(km
/s)
(mas
) (m
as)
(deg
rees
) (p
erce
nt)
(per
cent
) (p
erce
nt)
(Num
ber)
(m
/s)
F
lux
(Jy
)
7.13
3.
40E
+11
-2.4
27
.5
-45.
60
4.8
2.6
7 98
98
2
L 1
12
509
16
60.7
5.08
1.
89E
+11
-2.4
27
.7
-44.
74
5.1
3.2
8 10
0 10
0 1
R
1 5
0 15
54
.6
5.08
2.
49E
+11
25.8
50
.6
-42.
70
4.1
2.9
172
100
100
1 R
2
1 24
3 10
19
.7
2.76
1.
48E
+11
25.7
50
.3
-43.
47
4.3
2.6
172
100
100
3 L
2 21
23
7 8
10.5
2.26
5.
33E
+10
-147
.0
-112
2.1
-43.
13
7.3
3.4
150
99
99
2 R
3
2 24
9 7
11.0
2.24
5.
93E
+10
-147
.0
-112
2.2
-43.
72
6.7
3.3
154
98
98
2 L
3 4
235
8 11
.5
0.40
6.
67E
+09
-156
.0
-111
3.7
-43.
38
9.6
3.7
145
97
97
6 R
5
3 32
2 5
2.2
0.12
8.
87E
+08
-853
.0
-600
.2
-45.
17
21.4
3.
8 17
9 92
91
7
L 4
11
- 3
1.0
0.12
5.
28E
+08
-853
.3
-600
.9
-44.
66
24.1
5.
7 7
93
91
20
R
4 23
-
2 0.
7
0.11
3.
90E
+09
-156
.6
-111
2.3
-44.
06
6.8
2.3
177
94
94
1 L
5 22
-
2 0.
3
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
178
southern emission shown in figure 6.2-3. Before the present work, the best data at
1720 MHz was the extremely high-resolution observation by Masheder et al. (1994).
Masheder et al. observed for 12 hours in LCP in November 1989 with two antennas in
the US, one in China, one in Sweden, and the 100 m antenna in Germany. This gave
them long baselines giving a beam size of 2.4 mas and a 1σ noise of ~24 mJy/beam –
a higher resolution but lower sensitivity than the current data, and in only LCP. They
also detected only the northern and southern emission: detecting just one maser in the
south and probably three masers in the north within about 15 mas (beam artefacts in
their maps give some level of ambiguity to the masers). The three masers in their
northern area are so close that they are not individually resolved in the current data; all
three are incorporated into feature 12. The effects of this can be seen in the lineshape
(see chapter 6.3.3) and in the motion of the Gaussian fit position of feature 12, which
is shown in figure 6.3-4.
First impressions of a velocity gradient such as shown in figure 6.3-4 might be
that this indicates ordered motion, perhaps rotational. But looking at the higher
resolution data of Masheder et al. it is clear that the direction of movement (with
increasingly negative velocity) – first moving southwest then west – is in good
agreement with the relative positions and velocities of their three masers. Therefore,
what is observed in figure 6.2-4 is the superposition of three unresolved masers at
slightly different velocities, indicating that this area of emission has remained
unchanged over 7 years. Motion of Gaussian fit positions of maser components like
that seen in figure 6.3-4 may be a useful diagnostic of close, unresolved masers.
Just 35 mas to the northeast is a maser that was not detected by Masheder et al.
(1994), and which in LCP has a flux density of 2.76 Jy/beam, and so clearly would
have been detected if present in 1989. This is therefore a new maser, which has
grown from undetectable in the 7 years between the two epochs. It is extremely
unlikely that this is the northeast maser in the close northern group of Masheder et al.
(which could conceivably have moved to this location) because the new maser is at a
velocity of –43.47 km s–1 – over 1.5 km s–1 from the old northern group. Figure 4 in
Masheder et al. (1994) shows that the 1720 MHz masers have been evolving slowly,
in particular a feature has been intensifying at a velocity of about –45.5 km s–1 (LCP)
over the last 3 decades. This velocity corresponds to the currently most intense maser,
feature 12.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
179
The detection of the western source adds evidence to the alignment of 1720
MHz emission and 4765 MHz emission as suggested by Baudry et al. (1988), Baudry
and Diamond (1991), Gray et al. (1992), Masheder et al. (1994). More recent
comparisons between 1720 MHz and 4765 MHz clarify the association between the
two frequencies (Macleod 1997, Gray et al. 2001).
W3(OH) has also been observed at 1720 MHz with MERLIN in December
1993 (Gray et al. 2001), in an attempt to detect co-propagation (see chapter 6.4.1)
with the 4765 MHz line. With the much lower resolution of MERLIN, the results
agree very well in terms of maser positions and velocities with the current data. The
two close southern masers were not resolved in the MERLIN data, but the extra
northern maser not detected in Masheder et al. (1994) was detected. Fluxes as
determined by Gaussian fitting were typically 2 to 3 times higher in the MERLIN
data, suggesting that the 1720 MHz masers may be surrounded by slightly diffuse
emission that is resolved out on longer baselines. The exception here is the northern
maser that wasn’t detected by Masheder et al. (1994), which has approximately the
same flux in both more recent observations. There are two possible explanations to
this:
1. The maser does indeed have extended emission associated with it, but has been
rapidly intensifying such that the core emission in the current data is roughly
equal to the total emission in the earlier MERLIN data.
Figure 6.3-4: Movement of the Gaussian fit positions of the component channels of feature 12.
Error bars show formal position errors, calculated as per chapter 4.4.1. Velocities are labelled next
to the relevant spot. The circled spot is the peak channel.
1720 MHz Feature 12
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
-10-9-8-7-6-5-4-3-2-1012345
RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
-45.09
-46.36
-46.28
-46.19
-46.11-46.02
-45.94-45.85
-45.77-45.68
-45.60-45.51
-45.43-45.34
-45.26
-45.17
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
180
2. The maser has no extended emission – which may be related to its very recent
appearance.
6.3.3 Maser Morphology
The three groups of masers are distinct morphologically. The northern masers are the
smallest and most circular, having an average major axis of 4.6 mas. The southern
masers are slightly larger, having an average major axis of 7.6 mas; while the western
masers are much more elongated and well resolved, having an average major axis of
22.7 mas and a north-south position angle. It should be noted though that both
northern and southern masers were unresolved in these observations, and so circular
morphology would be expected; in the higher resolution observations of Masheder et
al. they were also unresolved, with a maximum size of 1.2 mas. The extended nature
of the western masers suggests that they may be more diffuse than the others, which
would explain why the flux measured by MERLIN is so much higher. It is likely that
the 1720 MHz masers consist of a bright core containing ~50% of the flux in <1.5
mas, and an extended halo (>10 mas) containing the remaining 50% of flux.
6.3.4 Maser Lineshapes
Figure 6.3-5 shows all the lineshapes that were successfully fit with Gaussians from
the 1720 MHz data. One of the lineshapes that failed fitting is shown at the bottom of
figure 6.3-5: feature 5. Of the three maser lineshapes not shown, all failed fitting
because they had less than four channels in them; these lineshapes also have fluxes
less than 120 mJy. The shoulder on the emission is one of the underlying unresolved
spots as described in chapter 6.3.2. The combination of systematic movement of the
Gaussian-fit centre of emission of a maser with ‘shoulders’ is indicative of unresolved
pairs or multiples of masers. 1720 MHz masers are in general well approximated by
Gaussian lineshapes; no evidence was found for any true deviations from the
Gaussian.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
181
Lineshape for 1720 feature 5
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
-45.4 -45.2 -45.0 -44.8 -44.6 -44.4 -44.2 -44.0 -43.8
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
Figure 6.2-5: Lineshapes of 1720 MHz masers. Observed flux errors are negligible at these scales.
Clockwise from top left: Features 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 21. Feature 5 is at the bottom.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
182
6.3.5 Polarization
This is the first VLBI dataset of 1720 MHz in W3(OH) that contains all polarization
data. From table 6.3-1 it is clear that all of the masers are highly circularly polarised,
no maser has less than 90% total or circular polarization. For the brightest masers, the
circular polarization is very close to 100%, with negligible linear and unpolarised
emission. Only the western masers, which are both very weak and therefore subject to
larger polarization errors (see chapter 4.4.1) have any significant linear polarization.
This means that the 1720 MHz masers show the least deviation from total circular
polarization of any line in the ground state.
6.3.6 Magnetic Field and Velocity Structure
From table 6.3-1, 5 Zeeman pairs can be recognised – representing 100% of the
masers detected. From the single-dish spectra, it was clear that the 1720 MHz
emission exhibits a relatively clear Zeeman pattern, and this is reflected in the above
percentage. The Zeeman pairs are shown in table 6.3-2. Magnetic field
measurements are in good agreement with Gray et al. (2001).
The median ratio of the fluxes of the Zeeman pairs is 1.4:1, and the mean is
1.8:1. This represents the most even Zeeman pairs of the ground-state lines – the
conditions in which 1720 MHz masers form are clearly also favourable for near
perfect Zeeman patterns. Zeeman pair 3, consisting of features 2 and 4, is the most
perfect Zeeman pair detected in the whole dataset – the peaks are within 1% of each
other in peak flux. Its Stokes lineshape is shown in figure 6.3-6
As with 1612 MHz, there are potentially a number of possibilities for the
magnetic field strength to produce a certain splitting since three separate Zeeman pair
Peak Flux RA DEC Magnetic Magnetic Demagnetised Demagnetised Pair Location
Density Offset Offset Field Field error Velocity Velocity error Quality
(Jy/Beam) (mas) (mas) (mG) ± (mG) (km/s) ± (km/s)
7.13 -2.4 27.5 7.47 0.51 -45.17 0.03 a North
5.08 25.8 50.6 6.80 0.41 -43.10 0.02 a North
2.26 -147.0 -1122.1 5.70 0.46 -43.44 0.03 a South
0.40 -156.0 -1113.7 6.02 0.51 -43.72 0.03 b South
0.12 -853.0 -600.2 4.51 0.51 -44.91 0.03 b East
Table 6.3-2: 1720 MHz Zeeman pairs (assuming smallest magnetic splitting). Information for peak
flux, RA and DEC are from the peak channel in the brighter of the two Zeeman components.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
183
separations can theoretically result (see table 2.2). This is never seen in 1720 MHz –
only one pair of lines is ever observed. Therefore, as with 1612 MHz, the question is
which line is being observed. The field values in table 6.3-2 assume that the observed
emission is from the strongest Zeeman lines – the other possibilities would produce
field strengths of one-third and one-fifth of the magnitude. Even the highest field
strength would have a magnitude of just 2.49 mG from the next Zeeman splitting up –
a field that is considerably lower than any than any other masers except the single
exceptional 1667 MHz maser. It is therefore most likely that, as with 1612 MHz, all
the masers observed are of the intrinsically strongest (splitting 1/4) Zeeman lines.
Using this the range of the magnetic field strengths is ~4.5 to ~7.5 mG, which is in
good agreement with the masers at the other ground-state frequencies, and with Lo et
al. (1975) who measured a field of 6 mG at 1720 MHz.
Figure 6.3-7 shows the distribution of magnetic field strengths and
demagnetised velocities with RA and DEC. The demagnetised velocities of the
southern and western groups suggest that they could be part of the bulk rotational
motion mapped out in 1665 MHz and 1667 MHz. The northern masers though,
despite having similar field strengths and being so close to each other are widely
separated in velocity. The northern masers may be in the same environment as the
1665 MHz group c masers. This will be discussed further in chapter 6.4.3
Figure 6.3-6: Zeeman pair 3 – the most perfect Zeeman pair in W3(OH).
Stokes Parameters for 1720 Zeeman Pair 3
-2.5
-2.0
-1.5
-1.0
-0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
-44.2 -44.0 -43.8 -43.6 -43.4 -43.2 -43.0 -42.8 -42.6
Velocity / (km/s)
Flu
x D
ensi
ty /
(Jy
/bea
m)
I
QU
V
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
184
6.3.7 Proper Motion
In the same way as for 1665 MHz, it was possible to measure the motion of the 1720
MHz masers relative to a ‘reference’ maser from earlier VLBI observations. Since
only two masers could be identified from the observations of Masheder et al. (1994),
only the motion of one maser relative to the other would be measured. The result is
shown in figure 6.3-8.
The results are dramatic – the southern maser has moved east by 12 mas in 6.8
years, corresponding to a velocity of ~18 km s–1. This velocity is much higher than
any measured in 1665 MHz, and is 3 times the magnitude of the measured expansion
rate of the UCH II region. This means that the maser could be in fast moving material,
perhaps an outflow associated with a star in the south of the region, as proposed in
chapter 5.8. Possible sources of error in the measurement come from the slight
ambiguity in the true location of the northern maser, which was unresolved in the
most recent observation, as shown in figure 6.3-4. However, the position of the
northern maser in the recent observation is very unlikely to be more than 1.5 mas in
Field Strength vs DEC
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
-1200-1000-800-600-400-2000200
DEC Offset / mas
Fie
ld S
tren
gth
/ m
G
Field Strength vs RA
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
-900-800-700-600-500-400-300-200-1000100
RA Offset / mas
Fie
ld S
tren
gth
/ m
G
Demagnetised Velocity vs DEC
-45.5
-45.0
-44.5
-44.0
-43.5
-43.0
-42.5
-1200-1000-800-600-400-2000200
DEC Offset / mas
Dem
agne
tised
Vel
ocity
/ (
km/s
)
Demagnetised Velocity vs RA
-45.5
-45.0
-44.5
-44.0
-43.5
-43.0
-42.5
-900-800-700-600-500-400-300-200-1000100
RA Offset / mas
Dem
agne
tised
Vel
ocity
/ (
km/s
)
Figure 6.3-7: Variation in magnetic field strength and demagnetised velocity with RA and DEC at
1720 MHz. The points are plotted as error bars; errors were calculated as per chapter 4.5.4
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
185
error in RA, and this has little effect on the magnitude of the velocity. It must be
remembered, as for 1665 MHz that the motion of the reference feature is unknown
and must be added onto both masers to find the true proper motion. If the northern
maser was in the same body of gas as 1665 MHz maser group c – which is proposed
to be moving east – then an additional eastward motion would be added to the
southern maser, probably taking its eastward velocity to over 20 km s–1. This velocity
is typical of an outflow and could indicate outflows in this area, possibly from a
southern star.
6.3.8 Statistical Relationships
Even with the small number of masers at 1720 MHz, a relationship is apparent linking
the size (or area) of the masers with the magnetic field. This is shown in figure 6.3-9.
This is an effect of magnetic beaming.
The mean FWHM of the 1720 MHz masers which were fit with a Gaussian is
~299 m s–1, which is in fair agreement with the figure of ~280 for 1665 MHz. It
should be noted that the FWHM of the most intense maser (feature 12) is 509 m s–1,
which is one of the highest FWHM of any maser fit in the ground state. This is
possibly because of the unresolved multiple nature of this maser, as shown in chapter
6.3.2. Without this maser the mean FWHM is ~257 m s–1.
Figure 6.3-8: Relative proper motion of the southern maser to the northern maser at 1720 MHz.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
186
6.3.9 Two-Point Correlation
The small number of masers at 1720 MHz makes for a poor graph of the two-point
correlation (see figure 6.3-10). The plot still shows the small scale clustering of the
masers. The clustering scale of <150 mas perhaps indicates that 1720 MHz maser
clusters are smaller than at the other ground frequencies; but the very small sample
means that this is only a weak proposition.
The largest scale structure at 1720 MHz is at around 1000 mas, and this is the
lowest value of maximum extent of all the ground state frequencies.
6.4 Comparisons between the Ground State Lines
6.4.1 Co-Propagating Masers
The complete mapping with phase referencing of the 4 ground state lines in W3(OH)
allows for the first time searches for co-propagating masers from different lines at
VLBI resolutions. As explained in chapter 4.3.6, the observation allows for the
alignment of images at different ground state frequencies with an accuracy of ~1 mas.
This is shown in figure 6.4-1.
From figure 6.4-1, it is apparent that many of the masers at 1612, 1667 and
1720 MHz lie near or amongst 1665 MHz masers. Only two 1612 MHz, three 1667
MHz masers and no 1720 MHz masers lie 100 mas or more from a 1665 MHz maser.
Maser size vs Field Strength
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
area / mas^2
Fie
ld S
tren
gth
/ mG
Figure 6.3-9: 1720 MHz maser area versus magnetic field strength.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
187
No other masers lie more than 200 mas from a 1665 MHz maser. This information
will be of importance in observations at lower resolutions looking for coincident
masers at other frequencies or other sources. Immediately striking is the number of
close coincident masers of 1665 and 1667 MHz in the southwest at the location of the
arc feature, which will be examined in detail. Also notable is the lack of masers from
any frequency other than 1665 MHz in the northwest and far northeast of W3(OH)
(1665 MHz maser groups a and b).
The much larger number of 1665 MHz masers means that even in unrelated
random distributions we would expect to see the most spatial coincidences between
Figure 6.3-10 a) and b): a) Top, the 1720 MHz masers and a random selection of points in the
same space. b) Bottom, the two-point correlation of the 1720 MHz masers.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
188
All Maser Spots
-2300
-2100
-1900
-1700
-1500
-1300
-1100
-900
-700
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
-1500-1300-1100-900-700-500-300-100100300500700900
RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
1612 MHz
1665 MHz
1667 MHz
1720 MHz
3
7
9
8
5 6
4
10
1
2
Figure 6.4-1: The ground state masers in W3(OH). Regions of distinct velocity profile are bounded
by the thin lines. Dashed lines indicate strings of masers that may outline shocks.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
189
1665 MHz masers and those of other frequencies, and this is indeed seen. The
criterion for masers to be considered coincident is important here. Given the accuracy
of alignment of the maps, and the criterion applied when considering coincident
masers for Zeeman pair candidature (12 mas), it was decided that the same criterion
would be applied to the different frequencies, with separations of 0 to 6 mas having
the highest confidence. In addition, coincident masers with separations 12 to 24 mas
would be examined with caution. Maser coincidences and an assessment of the
likelihood of co-propagation are shown in table 6.4-1. The masers were checked for
agreement within error of their demagnetised velocity and magnetic field strengths.
Where there was only one maser at one frequency and a Zeeman pair at the other
frequency, the velocity of the maser was used under the assumption that its
demagnetised velocity was equal to that of the Zeeman pair at the other frequency.
From this, the magnetic field that would be required to give the correct Zeeman
splitting was calculated, and compared to that of the Zeeman pair. Where there was
only one maser at either frequency, a magnetic field can always be found which will
give the required separation – the test then becomes whether this magnetic field is in
agreement with other Zeeman pairs in the area. Clearly, this test is less rigorous than
direct comparison of demagnetised velocities and field strengths. The overlaps are
categorised into classes A, B, C and D, where: A is probable co-propagation, B is
possible association, C is indeterminate, and D is probably not co-propagation.
There are no 3-frequency or 4-frequency overlaps, not even up to 25 mas
separation (~50 AU). All overlaps are with one ground state frequency and 1665
MHz. This will be a useful constraint to future modelling of SFR masers.
There are no likely instances of co-propagation between 1720 MHz and 1665
MHz above the detection threshold of 75 mJy, so previous map alignments of strong
sources at these frequencies by authors are thus invalid. However, all 1720 MHz
emission comes from regions of significant and numerous 1665 MHz maser activity,
and it is likely that the activity at both frequencies has a common cause.
There is just one class A overlap between 1612 MHz and 1665 MHz, labelled
3 on figure 6.4-1. The calculated field is ~0.5 mG out, but this is within the error of
the field at 1612 MHz. Also of interest are the class B overlaps labelled 1, 2 and 4.
From figure 6.4.1 it can be seen that 1612 MHz masers lie ~20 mas from lines or
‘chains’ of 1665 MHz masers of the same demagnetised velocity and magnetic field
19
0
Tab
le 6
.4-1
: M
aser
ove
rlap
s am
ong
the
grou
nd s
tate
lin
es.
Ove
rlap
s be
twee
n fr
eque
ncie
s ar
e cl
asse
d A
to
D o
n ag
reem
ent
in d
emag
neti
sed
velo
city
and
mag
neti
c fi
eld
stre
ngth
bet
wee
n th
e fr
eque
ncie
s. N
ote
the
feat
ure
num
bers
ref
er to
eac
h in
divi
dual
fre
quen
cy, s
o it
is p
ossi
ble
to h
ave
the
sam
e fe
atur
e nu
mbe
r in
dif
fere
nt f
requ
enci
es.
Tra
nsiti
on
Fea
ture
Int
egra
ted
Pea
k F
lux
RA
D
EC
V
LSR
C
ircul
ar
Zee
man
M
agne
tic
Mag
netic
D
emag
netis
edD
emag
netis
edO
verla
p C
alcu
late
dO
verla
p
Fre
quen
cy
num
ber
Fea
ture
D
ensi
ty
Offs
et
Offs
et
d
irect
ion
P
air
Fie
ld
Fie
ld e
rror
V
eloc
ity
Vel
ocity
err
or S
epar
atio
nfie
ld
Cla
ss
(MH
z)
F
lux
(Jy
) (J
y/B
eam
) (m
as)
(mas
) (k
m/s
)
Num
ber
(mG
) ±(
mG
) (k
m/s
) ±(
km/s
) (m
as)
(mG
)
1612
25
11
.54
3.53
-5
0.3
-214
.2
-43.
46
L 1
7.82
0.
39
-42.
97
0.02
1612
4
42.1
2 11
.34
-50.
3 -2
14.2
-4
2.55
R
1
7.82
0.
39
-42.
97
0.02
21
.0
B
1665
4
7.88
1.
78
-48.
9 -1
93.2
-4
0.69
R
22
7.
58
0.09
-4
2.93
0.
03
1665
11
1 12
1.56
27
.03
-48.
6 -1
93.1
-4
5.18
L
22
7.58
0.
09
-42.
93
0.03
1612
21
2.
66
0.98
-3
8.7
-213
.5
-42.
73
R
2 7.
63
0.51
-4
3.19
0.
03
1612
28
2.
91
0.99
-3
8.7
-213
.4
-43.
64
L 2
7.63
0.
51
-43.
19
0.03
21
.0
B
1665
61
8 0.
73
0.33
-3
8.2
-192
.4
-45.
44
L -
- -
- -
7.
61
1612
30
0.
42
0.19
9.
7 -1
13.7
-4
1.73
R
6
11.0
6 0.
53
-42.
39
0.03
1612
24
2.
60
0.78
9.
3 -1
13.2
-4
3.00
L
6 11
.06
0.53
-4
2.39
0.
03
4.6
A
1665
37
0 7.
70
2.09
8.
2 -1
08.8
-4
5.53
L
- -
- -
-
10.6
5
1612
26
2.
02
0.36
17
5.0
-181
8.0
-43.
18
L 4
8.71
0.
54
-42.
67
0.03
1612
3
13.8
7 1.
97
172.
6 -1
817.
7 -4
2.09
R
4
8.71
0.
54
-42.
67
0.03
21
.9
D
1665
66
1.
23
0.30
17
4.2
-179
5.9
-43.
77
L -
- -
- -
3.
74
1612
23
5.
28
0.51
18
4.0
-181
7.2
-43.
09
L 5
4.81
0.
54
-42.
84
0.03
1612
5
8.67
1.
15
195.
6 -1
816.
4 -4
2.64
R
5
4.81
0.
54
-42.
84
0.03
22
.6
B
1665
26
2.
27
0.73
19
8.1
-179
3.9
-41.
57
R
52
4.78
0.
09
-43.
00
0.03
1665
75
20
.35
4.66
19
8.5
-179
3.5
-44.
38
L 52
4.
78
0.09
-4
3.00
0.
03
1665
15
6 1.
09
0.25
-6
90.5
-1
872.
4 -4
4.82
L
54
6.29
0.
10
-42.
98
0.03
1665
9
64.0
6 10
.08
-691
.3
-187
2.7
-41.
13
R
54
6.29
0.
10
-42.
98
0.03
10
.2
C
1667
6
9.23
1.
98
-694
.5
-188
2.4
-42.
28
R
3 6.
58
0.17
-4
3.42
0.
03
1667
25
6.
50
1.18
-6
95.1
-1
882.
6 -4
4.65
L
3 6.
58
0.17
-4
3.42
0.
03
19
1
1665
37
4 49
.62
10.9
4 -5
91.4
-1
916.
9 -4
5.53
L
55
6.69
0.
08
-43.
52
0.02
1665
18
32
.83
7.12
-5
91.6
-1
916.
9 -4
1.57
R
55
6.
69
0.08
-4
3.52
0.
02
1667
39
13
.14
3.69
-5
92.8
-1
917.
7 -4
4.82
L
12
6.57
0.
14
-43.
63
0.02
1.
2
A
1667
8
5.93
1.
37
-594
.0
-191
7.7
-42.
45
R
12
6.57
0.
14
-43.
63
0.02
1665
62
8 0.
67
0.29
-6
21.9
-1
917.
9 -4
5.44
L
56
6.87
0.
11
-43.
41
0.03
1665
20
1.
87
0.49
-6
22.0
-1
918.
0 -4
1.40
R
56
6.
87
0.11
-4
3.41
0.
03
1.0
A
1667
26
3.
71
0.74
-6
22.4
-1
918.
9 -4
4.65
L
10
6.77
0.
16
-43.
43
0.03
1667
4
1.77
0.
34
-623
.4
-191
9.4
-42.
28
R
10
6.77
0.
16
-43.
43
0.03
1665
21
0.
91
0.28
-6
54.8
-1
903.
9 -4
1.31
R
-
- -
- -
2.5
7.60
C
1667
2
4.59
1.
55
-656
.8
-190
2.4
-42.
10
R
5 6.
59
0.17
-4
3.25
0.
03
1667
24
3.
99
1.35
-6
56.8
-1
902.
5 -4
4.39
L
5 6.
59
0.17
-4
3.25
0.
03
1665
63
1 1.
57
0.29
-5
26.5
-1
919.
0 -4
1.22
R
57
6.
90
0.11
-4
3.30
0.
03
1665
36
9 2.
56
0.56
-5
25.0
-1
916.
3 -4
5.35
L
57
6.90
0.
11
-43.
30
0.03
5.
5 5.
74
C
1667
51
0.
99
0.33
-5
22.1
-1
911.
6 -4
2.28
R
-
- -
- -
1665
61
1 3.
42
1.16
-6
01.5
-1
915.
0 -4
5.53
L
- -
- -
- 2.
4 6.
30
A
1667
32
11
.55
2.02
-6
03.9
-1
914.
9 -4
4.82
L
11
6.36
0.
17
-43.
67
0.03
1667
54
1.
35
0.38
-6
04.3
-1
914.
9 -4
2.54
R
11
6.
36
0.17
-4
3.67
0.
03
1665
61
3 0.
59
0.22
-7
30.7
-1
887.
2 -4
4.56
L
- -
- -
- 7.
4 7.
44
B
1667
12
0.
75
0.16
-7
35.3
-1
893.
0 -4
3.68
L
- -
- -
-
1665
94
14
.67
2.58
-4
18.3
-1
815.
5 -4
4.47
L
- -
- -
- 9.
4 ~0
D
1667
15
2.
15
0.59
-4
25.1
-1
809.
0 -4
4.03
R
-
- -
- -
1665
10
4 2.
65
0.78
-3
78.4
-1
861.
6 -4
4.74
L
- -
- -
- 19
.9
4.46
B
1667
13
87
.32
9.29
-3
86.7
-1
879.
7 -4
4.21
L
- -
- -
-
1665
19
8 1.
46
0.74
-5
6.0
-142
6.5
-44.
91
L -
- -
- -
7.9
B
1667
56
0.
48
0.09
-6
0.9
-142
0.4
-44.
30
L 13
4.
22
0.18
-4
3.55
0.
03
4.
61
1667
9
1.23
0.
26
-58.
6 -1
418.
1 -4
2.81
R
13
4.
22
0.18
-4
3.55
0.
03
19
2
1665
60
7 3.
06
0.71
-8
61.3
-6
42.1
-4
6.05
L
30
3.19
0.
09
-45.
11
0.03
1665
60
4 71
.20
6.40
-8
59.1
-6
52.2
-4
4.21
R
30
3.
19
0.09
-4
5.11
0.
03
3.4
C
1667
33
1.
54
0.18
-8
62.5
-6
51.7
-4
5.53
L
1 2.
43
0.18
-4
5.10
0.
03
1667
30
3.
29
0.41
-8
63.8
-6
52.5
-4
4.65
R
1
2.43
0.
18
-45.
10
0.03
1665
60
6 2.
95
0.60
-8
38.0
-6
70.1
-4
3.95
R
-
- -
- -
22.7
5.
93
D
1667
41
1.
25
0.37
-8
60.6
-6
67.5
-4
4.65
R
-
- -
- -
1665
24
3.
02
0.91
26
.8
47.6
-4
1.48
R
-
- -
- -
2.9
5.48
C
1720
21
10
.49
2.76
25
.7
50.3
-4
3.47
L
2 6.
57
0.41
-4
3.10
0.
02
1720
1
19.7
3 5.
08
25.8
50
.6
-42.
70
R
2 6.
57
0.41
-4
3.10
0.
02
1665
38
6 1.
47
0.34
-1
64.5
-1
128.
5 -4
5.79
L
34
4.89
0.
11
-44.
33
0.03
1665
50
12
.93
2.46
-1
62.7
-1
126.
0 -4
2.89
R
34
4.
89
0.11
-4
4.33
0.
03
1720
3
2.17
0.
40
-156
.0
-111
3.7
-43.
38
R
5 5.
82
0.51
-4
3.72
0.
03
14.0
D
1720
22
0.
31
0.11
-1
56.6
-1
112.
3 -4
4.06
L
5 6.
02
0.53
-4
3.72
0.
03
1720
4
11.4
7 2.
24
-147
.0
-112
2.2
-43.
72
L 3
5.51
0.
46
-43.
44
0.03
16
.2
D
1720
2
11.0
1 2.
26
-147
.0
-112
2.1
-43.
13
R
3 5.
70
0.47
-4
3.44
0.
03
1665
49
7 4.
80
0.87
-4
.6
20.9
-4
8.52
L
9 7.
37
0.11
-4
6.29
0.
03
1665
64
88
.59
15.5
4 -4
.5
21.0
-4
4.03
R
9
7.37
0.
11
-46.
29
0.03
6.
9
D
1720
12
60
.67
7.13
-2
.4
27.5
-4
5.60
L
1 7.
21
0.51
-4
5.17
0.
03
1720
5
54.5
7 5.
08
-2.4
27
.7
-44.
74
R
1 7.
21
0.51
-4
5.17
0.
03
1665
72
0.
93
0.15
-8
58.6
-5
82.0
-4
3.86
R
-
- -
- -
19.6
3.
58
D
1665
38
1 13
.98
2.74
-8
50.6
-6
16.8
-4
5.70
L
28
3.14
0.
10
-44.
80
0.03
1665
65
11
.05
2.05
-8
50.5
-6
19.5
-4
3.86
R
28
3.
14
0.10
-4
4.80
0.
03
18.8
D
1720
23
0.
73
0.12
-8
53.3
-6
00.9
-4
4.66
R
4
4.36
0.
51
-44.
91
0.03
1720
11
1.
01
0.12
-8
53.0
-6
00.2
-4
5.17
L
4 4.
36
0.51
-4
4.91
0.
03
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
193
strength. The 1612 MHz masers could be in the same body of gas as the 1665 MHz
masers, but separated by ~40 AU. If the chains of 1665 MHz masers delineate shocks
in the gas (see chapter 5.3), then the 1612 MHz masers are likely physically just
before or just after the 1665 MHz in the shocks. In the north, in 1665 MHz maser
region c, the direction of any shock is unclear, but in the south, in maser group f
(overlap 4), any shock would most likely be propagating to the south. In this case, the
1612 MHz masers lie physically ahead of the 1665 MHz masers in the shock; at an
earlier stage in the shocking process. Applying this to the northern overlaps this
suggests that the shocks are also propagating south from the centre of maser group c.
The remaining six class A and B overlaps are all between 1665 MHz and 1667
MHz. Statistically the most overlaps might be expected between these two
frequencies since they are the most numerous maser sources. The two class B
overlaps 8 and 9 are classed as such because each consists of a single Zeeman
component from each frequency. This means that a single velocity and magnetic field
can always be calculated for the two masers. The overlaps may actually be class A,
but there is not enough evidence to support this. There is however no evidence
against them being co-propagating masers. Overlap 10 has a calculated magnetic field
value outside the error range, and is therefore classed as B. From figure 6.4-1, it is
clear that the arc feature in the south of W3(OH) is the source of several good
overlaps. Figure 6.4-2 shows contour maps of the arc feature in both 1667 MHz and
1665 MHz, where it is also visible.
While all the 1665 MHz and 1667 MHz masers in the arc feature have
magnetic field and velocity values that are close in range – and are hence almost
certainly in the body of gas – only those in the centre of the arc (between RA offsets
of –580 and –630) have the same magnetic field and velocity values and can therefore
be justified as co-propagating. The excellent positional agreement between the co-
propagating masers, and indeed the positional agreement in each Zeeman pair, is
testimony to the high accuracy of alignment between the maser maps. There are also
three class C overlaps in the arc features, and it is possible that the difficult nature of
the Gaussian fitting in this complex area has resulted in the ‘loss’ of some co-
propagating masers. From figure 6.4-2 it appears that there could be co-propagation
at ~–690 mas where a strong 1665 MHz maser has swamped weaker maser emission a
few mas to the west.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
194
The fluxes of all class A and B overlaps are shown in table 6.4-2. Also shown
for the Class A overlap with 1612 MHz and all the overlaps for 1665 MHz is an
overall ratio of emission at each frequency, calculated by totalling the Stokes I
emission in the case of Zeeman pairs. Emission ratios such as this are extremely
useful for modelling of masers, and will provide constraints for the modelling of
masers in SFRs. In three of the four class A overlaps, the same hand of polarization is
strongest at each frequency. Having the same hand strongest would be expected
because both frequencies are experiencing the same velocity overlap – so we would
expect all of the masers to exhibit this. One possible reason why one overlap doesn’t
is that it isn’t a true overlap, but rather one which by coincidence occupies the same
projected location, magnetic field strength and velocity, but not the same physical
position – an unlikely combination, but still possible. In this case the two coincident
masers could be experiencing velocity shifts in different directions.
The total flux from all of the overlapping 1667 MHz masers is 127 Jy, while
the total flux from the 1665 MHz masers they overlap with is 93 Jy. This slightly
higher value for 1667 MHz is in stark contrast with the values for the W3(OH) area as
a whole, where the total flux from 1665 MHz is about 15 times larger. This indicates
Figure 6.4-2: The southern arc feature in both 1665 MHz and 1667 MHz emission. The contours
here indicate maximum channel intensity, not integrated intensity. Contours are at 100 mJy/beam.
Mill
iAR
C S
EC
MilliARC SEC-500 -550 -600 -650 -700 -750
-1840
-1860
-1880
-1900
-1920
-1940
-1960
Mill
iAR
C S
EC
MilliARC SEC-500 -550 -600 -650 -700 -750
-1840
-1860
-1880
-1900
-1920
-1940
-1960
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
195
that there is no justification in taking the ratios of emission at different frequencies
from any large-scale region to be indicative of the true ratios resulting from co-
propagation. This may be of relevance to megamasers, where there is usually a ~3:1
excess of 1667 MHz emission, but this may not represent the true co-propagation
ratios if megamasers are actually unresolved smaller masers. Conversely, if
megamasers are truly co-propagating, then this result has another significance in that
it too shows an excess of 1667 MHz emission. In the light of these results concerning
the strength of masers co-propagating at 1665 and 1667 MHz, future observers
looking for co-propagation should consider looking to 1667 MHz dominant maser
regions as a priority. The conditions in the arc may therefore be related to the grand-
scale conditions which drive megamasers; quite possibly the passage of shocks of the
same nature as the arc. It is also worth noting at this point that the work of Thissen et
al. (1999) predicts 1667 MHz dominant masing to arise from photodissociation of
OH. Criticisms of their chemical-pump model have centred on the lack of a
replenishable source of OH, since each molecule can mase only once after
Ratio Overlap Polarisation Overlap Polarisation Ratio
1 (B) Left (Jy) Right (Jy) 5 (A) Left (Jy) Right (Jy)
1612 3.529 11.339 1665 10.939 7.122 3.6
1665 27.027 1.779 1667 3.694 1.37 1
2 (B) Left Right 6 (A) Left Right
1612 0.987 0.98 1665 0.286 0.487 1
1665 0.333 <0.075 1667 0.744 0.344 1.4
3 (A) Left Right 7 (A) Left Right
1 1612 0.775 0.189 1665 1.158 <0.075 1
2.2 1665 2.094 <0.075 1667 2.017 0.375 2.1
4 (B) Left Right 8 (B) Left Right
1612 0.509 1.146 1665 0.219 <0.075 1.3
1665 4.656 0.734 1667 0.164 <0.075 1
9 (B) Left Right
1665 0.784 <0.075 1
1667 9.294 <0.075 11.9
10 (B) Left Right
1665 0.736 <0.075 2.1
1667 0.093 0.26 1
Table 6.4-2: The fluxes of all class A and B overlaps. Flux ratios are in the outer columns.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
196
dissociation. If the arc is indicative of a shock, then this is just the environment where
locally produced UV radiation could produce large amounts of freshly dissociated
OH, and result in a transient burst of masing. As such, the arc may represent an
environment where the dominant maser pump is chemical.
What is surprising is the very small number of co-propagation cases that arise.
Using just the class A overlap for 1612 MHz and the A and B overlaps for 1667 MHz
shows co-propagation accounts for just 7% of 1612 MHz masers, 3% of 1665 MHz
masers, 15% of 1667 MHz masers and ~0% of 1720 MHz masers. This may be an
indication of the effectiveness of competitive gain in maser clouds.
6.4.2 Polarization
All of the ground state lines show the occurrence of Zeeman pairs. The occurrence
rates of Zeeman pairs should constrain the development of theories that explain why
Zeeman components are often suppressed. A comparison of the Zeeman properties of
the four lines are shown in table 6.4-3.
1665 MHz has the largest sample size and the largest deviation from equality
in the number of masers of each hand of polarization. This makes a significance test
valid. If LCP masers are assumed equally likely as RCP masers then the significance
of this deviation (continuity corrected) is 2.24 sigma. The ‘two-tailed’ probability
associated with values as or more extreme than this in the normal distribution is just
over 0.02. This deficit of RCP is unlikely therefore to be random, and is probably
rooted in the conditions of the masing: the most likely candidate is the velocity shift
present, and therefore this surplus of one hand could indicate a prevailing velocity
shift over the region.
Frequency
(MHz)
Number
of
Masers
Integrated
Flux
(Jy)
Zeeman
Pair
(%)
Median
Zeeman
Ratio
Mean
Zeeman
Ratio
RCP
(%)
LCP
(%)
1612 15 107 80 3.7 3.5 53 47
1665 211 4250 55 4.4 6.9* 42 58
1667 40 276 68 1.7 2.1 46 54
1720 10 172 100 1.4 1.8 50 50
Table 6.4-3: Polarisation and Zeeman pair properties of the ground state OH maser lines. The
‘Zeeman ratio’ is the ratio of the intensity of the stronger peak to the weaker peak. The asterisked
value has had 2 outliers dropped from the sample (see chapter 5.6).
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
197
Figure 6.4-3 shows the variation of ‘Zeeman probability’ (percentage of
masers in a Zeeman pair) at each frequency, with the Zeeman component separation at
that frequency. The component separation is determined by the Landé factor for the
transition (see chapter 2.2). As suggested in chapter 5.6, this appears to have major
implications for theories that explain how Zeeman pairs are destroyed, such as that of
Nedoluha and Watson (1990b). Nedoluha and Watson suggested that single Zeeman
components would tend to be formed in areas of low magnetic field, but Figure 6.4-3
suggests the opposite. A note of caution here: it is not possible to calculate the
magnetic field of single Zeeman components, so it is not possible to know whether
these singlets sample a particular range of magnetic fields. Therefore there is no way
of knowing whether masers at e.g. 1667 MHz would show the same Zeeman
probability as those at 1665 MHz if they were in a magnetic field that was on average
66% stronger (which would give both frequencies the same average Zeeman splitting).
Clearly, this raises difficult questions of the theory of Nedoluha and Watson, and may
require that the earlier theory of Cook (1966) be reinvestigated. Cook noted that a
mechanism that introduces some asymmetry into the two σ-transitions (and thereby
favours one component over the other) could be obtained by appropriately matching
the gradients of the magnetic field and velocity within the masing region. This does
not appear to be contradicted by figure 6.4-3.
The Zeeman ratio also follows the general trend that the ratio is higher for
larger Landé factors, but not with such clarity as shown in figure 6.4-3. It is likely
that the small sample size of 1612 MHz and 1720 MHz masers affects this. The
Zeeman ratio is likely to be an indicator of the effectiveness of Zeeman overlap in the
Figure 6.4-3: Variation of Zeeman probability with Zeeman component separation at the four
ground-state frequencies
Zeeman Probability vs Component Separation
0
10
20
30
40
5060
70
80
90
100
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Component Separation / (km/s/mG)
Zeem
an P
roba
bilit
y /
%
1720
16651667
1612
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
198
same way as the Zeeman probability. It is certain that larger Zeeman component
separation leads to fewer Zeeman pairs. This is unfortunate because 1665 MHz is the
most common maser and has the largest component separation, and so gives relatively
the least magnetic field information. Observations at 6 GHz and 13 GHz can give
much more favourable results where magnetic field strengths or demagnetised
velocities are concerned.
6.4.3 Velocity Structure and Magnetic Field
The demagnetised velocity and magnetic field strengths of all the ground state lines
are shown in figure 6.4-4. All of the Zeeman pairs lie in the velocity range covered by
1665 MHz masers. All of the northern 1612 MHz masers appear to be in the same
body of gas as 1665 MHz maser group c (group c is highlighted by its large range of
velocities and high magnetic field strengths); as do at least one and possibly both of
the northern 1720 MHz masers. The rest of the 1612 MHz, 1720 MHz and all of the
1667 MHz masers lie within the velocity gradient delineated by the 1665 MHz
masers, and therefore they probably share the motion of this gas – argued in chapter
5.7 to be rotational motion with a possible expansion component. This picture is
supported by the magnetic field values also. In both 1667 MHz and 1720 MHz there
are low field strengths in the area of 1665 maser group d. In the south, two of the
1612 MHz masers have field strengths slightly above those of their 1665 MHz
neighbours.
Figure 6.4-5 shows the raw velocity data for all four lines, in order to examine
the velocity of those masers not in Zeeman pairs. Most notable are the small group of
masers that are very blue-shifted at the south of the map, between offsets of –1500 and
–2000 mas. The masers in this group are in the extreme southeast and extreme south
of the map, except the leftmost of this group (arrowed in figure 6.4-5), which is nearer
the centre of the map and is not associated with the rest. The remaining 7 masers are
all therefore on the fringes of the W3(OH) region, and do not share the velocity profile
of either maser group c or the large scale rotation. In the 1665 MHz masers, there is
evidence that the field may have swapped direction in this outlying area and so be
pointing towards the observer (see chapter 5.5). This could indicate that these masers
lie just on the far side of W3(OH), since this far from the centre of the UCH II region
the gas between us and the masers might not be sufficiently ionised that it is optically
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
199
thick. In any case, these 7 masers lie in a third distinct body of gas in the W3(OH)
region.
6.4.4 Morphology
In general, the ground state lines do not show different morphology at the individual
maser level. 1612 MHz, 1665 MHz and 1667 MHz all show lines or arcs of emission.
1720 MHz emission may be limited in its features by the small sample size, although
1720 MHz masers may be significantly smaller than the other frequencies, as shown
by Masheder et al. (1994). In the west of W3(OH) region, 1665 MHz, 1667 MHz and
1720 MHz masers in the area of 1665 MHz maser group d all show elongated
resolved north-south geometry, shown in figure 6.4-6. This region is unique because it
is the only place where masers of three transitions lie close to each other. The 1665
Figure 6.4-4: Demagnetised velocities and magnetic field strengths at all four ground state OH
frequencies in W3(OH).
Demagnetised Velocity vs DEC
-50
-48
-46
-44
-42
-40
-38
-2500-2000-1500-1000-50005001000
DEC Offset / mas
Dem
ag.
Vel
. /
(km
/s)
1665
16121667
1720
Field Strength vs DEC
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
-2500-2000-1500-1000-50005001000
DEC Offset / mas
Fie
ld S
tren
gth
/ m
G
16651612
1667
1720
Velocity vs DEC
-50
-48
-46
-44
-42
-40
-38
-2500-2000-1500-1000-50005001000
DEC Offset / mas
Vel
ocity
/ (k
m/s
) 1665 RCP
1665 LCP
1612 RCP
1612 LCP
1667 RCP
1667 LCP
1720 RCP
1720 LCP
Figure 6.4-5: Velocities of all the masers in the ground state. The outlying blue-shifted group of
masers are separated by the dashed line.
Chapter 6: Kinematic Analysis of W3(OH) – 1667, 1612 and 1720 MHz
200
MHz, 1667 MHz and 1720 MHz masers lie within 50 mas (~100 AU) of each other,
and are almost certainly in the same body of gas (in the area of maser group c, 1612
MHz, 1665 MHz and 1720 MHz masers come to within 140 mas of each other).
Maser region d is typified by the lowest magnetic field strengths at all three
frequencies.
The extended nature of the masers in this region is a consequence of the lower
field strengths, and therefore the lessened effect of magnetic beaming. The north-
south geometry of the masers probably reflects real physical condensations in the gas.
Mill
iAR
C S
EC
MilliARC SEC-820 -830 -840 -850 -860 -870
-600
-620
-640
-660
-680
-700
-720
Mill
iAR
C S
EC
MilliARC SEC-820 -830 -840 -850 -860 -870
-600
-620
-640
-660
-680
-700
-720
Mill
iAR
C S
EC
MilliARC SEC-820 -830 -840 -850 -860 -870
-580
-600
-620
-640
-660
-680
-700
-720
Figure 6.4-6: The elongated north-south nature of masers at all three frequencies present in the east
of W3(OH). Contours are at 75 mJy/beam.
201
Chapter 7
Concluding Remarks
7.1 Data Acquisition
7.1.1 The Observation
This was an observational dataset of outstanding detail – vastly improving on previous
ground-state observations of W3(OH) in almost every way. The VLBA has shown
itself to be an enormously efficient ‘value for money’ telescope, which makes up in its
contribution to understanding that which it lacks in public prestige. W3(OH) is itself
one of the most – if not the most – intensively studied massive-star forming region,
and the depth of information presented here greatly expand the understanding of the
kinematics and conditions in the molecular gas on the near side of the UCH II region.
As an archetypal UCH II region, the results are of great relevance to the understanding
of all UCH II regions, especially in terms of gas dynamics and magnetic fields.
7.1.2 Data Reduction
Spectral line polarimetry observations are renowned amongst radio astronomers for
being the most difficult to reduce and calibrate. The reduction sequence in AIPS is
complex and there are possible pitfalls at every step. The help of experienced staff at
the NRAO in person, and at the end of an email was crucial to the end success of the
project. Since the data reduction at the beginning of this project a great deal of ‘user
friendly’ progress has been made at the NRAO by the construction of routines and
‘run-files’ in AIPS that automate standard parts of the reduction sequence.
Unfortunately, these arrived too late for the present work, but future similar projects
should benefit greatly from such tools. Potentially, the whole field of VLBI data
reduction could be revolutionised by the ever-imminent release of AIPS++ (now
Chapter 7: Concluding Remarks
202
available in beta form), which will finally bring AIPS into the world of modern
computing by introducing a graphical user interface and intuitive help and
configuration sections.
It is hoped that the extensive commenting and code additions made to HAPPY
will allow continued use and development into a general tool for the collation of
maser emission Gaussian fits into maser features. Likewise, although considerably
simpler and smaller than HAPPY, the IDL code for the fitting and plotting of maser
lineshapes and the code for the two-point correlation have been commented enough
and written in a generalised format so that they might find future use as tools or a
basis for further development.
7.2 Analysis
The data, at 1665 MHz in particular, has given up a wealth of information. The
positional distribution, velocity distribution and polarization information together
paint a dynamic picture of the molecular environment around an UCH II region. A
total of 276 masers were detected; 15 at 1612 MHz, 211 at 1665 MHz, 40 at 1667
MHz and 10 at 1720 MHz.
7.2.1 Comparisons with Previous Work
The lack of comparable resolution/sensitivity observations at any frequency other than
1665 MHz limited the comparisons possible. Generally, it is seen that OH ground
state masers are slightly variable over decade timescales, but maser clusters persist.
Masers were identified with previous observations at all frequencies, most especially
at 1665 MHz with the work of Bloemhof et al. (1992). New masers were discovered
at all frequencies, indicating the ongoing activity of the W3(OH) region.
7.2.2 Morphology
The maser emission was generally well fit by 2-dimensional elliptical Gaussians, only
rarely were there cases of significant resolved extended emission. The deconvolved
major axis of the masers tended for all four ground state lines to be lie in the range of
~3 to 10 mas (6 to 20 AU), and this therefore is the likely size of the standard ground-
state OH maser cloud. At 1665 MHz, there are several groups of masers lying in
‘strings’ or arcs, and these may trace the passage of shocks – postulated as a source of
Chapter 7: Concluding Remarks
203
the OH required for masing by distruction of H2O. The position angle of masers in
these lines is usually parallel with the arc, a feature that would be expected if the
masers are flattened and elongated in the plane perpendicular to the propagation of the
shock.
In the west of the map, in maser group d, at 1665 MHz, 1667 MHz and 1720
MHz, masers in close proximity all showed extended, resolved, north-south
elongations, which are likely to reflect the shape of condensations in that area.
Aligned condensations could be caused by the effects of magnetic fields preferentially
supporting the gas in some directions. Maser group c displayed a tendency for
extremely small and unresolved masers – an attribute caused by the high magnetic
fields in that area and has shown statistically the effect of magnetic beaming at higher
magnetic field strengths. A spectacular arc of emission in the far south of the map
was discovered co-propagating in both 1665 MHz and 1667 MHz. This arc was well
modelled by an expanding shock of circular geometry, indicating a source 350 AU to
the north.
A complete catalogue of all maser emission above 75 mJy/beam is in
Appendix A, in contour plot form, for future reference.
7.2.3 Lineshapes
Study of the maser lineshapes shows that deviations from Gaussian form are
extremely rare. Minor deviations in the line wings – presumed to be from
unsymmetrical rebroadening – are detected for a small proportion of the masers, but
major deviations exist for just two cases, representing ~1% of the masers. One of
these cases showed a true double peak and may be indicative of the only instance of
negligible velocity redistribution conditions in the gas, since this is required for such
‘hole burning’. Future modelling of maser lineshapes in SFRs will be constrained by
the need to produce Gaussian form in the vast majority of cases. Predictions of
peculiar multi-peaked and multi-shouldered lineshapes that have appeared in the
literature were not borne out by the observations. The FWHM of the lines generally
lay in the range of 200 to 400 m s–1, although caution is required interpreting the
lower end of the range because a minimum of 4 channels were required of a maser for
a fit attempt. A statistical relationship was detected between the FWHM of a maser
and the level of total polarization, whereby low levels of polarization were
Chapter 7: Concluding Remarks
204
accompanied by narrow linewidths. As yet, no maser theories predict this
relationship.
7.2.4 Polarization and Magnetic Field
From the general splitting of the LCP and RCP emission, it is clear that the magnetic
field generally points away from the observer. Only in the far southeast is there
evidence that the field may be reversed. The polarization of the masers shows a clear
trend: the further from the centre of the W3(OH) region the masers are, the more
linear polarization and unpolarised emission they exhibit and the less circular and total
polarization they contain. This is interpreted as indicating a general change in
orientation of the ambient magnetic field, such that moving north or south of the
centre results in the angle between the magnetic field axis and the line of sight
increases. This description might indicate that the magnetic field lines point towards
the central star. It is tempting to suggest that the field lines in the disc lie radially, but
given the differential rotation in a disc the lines would quickly wind up into a tight
spiral. What is more likely is that with the 10° inclination of the disc we are seeing
the field entering the disc from ‘above’ or ‘below’.
Interpreting coincident RCP and LCP maser components as Zeeman pairs not
only clarifies the otherwise messy velocity distribution of the masers, but also gives
valuable information about the magnetic field strengths. The magnetic field strength
is found to be fairly constant within each maser cluster, with typical values of ~5 to 7
mG. The exception was maser group c, which exhibits a wide range of magnetic field
strengths from 5 to 13 mG. Relatively low field strengths are found at 1665 MHz,
1667 MHz and 1720 MHz in maser group d in the west of the region. It is generally
assumed that the magnetic field is coupled to the gas in SFRs. In this case, models
predicting different densities for emission from different lines must explain why
magnetic fields are all so similar, since all the frequencies exhibit similar field
distributions. While the overall density cannot vary much because of magnetic field
implications, the OH density could still vary significantly.
A correlation was found between the magnetic field strength and total
polarization, where masers of high magnetic-field strength always displayed high total
polarization. This is probably because the higher gas density presumed to accompany
higher magnetic field strength enhances polarization. A correlation was also found at
all four frequencies between the magnetic field strength and the size of the masers.
Chapter 7: Concluding Remarks
205
This is an effect of ‘magnetic beaming’ – which could be enhanced by stronger fields.
Since stronger fields would also indicate higher densities, a maser cloud of smaller
size can become strong enough to be detected. An unexplained correlation was found
between the degree of polarization and FWHM of a maser, where masers with low
total polarizations tended to have narrow linewidths.
A relationship was discovered between the Landé Zeeman line splitting factor
and the likelihood that masers will be in a Zeeman pair, showing that larger Landé
factors made it easier to destroy Zeeman pairs. This has major implications for
theories that intend to explain the occurrence of uneven Zeeman pairs, and isolated
Zeeman components. The general excess of LCP masers at 1665 MHz was shown
unlikely to be a chance phenomenon, and so is probably indicative of a prevailing
condition in the maser clouds that can affect Zeeman pair formation. The most likely
candidate for this is velocity shifts in the masing gas.
7.2.5 Velocity Structure
Before ‘demagnetisation’ the velocity distribution of the masers appears chaotic.
After demagnetisation, a clear pattern emerges: maser group c that contained a large
spread of magnetic field strengths also contains a wide velocity dispersion and so
appears much more chaotic. The masers in the far southeast are shown not to be part
of this group, nor do they share the motion of the rest of the masers, but instead appear
to be an outlying group. The rest of the masers lie in a tight velocity trend from north
to south. The evidence suggests a thick rotating disc or torus of minimum diameter of
4600 AU, aligned north-south around the central massive star – itself determined to
have a lower mass limit of 8 M . Using symmetry arguments for the dimensions of
the disc the stellar mass could be as high as 27 M and the disc diameter 7000 AU.
The special nature of maser group c was noted in reference to observations of
OH excited states and methanol lines, which are both strong in this area. The
phenomenon that is powering this cluster of masers sustains many lines and leads to a
wide velocity spread, and as shown by magnetic field measurements, this group
contains denser clumps of gas than the rest of the region.
7.2.6 Proper Motion
The proper motion of the masers measured between 1978 and 1997 agrees very well
with the measurement of Bloemhof et al. between 1978 and 1986. In the light of the
Chapter 7: Concluding Remarks
206
rotational motion showed by the velocity gradient, a different model is proposed to
that proposed by Bloemhof et al. in the light of their results. The proper motions are
consistent with a north-south disc of material at an angle of inclination to the line of
sight of 10°, with the exception of the group of northern masers already noted as
exceptional. A value is adopted for the unknown proper motion of the reference
maser that both emphasises the rotation of the disc but also places the exceptional
maser group in motion away from the disc in an orthogonal direction – indicative of
motion in an outflow. The present work reproduces the generally divergent motion of
the masers, but shows that this need not necessarily indicate expansion; in fact, a
partially sampled rotation can show such a divergent signature. An element of
divergence could also arise within the disc, indicating perhaps that we are witnessing
the destruction of a disc.
7.2.7 Two-Point Correlation
The two-point correlation on such a large sample of masers has revealed the true
clustering scale of the 1665 MHz masers. Previous observations estimated the cluster
size at ~60 mas (120 AU), but it is shown that inclusion of all faint outliers increases
the cluster size is ~300 mas (600 AU). The density of masers increases at smaller
scale lengths until the correlation breaks down at the resolution limit – below which it
becomes difficult to separate merged emission. The value here of not making
exhaustive efforts to break slightly extended maser emission down into numerous
Gaussians becomes apparent, since such attempts would simply create a large surplus
of dubious weak masers at scale lengths just above the resolution limit.
7.2.8 Co-Propagation
All the ground state masers show similar morphology, polarization, magnetic field and
velocity distributions. However, instances of co-propagation of two maser
frequencies are extremely rare, with instances of more than two lines not detected at
all. A large portion of the total number of maser overlaps occur in the arc of maser
emission in the south of the region, speculated to be tracing a shock. A propagating
shock scenario is also proposed to account for near-overlaps between 1612 MHz and
1665 MHz masers, where the 1612 MHz emission physically lies ~40 AU ahead of
1665 MHz emission in these shocks. The relative strengths of the lines co-
propagating is of great importance to theoretical modellers, and the results obtained in
Chapter 7: Concluding Remarks
207
this work show that – in strong contrast to the strength of emission from the region as
a whole – the 1665 MHz emission is slightly weaker than the 1667 MHz emission.
This will be a major constraint on future models.
7.3 Future Work
7.3.1 Observations
Future observations at the ground state are now less useful unless they have
significantly greater sensitivity, which may now be possible with the European VLBI
Network (EVN) since it has the large antennas at Bonn and Jodrell Bank in it. Greater
resolution is unlikely without orbiting satellite antennas. However, observations
where just one ground state line is observed will now be spatially aligned with all the
ground state lines because of the excellent spatial alignment between the ground state
lines achieved in this work. The exceptional nature of maser group c is clear in
observations of excited OH states and methanol masers. Ideally, positional alignment
between the ground states, excited states and methanol masers in this area is required,
and observations that make this possible would be most useful.
7.3.2 Code Enhancements
Computer programs can always be enhanced in some way or another – whether by
adding extra help documentation or versatile graphical user interfaces. Specifically,
there are useful additions that could be made to the codes developed for this project.
Currently, HAPPY does not propagate polarization measurement errors through to the
results files. This is partly because the AIPS task MFQUV does not measure the rms
noise in the polarization maps and pass it on. The AIPS task MFPRT, which is used
to output the results of SAD is also deficient because it cannot output any polarization
measurements or errors – they must be extracted separately and rather more
laboriously by printing out the AIPS tables with a task like PRTAB. Altering AIPS
tasks is no simple feat, and requires the blessing of the AIPS development crew if it is
to be included in general release, but the tasks MFQUV and MFPRT badly need
enhancing so that they tie together and output the required data in one pass.
Chapter 7: Concluding Remarks
208
7.3.3 Modelling
The clustering identified in the two-point correlation function of the 1665 MHz
masers could give useful information about the nature of the medium that holds the
clusters if properly modelled. The increase in clustering at shorter distances
demonstrated in chapter 5.10 (figure 5.29) could simply be a result of a spherical
distribution of uniform density (which itself has peak clustering at the centre) or of a
spherical distribution where density increases towards the centre, e.g. the Single
Isothermal Sphere theory. Modelling the two-point correlation function of clusters of
masers with uniform density and 1/r2 density could identify which of these situations
is present in the maser clusters, and provide evidence for or against the ailing SIS
model of SFRs.
Modelling of the proper motion of masers in a disc, along with masers in
orthogonal outflows, should allow more definite predictions of the unknown motion of
the reference-maser to be made in the proper-motion measurements. The disc model
shown in chapter 5.8 (figure 5.25) does not include any attempt to model masers in
outflows; and these masers could have an important effect on the demonstrated
generally divergent motion of the masers in W3(OH).
Finally, advanced computational models of maser emission are in development
by several groups. Such models aim to reproduce the maser emission observed given
inputs of density, temperature, [OH], [H2], etc. With the constraints laid down by this
work on magnetic field strength (and therefore density), velocity shifts and co-
propagation, the parameter space necessary to search with such codes is now reduced.
Modelling can therefore allow even more complete probing of such areas by
calculating directly the densities and temperatures present in masing star-forming
regions.
209
Appendix A
Channel Maps
The following pages contain individual channel maps of all areas containing maser
emission. The regions selected are indicated on the maser spot map of each
frequency, which comes before each set of contour maps. The contour maps were all
contoured at flux levels that gave the best visual representation of the masers, rather
than contouring all regions at the same flux level. The contour levels of each map are
indicated in brackets after the region label in each caption. All maps are of Stokes I
intensity. Some maps have been rotated by 90° anti-clockwise in order to better fit
them on the pages. Such maps have DEC on the bottom and RA on the right-hand
side. All positions are in mas offsets from the reference feature, which has an
absolute position of: RA 02h 27m 03.s825 ± 0.s001, DEC +61° 52' 25.''089 ± 0.''01
(J2000) (see chapter 4.3.6).
Appendix A: Channel Maps
210
Figure A.1: The 1612 MHz contour mapped maser regions.
1612 MHz Maser Regions
-2300
-2100
-1900
-1700
-1500
-1300
-1100
-900
-700
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
-1300-1100-900-700-500-300-100100300500700900
RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
Less than 0.400 Jy
0.400 -> 2.000 Jy
2.000 -> 10.000 Jy
Greater than 10.000 Jy
1
3
2
Appendix A: Channel Maps
211
Figure A.2: Clockwise from top left: regions 3 (100 mJy/beam), 1 (100 mJy/beam), 2 (100
mJy/beam).
-100
-150
-200
-250
25 26 27 28 29
-100
-150
-200
-250
30 31 32 33 34
Milli
ARC
SEC
-100
-150
-200
-250
35 36 37 38 39
-100
-150
-200
-250
40 41 42 43 44
0 -50
-100
-150
-200
-250
45 46
MilliARC SEC0 -50
47 48
-170
0-1
750
-180
0-1
850
2021
2223
2425
-170
0-1
750
-180
0-1
850
2627
2829
3031
-170
0-1
750
-180
0-1
850
3233
3435
3637
MilliARC SEC-1
700
-175
0-1
800
-185
0
3839
4041
4243
-170
0-1
750
-180
0-1
850
4445
4647
4849
Milli
ARC
SEC
200
100
0-100
-170
0-1
750
-180
0-1
850
50
-1580
-1590
-1600
-1610
-1620
-1630
-1640
-1650
-1660
-1670
-1680
87 88
Milli
ARC
SEC
MilliARC SEC690 680 670 660 650 640 630 620 610
-1580
-1590
-1600
-1610
-1620
-1630
-1640
-1650
-1660
-1670
-1680
89 90
Appendix A: Channel Maps
212
Figure A.3: The 1665 MHz contour mapped maser regions.
1665 MHz Maser Regions
-2100
-1900
-1700
-1500
-1300
-1100
-900
-700
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
-1500-1300-1100-900-700-500-300-100100300500700900
RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
Less than 0.400 Jy
0.400 -> 2.000 Jy
2.000 -> 10.000 Jy
Greater than 10.000 Jy
2a,b
16a,b
10a,b
9a,b,c,d,
8a,b,c,
7
6
5a,b
4a,b3a,b
1a,b
1918
17a,b
15
14
13a,b
11a,b
12
Appendix A: Channel Maps
213
Figure A.4: Clockwise from top left: regions 1a (75 mJy/beam), 1b (100 mJy/beam), 2b (80
mJy/beam), 2a (80 mJy/beam).
-185
0
-190
0
-195
0
1213
1415
-185
0
-190
0
-195
0
1617
1819
MilliARC SEC
-185
0
-190
0
-195
0
2021
2223
Milli
ARC
SEC
-500
-600
-700
-185
0
-190
0
-195
0
2425
-185
0
-190
0
-195
0
5556
5758
-185
0
-190
0
-195
0
5960
6162
MilliARC SEC-1
850
-190
0
-195
0
6364
6566
-500
-600
-700
-185
0
-190
0
-195
0
6768
Milli
ARC
SEC
-500
-600
-700
6970
-165
0
-170
0
-175
0
2930
3132
-165
0
-170
0
-175
0
3334
3536
MilliARC SEC
-165
0
-170
0
-175
0
3738
3940
Milli
ARC
SEC
-700
-800
-900
-165
0
-170
0
-175
0
4142
-165
0
-170
0
-175
0
5051
5253
54
-165
0
-170
0
-175
0
5556
5758
59
MilliARC SEC
-165
0
-170
0
-175
0
6061
6263
64
-165
0
-170
0
-175
0
6566
6768
69
-700
-800
-900
-165
0
-170
0
-175
0
7071
Milli
ARC
SEC
-700
-800
-90072
73
Appendix A: Channel Maps
214
-175
0
-180
0
-185
0
2324
2526
-175
0
-180
0
-185
0
2728
2930
MilliARC SEC
-175
0
-180
0
-185
0
3132
3334
-175
0
-180
0
-185
0
3536
3738
Mill
iAR
C S
EC
-400
-500
-175
0
-180
0
-185
0
3940
-175
0
-180
0
-185
0
4849
5051
5253
-175
0
-180
0
-185
0
5455
5657
5859
-175
0
-180
0
-185
0
6061
6263
6465
MilliARC SEC
-175
0
-180
0
-185
0
6667
6869
7071
-175
0
-180
0
-185
0
7273
7475
7677
Milli
ARC
SEC
-400
-500
-175
0
-180
0
-185
0
7879
-170
0
-175
0-1
800
89
1011
12
-170
0
-175
0
-180
0
1314
1516
17
-170
0-1
750
-180
0
1819
2021
22
MilliARC SEC
-170
0
-175
0-1
800
2324
2526
27
-170
0
-175
0
-180
0
2829
3031
32
200
0
-170
0-1
750
-180
0
3334
Milli
ARC
SEC
200
0
35
-170
0
-175
0-1
800
4243
4445
46
-170
0
-175
0
-180
0
4748
4950
51
-170
0-1
750
-180
0
5253
5455
56
MilliARC SEC
-170
0
-175
0-1
800
5758
5960
61
-170
0
-175
0
-180
0
6263
6465
66
200
0
-170
0-1
750
-180
0
6768
Milli
ARC
SEC
200
0
6970
Figure A.5: Clockwise from top left: regions 3a (80 mJy/beam), 3b (100 mJy/beam), 4b (100
mJy/beam), 4a (80 mJy/beam).
Appendix A: Channel Maps
215
Figure A.5: Clockwise from top left: regions 5a (80 mJy/beam), 5b (110 mJy/beam), 6 (100
mJy/beam).
-1100
-1150
-1200
-1250
13 14 15 16 17
-1100
-1150
-1200
-1250
18 19 20 21 22
-1100
-1150
-1200
-1250
23 24 25 26 27
Milli
ARC
SEC
-1100
-1150
-1200
-1250
28 29 30 31 32
-1100
-1150
-1200
-1250
33 34 35 36 37
-100 -150
-1100
-1150
-1200
-1250
38 39
MilliARC SEC-100 -150
40 41
-1100
-1150
-1200
-1250
52 53 54 55
-1100
-1150
-1200
-1250
56 57 58 59
Milli
ARC
SEC
-1100
-1150
-1200
-1250
60 61 62 63
-1100
-1150
-1200
-1250
64 65 66 67
-100 -150
-1100
-1150
-1200
-1250
68 69
MilliARC SEC-100 -150
70 71
-550
-600
-650
-700
45 46 47 48 49 50
-550
-600
-650
-700
51 52 53 54 55 56
-550
-600
-650
-700
57 58 59 60 61 62
Milli
ARC
SEC
-550
-600
-650
-700
63 64 65 66 67 68
-550
-600
-650
-700
69 70 71 72 73 74
-850 -900 -950
-550
-600
-650
-700
75 76
MilliARC SEC-850 -900 -950
77
Appendix A: Channel Maps
216
Figure A.6: Region 7 (75 mJy/beam).
400
350
300
5455
5657
5859
6061
400
350
300
6263
6465
6667
6869
400
350
300
7071
7273
7475
7677
400
350
300
7879
8081
8283
8485
MilliARC SEC
400
350
300
8687
8889
9091
9293
400
350
300
9495
9697
9899
100
101
400
350
300
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
150
100
500
400
350
300
110
111
150
100
500
112
113
Milli
ARC
SEC
150
100
500
114
115
150
100
500
116
Appendix A: Channel Maps
217
0
-100
-200
1 2 3 4 5
0
-100
-200
6 7 8 9 10
Milli
ARC
SEC
0
-100
-200
11 12 13 14 15
0
-100
-200
16 17 18 19 20
0 -100
0
-100
-200
21 22
MilliARC SEC0 -100
23 24
0 -100
25
0
-100
-200
81 82 83 84 85
0
-100
-200
86 87 88 89 90
0
-100
-200
91 92 93 94 95
Milli
ARC
SEC
0
-100
-200
96 97 98 99 100
0
-100
-200
101 102 103 104 105
0 -100
0
-100
-200
106 107
MilliARC SEC0 -100
108 109
0
-100
-200
45 46 47 48 49 50
0
-100
-200
51 52 53 54 55 56
0
-100
-200
57 58 59 60 61 62
Milli
ARC
SEC 0
-100
-200
63 64 65 66 67 68
0
-100
-200
69 70 71 72 73 74
0 -100
0
-100
-200
75 76
MilliARC SEC0 -100
77 78
0 -100
79 80
Figure A.7: Clockwise from top left: regions 8a (110 mJy/beam), 8c (130 mJy/beam), 8b (110
mJy/beam).
Appendix A: Channel Maps
218
Figure A.8: Clockwise from top left: regions 9a (80 mJy/beam), 9b (180 mJy/beam), 9d (80
mJy/beam), 9c (180 mJy/beam).
200
100
0
-100
39 40 41 42
200
100
0
-100
43 44 45 46
Milli
ARC
SEC
200
100
0
-100
47 48 49 50
200
100
0
-100
51 52 53 54
MilliARC SEC-800 -1000
200
100
0
-100
55 56
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
57 58 59
Milli
ARC
SEC
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
60 61 62
MilliARC SEC-800 -900 -1000 -1100
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
63 64
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
65 66 67
Milli
ARC
SEC
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
68 69 70
MilliARC SEC-800 -900 -1000 -1100
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
71 72
-800 -900 -1000 -1100
73
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
74 75
Milli
ARC
SEC
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
76 77
MilliARC SEC-800 -850 -900 -950-1000-1050-1100-1150
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
78 79
Appendix A: Channel Maps
219
200
100
0
-100
80 81 82 83 84
200
100
0
-100
85 86 87 88 89
200
100
0
-100
90 91 92 93 94M
illiAR
C S
EC
200
100
0
-100
95 96 97 98 99
200
100
0
-100
100 101 102 103 104
-800 -1000
200
100
0
-100
105 106
MilliARC SEC-800 -1000
107 108
-600
-700
-800
27 28 29 30 31
-600
-700
-800
32 33 34 35 36
Milli
ARC
SEC
-600
-700
-800
37 38 39 40 41
-600
-700
-800
42 43 44 45 46
MilliARC SEC-200-250-300
-600
-700
-800
47
-600
-700
-800
64 65 66 67
-600
-700
-800
68 69 70 71
Milli
ARC
SEC
-600
-700
-800
72 73 74 75
-600
-700
-800
76 77 78 79
-200-250-300
-600
-700
-800
80 81
MilliARC SEC-200-250-300
82 83
Figure A.9: Clockwise from top left: regions 9e (80 mJy/beam), 10b (75 mJy/beam), 10a (75
mJy/beam).
Appendix A: Channel Maps
220
-1000
-1050
-1100
-1150
-1200
28 29 30 31
-1000
-1050
-1100
-1150
-1200
32 33 34 35
Milli
ARC
SEC
-1000
-1050
-1100
-1150
-1200
36 37 38 39
-1000
-1050
-1100
-1150
-1200
40 41 42 43
-300 -350
-1000
-1050
-1100
-1150
-1200
44 45
MilliARC SEC-300 -350
46 47
-1000
-1050
-1100
-1150
-1200
64 65 66
-1000
-1050
-1100
-1150
-1200
67 68 69
Milli
ARC
SEC
-1000
-1050
-1100
-1150
-1200
70 71 72
MilliARC SEC-260-280-300-320-340-360
-1000
-1050
-1100
-1150
-1200
73
-1750
-1800-1850
-1900
40 41 42 43 44
-1750-1800
-1850
-1900
45 46 47 48 49
Milli
ARC
SEC -1750
-1800
-1850
-1900
50 51 52 53 54
-1750
-1800
-1850-1900
55 56 57 58 59
-100 -200 -300
-1750
-1800-1850
-1900
60 61
MilliARC SEC-100 -200 -300
62 63
Figure A.10: Clockwise from top left: regions 11a (mJy/beam), 11b (mJy/beam), 13 (mJy/beam).
Appendix A: Channel Maps
221
Figure A.11: Region 12 (75 mJy/beam).
-135
0-1
400
-145
0
2324
2526
2728
29
-135
0-1
400
-145
0
3031
3233
3435
36
-135
0-1
400
-145
0
3738
3940
4142
43
MilliARC SEC
-135
0-1
400
-145
0
4445
4647
4849
50
-135
0-1
400
-145
0
5152
5354
5556
57
-135
0-1
400
-145
0
5859
6061
6263
64
-100
-200
-300
-135
0-1
400
-145
0
6566
Milli
ARC
SEC
-100
-200
-30067
68
-100
-200
-30069
70
-100
-200
-30071
Appendix A: Channel Maps
222
Figure A.12: Clockwise from top left: regions 14 (75 mJy/beam), 15 (50 mJy/beam), 16b (75
mJy/beam), 16a (75 mJy/beam).
-340
-360
-380
-400
-420
-440
-460
66 67
Milli
ARC
SEC
-340
-360
-380
-400
-420
-440
-460
68 69
MilliARC SEC-1300-1320-1340-1360-1380-1400-1420
-340
-360
-380
-400
-420
-440
-460
70 71
-1900
-1950
-2000
-2050
80 81 82 83 84
-1900
-1950
-2000
-2050
85 86 87 88 89
Milli
ARC
SEC
-1900
-1950
-2000
-2050
90 91 92 93 94
-1900
-1950
-2000
-2050
95 96 97 98 99
MilliARC SEC0 -50 -100
-1900
-1950
-2000
-2050
100 101
-320
-330
-340
-350
-360
-370
51 52 53
Milli
ARC
SEC
-320
-330
-340
-350
-360
-370
54 55 56
MilliARC SEC-700 -710 -720 -730
-320
-330
-340
-350
-360
-370
57
-320
-330
-340
-350
-360
-370
79 80M
illiAR
C S
EC
-320
-330
-340
-350
-360
-370
81 82
MilliARC SEC-695-700-705-710-715-720-725-730
-320
-330
-340
-350
-360
-370
83
Appendix A: Channel Maps
223
Figure A.13: Clockwise from top left: regions 17a (75 mJy/beam), 17b (75 mJy/beam), 18 (50
mJy/beam), 19 (75 mJy/beam).
-1700
-1750
-1800
-1850
-1900
21 22 23
Milli
ARC
SEC
-1700
-1750
-1800
-1850
-1900
24 25 26
MilliARC SEC380360340
-1700
-1750
-1800
-1850
-1900
27 28
-1650
-1700
-1750
-1800
-1850
-1900
51 52 53
Milli
ARC
SEC
-1650
-1700
-1750
-1800
-1850
-1900
54 55 56
MilliARC SEC380360340320
-1650
-1700
-1750
-1800
-1850
-1900
57 58
-1550
-1560
-1570
-1580
-1590
-1600
64 65
Milli
ARC
SEC
MilliARC SEC140 130 120 110 100 90
-1550
-1560
-1570
-1580
-1590
-1600
66 67
-1490
-1500
-1510
-1520
-1530
-1540
81 82 83 84
-1490
-1500
-1510
-1520
-1530
-1540
85 86 87 88
Milli
ARC
SEC
-1490
-1500
-1510
-1520
-1530
-1540
89 90 91 92
740 720 700 680
-1490
-1500
-1510
-1520
-1530
-1540
93 94
MilliARC SEC740 720 700 680
95
Appendix A: Channel Maps
224
1667 MHz Maser Regions
-2300
-2100
-1900
-1700
-1500
-1300
-1100
-900
-700
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
-1500-1300-1100-900-700-500-300-100100300500700900
RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
Less than 0.400 Jy
0.400 -> 2.000 Jy
2.000 -> 10.000 Jy
6
1a,b
5
4
3
72
Figure A.14: The 1667 MHz contour mapped maser regions.
Appendix A: Channel Maps
225
Figure A.15: Clockwise from top left: regions 1a (100 mJy/beam), 1b (100 mJy/beam), 2 (60
mJy/beam).
-180
0-1
820
-184
0-1
860
-188
0-1
900
-192
0-1
940
-196
0
2627
28
MilliARC SEC
-180
0-1
820
-184
0-1
860
-188
0-1
900
-192
0-1
940
-196
0
2930
31
Milli
ARC
SEC
-400
-500
-600
-700
-180
0-1
820
-184
0-1
860
-188
0-1
900
-192
0-1
940
-196
0
3233
-400
-500
-600
-700
34
-180
0-1
850
-190
0-1
950
4546
4748
-180
0-1
850
-190
0-1
950
4950
5152
MilliARC SEC
-180
0-1
850
-190
0-1
950
5354
5556
-180
0-1
850
-190
0-1
950
5758
5960
Milli
ARC
SEC
-400
-500
-600
-700
-180
0-1
850
-190
0-1
950
6162
-660
-670
-680
-690
-700
-710
-720
66 67
Milli
ARC
SEC
MilliARC SEC-130 -140 -150 -160 -170 -180
-660
-670
-680
-690
-700
-710
-720
68
Appendix A: Channel Maps
226
Figure A.16: Clockwise from top left: regions 3a (75 mJy/beam), 3b (75 mJy/beam), 4 (50
mJy/beam), 5 (75 mJy/beam).
-1400
-1420
-1440
-1460
-1480
35 36M
illiAR
C S
EC
-1400
-1420
-1440
-1460
-1480
37 38
MilliARC SEC-20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90
-1400
-1420
-1440
-1460
-1480
39
-1390
-1400
-1410
-1420
-1430
-1440
-1450
-1460
-1470
-1480
52 53
Milli
ARC
SEC
MilliARC SEC-20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90
-1390
-1400
-1410
-1420
-1430
-1440
-1450
-1460
-1470
-1480
54
-2000
-2020
-2040
-2060
-2080
87 88 89
Milli
ARC
SEC
-2000
-2020
-2040
-2060
-2080
90 91 92
MilliARC SEC-40 -60 -80 -100
-2000
-2020
-2040
-2060
-2080
93 94
-40 -60 -80 -100
95
-1970
-1980
-1990
-2000
-2010
-2020
-2030
-2040
40 41
Milli
ARC
SEC
MilliARC SEC-210 -220 -230 -240 -250 -260 -270 -280
-1970
-1980
-1990
-2000
-2010
-2020
-2030
-2040
42
Appendix A: Channel Maps
227
Figure A.17: Top to bottom: regions 6 (75 mJy/beam), 7 (60 mJy/beam).
-1720
-1730
-1740
-1750
-1760
-1770
-1780
69 70
Milli
ARC
SEC
MilliARC SEC-520 -530 -540 -550 -560 -570
-1720
-1730
-1740
-1750
-1760
-1770
-1780
71 72
-620
-640
-660
-680
-700
55 56 57 58
-620
-640
-660
-680
-700
59 60 61 62
Milli
ARC
SEC
-620
-640
-660
-680
-700
63 64 65 66
MilliARC SEC-840 -860 -880 -900
-620
-640
-660
-680
-700
67 68
Appendix A: Channel Maps
228
1720 MHz Maser Regions
-2300
-2100
-1900
-1700
-1500
-1300
-1100
-900
-700
-500
-300
-100
100
300
500
-1500-1300-1100-900-700-500-300-100100300500700900
RA Offset / mas
DE
C O
ffset
/ m
as
Less than 0.400 Jy
0.400 -> 2.000 Jy
2.000 -> 10.000 Jy
3
2
1a,b
Figure A.18: The 1720 MHz contour mapped maser regions.
Appendix A: Channel Maps
229
Figure A.19: Clockwise from top left: regions 1a (100 mJy/beam), 2 (75 mJy/beam), 3 (50
mJy/beam).
100
50
0
-50
30 31 32 33
100
50
0
-50
34 35 36 37
Milli
ARC
SEC
100
50
0
-50
38 39 40 41
100
50
0
-50
42 43 44 45
MilliARC SEC50 0 -50
100
50
0
-50
46 47
-1100
-1150
35 36 37 38
-1100
-1150
39 40 41 42
Milli
ARC
SEC -1100
-1150
43 44 45 46
-1100
-1150
47 48 49 50
MilliARC SEC-100 -150 -200
-1100
-1150
51
-570
-580
-590
-600
-610
-620
-630
-640
56 57 58
Mill
iAR
C S
EC
-570
-580
-590
-600
-610
-620
-630
-640
59 60 61
MilliARC SEC-830-840-850-860-870-880
-570
-580
-590
-600
-610
-620
-630
-640
62 63
-830-840-850-860-870-880
64
Appendix A: Channel Maps
230
100
50
0
-50
48 49 50 51 52
100
50
0
-50
53 54 55 56 57
100
50
0
-50
58 59 60 61 62
Milli
ARC
SEC
100
50
0
-50
63 64 65 66 67
100
50
0
-50
68 69 70 71 72
50 0 -50
100
50
0
-50
73 74
MilliARC SEC50 0 -50
75 76
50 0 -50
77
Figure A.20: Region 1b (150 mJy/beam).
231
References
Adams F. C., Lada C. J., Shu F. H., 1987, ApJ 312, 788
Adams F. C., Shu F. H., 1986, ApJ 308, 836
Alcock C., Ross R. R., 1985a, ApJ 290, 433-44
Alcock C., Ross R. R., 1985b, ApJ 299, 763-8
Alcock C., Ross R. R., 1986a, ApJ 305, 837-51
Alcock C., Ross R. R., 1986b, ApJ 306, 649-54
Allen A., Shu F. H., 2000, ApJ 536, 368-379
Allen R. J., Atherton P. D., Tilanus R. P. J., 1986, Nature 319, 296
Andresen P., 1985, A&A 154, 42-54
Andresen P., Ondrey G. S., Titze B., Rothe E. W., 1984, J. Chem. Phys. 80, 2548-69
Avery L. W., 1980, in "Interstellar Molecules", ed. B. Andrew, p47
Baan W. A., Wood P. A. D., Haschick A. D., 1982, ApJ 260, L49-52
Bakes E. L. O., 1997, "The Astrochemical Evolution of the Interstellar Medium",
Vledder: Twin 106
Bakes E. L. O., Tielens A. G. G. M., 1994, ApJ 427, 822-38
Ball J. A., Gottlieb C. A., Lilley A. E., Radford H. E., 1970, ApJ 162, 1203-10
Bally J., Stark A. A., Wilson R. W., Langer W. D., 1987, ApJ 312, L45
Barret A. H., Rogers A. E. E., 1966, Nature 210, 188
Bash F. M., Peters W. L., 1976, ApJ 205, 786
Baudry A., Desmurs J. F., Wilson T. L., Cohen R. J., 1997, A&A 325, 255
Baudry A., Diamond P. J., 1991, A&A 247, 551-555
Baudry A., Diamond P. J., 1998, A&A 331, 697-708
Baudry A., Diamond P. J., Booth R. S., Graham D., Walmsley C. M., 1988, A&A 201,
102-122
References
232
Baudry A., Menten K. M., 1995, A&A 298, 905-912
Baudry A., Menten K. M., Walmsley C. M., Wilson T. L., 1993, A&A 271, 552
Beckwith S. V. W., Sargent A. I., 1993, ApJ 402, 280
Berulis I. I., Ershov A. A., 1983, Soviet Astron. Lett. 9, 6
Bettweiser E. V., 1976, A&A 50, 231
Bettweiser E. V., Kegel W. H., 1974, A&A 37, 291
Bettweiser E., Misselbeck G., 1977, A&A 61, 567-74
Bevington P. R., Robinson D. K. 1992, "Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the
Physical Sciences", McGraw-Hill 2nd edition
Blitz L., 1978, PhD Thesis, Columbia University
Blitz L., 1993, in "Protostars and Planets III", eds E. H. Levy, J. I. Lunine
Blitz L., Shu F. H., 1980, ApJ 238, 148
Blitz L., Thaddeus P., 1980, ApJ 241, 676
Bloemhof E. E., 1993, ApJ 406, L75-78
Bloemhof E. E., Reid M. J., Moran J. M., 1992, ApJ 397, 500-519
Bodenheimer P., Sweigart A., 1968, ApJ 152, 515
Born M., Oppenheimer J. R., 1927, Ann. Physik 4-84, 457
Buhl D., Snyder L. E., Lovas F. J., Johnson D. R., 1974, ApJ 192, L97-100
Bujarrabal V., Guibert J., Nguyen-Q-Rieu, Ormont A., 1980b, A&A 84, 311
Burdyuzha V. V., Varshalovic D. A., 1973, Soviet Astronomy A. J. 16, 980-2
Burton W. B., 1976, Annu. Rev. Astron. Astrophys. 14, 275
Cameron A. G. W., 1985, ApJ 299, L83
Campbell M. F., Lester D. F., Harvey P. M., Joy M., 1989, ApJ 345, 298
Carrington A. P., 1974, "Microwave Spectroscopy of Free Radicals", Academic Press
London and New York, 181
Casassus S., Bronfman L., May J., Nyman L.-Å., 2000, A&A 358, 514-520
Caselli P., Hasegawa T. I., Herbst E., 1993, ApJ 408, 548-58
Caswell J. L., 1998, MNRAS 297, 215-235
Caswell J. L., 1999, MNRAS 308, 683-690
Caswell J. L., Hayes R. F., 1987, Aust. J. Phys. 40, 215
Cecchi-Pestellini C., Aiello S., 1992, MNRAS 258, 125-33
Cernicharo J., González-Alfonso E., Alcolea J., Bachiller R., John D., 1994, ApJ 432,
L59–62
Cesaroni R., Walmsley C. M., 1991, A&A 241, 537
References
233
Chandrasekhar S., Fermi E., 1953, ApJ 118, 116
Charnley S. B., 1997, ApJ 481, 396-405
Cheung A. C., Rank D. M., Townes C. H., Thornton D. D., Welch W. J., Crowther J.
H., 1969, Nature 221, 626-8
Cimerman M., Scoville N., 1980, ApJ 239, 526
Claussen M. J., Gaume R. A., Johnston K. J., Wilson T. L., 1994, ApJ 424, L41
Cohen R.J., 1989, Rep. Prog. Phys. 52, 881-943
Cook A. H., 1966a, Nature 210, 611
Cook A. H., 1966b, Nature 211, 502
Cook A.H., 1977, “Celestial masers”, Cambridge University Press
Cooper A. J., Davies R. D., Booth R. S., 1971, MNRAS 152, 383
Crawford J., Rowan-Robinson M., 1986, MNRAS 221, 923
Dalgarno A., 1985, in "Molecular Astrophysics", eds G. H. F. Diercksen, W. F.
Huebner, P. W. Langhof, p281-94
Davis R. D., Rowson B., Booth R. S., Cooper A. J., Gent H., Adgie R. L., Crowther J.
H., 1967, Nature 213, 1109-10
Desmurs J. E., Baudry A., Wilson T. L., Cohen R. J., Tofani G., 1998, A&A 334,
1085-1094
Desmurs J. F., Baudry A., 1998, A&A 340, 521
Desmurs J. F., Baudry A., Wilson T. L., Cohen R. J., Tofani G., 1998, A&A 334, 1085
Destombes J. L., Marliere C., Baudry A., Brillet J., 1977, Astr. Ap. 99, 320
Diamond P. J., Martinson A., Dennison B., Booth R. S., Winnberg A., 1988, in
"Radio Wave Scattering in the Interstellar Medium", NY: American Inst. Physics,
p195
Doel R. C., 1990, PhD Thesis, University of Bristol
Draine B. T., McKee C. F., 1993, Annu. Rev. Astron. Astrophys. 31, 373–432
Draine B. T., Roberge W. G., Dalgarno A.. 1983. ApJ 264, 485–507
Dreher J. W., Welch Wm. J., 1981, ApJ 245, 857
Elitzur M., 1979, ApJ 229, 560
Elitzur M., 1982, Rev. Mod. Phys. 54, 1225
Elitzur M., 1990a, ApJ 363, 638
Elitzur M., 1990b, ApJ 350, L17
Elitzur M., 1991b, ApJ 370, 407
Elitzur M., 1992, "Astronomical Masers", Dordrecht: Kluwer
References
234
Elitzur M., 1992, Annu. Rev. Astron. Astrophys. 30, 75-112
Elitzur M., de Jong T., 1978, Astr. Ap. 67, 323
Elitzur M., Hollenbach D. J., McKee C. F., 1992, ApJ 394, 221-227
Elmegreen B. G., Lada C. J., 1977, ApJ 214, 725
Evans J. II, 1999, Annu. Rev. Astron. Astrophys. 37, 311-362
Evans N. J., 1978, in "Protostars and Protoplanets", ed. T. Gehrels, p152
Evans N. J., 1999, Annu. Rev. Astron. Astrophys 37, 311
Evans N. J., Kutner M. L., 1976, ApJ 204, L131
Falgarone E., 1987, in "NATO/ASI Physical Processes in Interstellar Clouds", ed. M.
Scholer
Falgarone E., Panis J.-F., Heithausen A., Pérault M., Stutski J., Puget J.-F., Bensch F.,
1998, A&A 331, 669
Falgarone E., Pineau des Forêts G., Roueff E., 1995, A&A 300, 870-80
Field D., 1985, MNRAS 217, 1
Field D., Gray M. D., 1988, MNRAS 234, 253-72
Field D., Gray M. D., 1994, A&A 292, 271-275
Field D., Gray M. D., St. Paer P. de, 1995, A&A 282, 213-224
Field D., Richardson I. M., 1984, MNRAS 282, 213
Field G. B., 1978, in "Protostars and Protoplanets", ed. T. Gehrels p243, Tucson:
Univ. Ariz. Press
Flower D. R., Guilloteau S., 1982, A&A 114, 238
Forster J. R., Caswell J. L., 1989, A&A 213, 339
Fouquet J. E., Reid M. J., 1982, AJ 87, 691
Franco J., Tenorio-Tagle G., Bodenheimer P., 1990, ApJ 349, 126
Fuller G. A., Meyers P. C., 1987, in "NATO/ASI Physical Processes in Interstellar
Clouds", ed. M. Scholer
Garcia-Barretto J. A., Burke B. F., Reid M. J., Moran J. M., Haschick A. D., Schilizzi
R. T., 1988, ApJ 326, 954-966
Gardiner W. C., 1977, Acc. Chem. Res. 10, 326-31
Gaume R. A., Mutel R. L., 1987, ApJ Supplement 65, 193-253
Goldreich P., Keeley D. A., 1972, ApJ 174, 517-25
Goldreich P., Keeley D. A., Kwan J. Y., 1973a, ApJ 179, 111-34
Goldreich P., Keeley D. A., Kwan J. Y., 1973b, ApJ 182, 55-66
Goldreich P., Kwan J., 1974, ApJ 190, 27-34
References
235
Goldreich P., Scoville N., 1976, ApJ 205, 144
Gordy W., Cook R. L., 1984, "Microwave Molecular Spectra", Interscience
Publishers, chapter 4
Gray M. D., Cohen R. J., Richards A. M. S., Yates J. A., Field D., 2001, MNRAS in
press
Gray M. D., Doel R. C., Field D., 1991, MNRAS 252, 30
Gray M. D., Field D., 1994, A&A 292, 693-698
Gray M. D., Field D., 1995, A&A 298, 243-259
Gray M. D., Field D., 1995, A&A 298, 243-259
Gray M. D., Field D., Doel R. C., 1992, A&A 262, 555-569
Gredel R., Lepp S., Dalgarno A., Herbst E., 1989, ApJ 347, 289-93
Guilloteau S., Lucas R., Ormont A., 1981, A&A 153, 179
Guilloteau S., Stier M. T., Downes D., 1983, A&A 126, 10-15
Güsten R., Fiebig D., Uchida K. I., 1994, A&A 286, L51
Habing H. J., Israel F. P., 1979, Annu. Rev. Astr. Astrophys. 17, 345
Habing H. J., Olnon F. M., Winnberg A., Matthews H. E., Baud B., 1983, Astr. Ap.
128, 230
Hartmann L., 1998, "Accretion Processes in Star Formation", Cambridge UK,
Cambridge University Press, 237
Hartquist T. W., Williams D. A., eds 1998, "The Molecular Astrophysics of Stars and
Galaxies", Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press
Harvey P. J., Booth R. S., Davies R. D., Whittet D. C. B., McLaughlin W., 1974,
MNRAS 169, 545
Hasegawa T. I., Mitchell G. F., Matthews H. E., Tacconi L., 1994, ApJ 426, 215.
Heiles C. H., 1987, in "NATO/ASI Physical Processes in Interstellar Clouds", ed. M.
Scholer, Dordrecht: Reidel
Herbig G. H., 1962, Adv. Astron. Astrophys. 1, 47
Herbst E., Assousa G. E., 1978, in "Protostars and Protoplanets", ed T. Gehrels, p152
Herzberg G., 1950, "Spectra of Diatomic Molecules", (New York: van Nostrand
Reinhold) 658
Ho P. T. P., Klein R. I., Haschick A. D., 1986, ApJ 305, 714
Ho P. T. P., Townes C. H., 1983, Annu. Rev. Astron. Astrophys. 21, 239
Hollenbach D. J., 1997, in "Herbig-Haro Objects and the Birth of Low Mass Stars",
ed. B. Reipurth, IAU Symp. 182, p. 181–98
References
236
Hollenbach D. J., McKee C. F., 1989, ApJ 342, 306–36
Hollenbach D. J., Tielens A. G. G. M., 1997, Annu. Rev. Astron. Astrophys. 35, 179-
215
Hollenbach D., Johnstone D., Lizano S., Shu F., 1994, ApJ 428, 654
Hughes V. A., Viner M. R., 1976, ApJ 204, 55
Humphreys E. M. L., 1999, PhD Thesis, University of Bristol
Jones M. E., Barlow S. E., Ellison G. B., Ferguson E. E., 1986, Chem. Phys. Lett. 130,
218-23
Kahn F. D., 1974, A&A 37, 149
Kawamura J. H., Masson C. R., 1998, ApJ 509, 270-282
Keto E. R., Ho P. T. P., Reid M. J., 1987, ApJ 323, L117
Keto E. R., Welch W. J., Reid M. J., Ho P. T. P., 1995, ApJ 444, 765-769
Knowles S. H., Mayer C. H., Cheung A. E., Rank D. M., Townes C. H., 1969, Science
163, 1055-7
Kwan J., Valdez F., 1983, ApJ 271, 604
Kwan J., Valdez F., 1986, ApJ 309, 783
Lada C. J., 1985, Annu. Rev. Astron. Astrophys. 23, 267
Lada C. J., Elmegreen B. G., Cong H., Thaddeus P., 1978, ApJ 411, 708
Lada C. J., Kylafis N. D., eds 1999, "The Origin of Stars and Planetary Systems",
Dordrecht: Kluwer
Lada E. A., 1992, ApJ 393, L25–28
Lada E. A., Strom K. M., Myers P. C., 1993, in "Protostars and Planets III", ed. E. H.
Levy, J. I. Lunine, pp. 245–77. Tucson: Univ. Ariz.
Larson R. B., 1981, MNRAS 194, 809
Léger A., Jura M., Omont A., 1985, A&A 144, 147-60
Light J. C., 1978, J. Chem. Phys. 68, 2831-43
Linke R. A., Goldsmith P. F., 1980, ApJ 235, 437
Litvak M. M., 1973, ApJ 182, 711-30
Litvak M. M., McWhorter A. L., Meeks M. L., Zeiger H. J., 1966, Phys. Rev. Lett. 17,
821
Litvak M., 1969, ApJ 156, 471-92
Lo K. Y., Ball R., Masson C. R., Phillips T. G., Scott S. L., Woody D. P., 1987, ApJ
317, L63
References
237
Lo K. Y., Walker R. C., Burke B. F., Moran J. M., Johnston K. J., Ewing M. S., 1975,
ApJ 202, 650-654
Loren R. B., Sandquist A., Wootten A., 1983, ApJ 270, 620
Lucas R., 1980, A&A 84, 36-9
Macleod G. C., 1997, MNRAS 285, 635-639
Mader G. L., Johnston K. J., Moran J. M., 1978, ApJ 224, 115-124
Mannings V., Boss A., Russell S., eds, 2000, "Protostars and Planets IV", Tucson:
Univ. Ariz
Masheder M. R. W., Field D., Gray M. D., Migenes V., Cohen R. J., Booth R. S.,
1994, A&A 281, 871-881
Mathis J. S., Rumpl W., Nordsieck K. H., 1977, ApJ 217, 425-33
McKee C. F., 1989, ApJ 345, 782–801
McKee C. F., Zweibel E. G., Goodman A. A., Heiles C., 1993, in "Protostars and
Planets III", eds E. H. Levy, J. I. Lunine
Megeath S. T., Herter T., Beichmann C., et al., 1996, A&A 307, 775
Menten K. M., Johnston K. J., Wadiak E. J., Walmsley C. M., Wilson T. L., 1988, ApJ
331, L41-45
Menten K. M., Reid M. J., Moran J. M., Wilson T. L., Johnston K. J., Batrla W., 1988,
ApJ 333, L83-86
Menten K. M., Reid M. J., Pratap P., Moran J. M., 1992, ApJ 401, L39-42
Mestel L., 1965, Q. J. R. Astron. Soc. 6, 161
Mestel L., 1985, in "Protostars and Protoplanets II", eds D. C. Black, M. S.
Matthews, p320
Mezger P. G., Smith L. F., 1977, in "Star Formation, IAU Symp. No. 75", ed. T. de
Jong, A. Maeder, p133
Mizuno A., Onishi T., Yonekura Y., Nagahama T., Ogawa H., Fukui Y., 1995, ApJ
445, L161
Moore T. J. T., Cohen R. J., Mountain C. M., 1988, MNRAS 231, 887
Moran J. M., Burke B. F., Barrett A. H., Rogers A. E. E., Carter J. C., Ball J. A.,
Cudaback D. D., 1968, ApJ 152, L97
Moran J. M., Reid M. J., Lada C. J., Yen J., Johnston K. J., Spencer J. H., 1978, ApJ
224, L67
Moscadelli L., Menten K. M., Walmsley C. M., Reid M. J., 1999, ApJ 519, 244-256
Mouschovias T. Ch., 1976, ApJ 207, 141
References
238
Myers P. C., 1986, in "Star Forming Regions, IAU Symp. No. 115", ed. M. Peimbert,
J. Jugaku
Myers P. C., 1987, in "Interstellar Processes", ed D. Hollenbach, H. Thronson
Myers P. C., Benson P. J., 1983, ApJ 266, 309
Myers P. C., Fuller G. A., Mathieu R. D., Beichman C. A., Benson P. J., Schild R. E.,
Emerson J. P., 1987a, ApJ 319, 340
Nakahama T., Mizuno A., Ogawa H., Fukui Y., 1998, AJ 1165, 336
Nedoluha G. E., Watson W. D., 1988, ApJ 335, L19
Nedoluha G. E., Watson W. D., 1990a, ApJ 354, 660-675
Nedoluha G. E., Watson W. D., 1990b, ApJ 361, 653
Nedoluha G. E., Watson W. D., 1991, ApJ 376, L63
Neufeld D. A., Dalgarno A., 1989a, ApJ 340, 869–93
Neufeld D. A., Dalgarno A., 1989b, ApJ 344, 251–64
Norman C., Silk J., 1980, ApJ 238, 158
Norris P. R., Byleveld S. E., Diamond P. J., Ellingsen S. P., Ferris R. H., Gough R. G.,
Kesteven M. J., McCulloch P. M., Phillips C. J., Reynolds J. E., Tzioumis A. K.,
Takahashi Y., Troup E. R., Wellington K. J., 1998, ApJ 508, 275-285
Norris R. P., Booth R. S., Diamond P. J., 1982, MNRAS 201, 209-222
Norris R. P., Booth R. S., 1981, MNRAS 195, 213-226
Ohishi M., 1997, in "Molecules in Astrophysics: Probes and Processes", IAU Symp
178, Dordrecht: Kluwer, p61-74
Palumbo M. E., Geballe T. R., Tielens A. G. G. M., 1997, ApJ 479, 839-44
Pavlakis K. G., Kylafis N. G., 1996a, ApJ 467, 292
Pavlakis K. G., Kylafis N. G., 1996b, ApJ 467, 300
Pavlakis K. G., Kylafis N. G., 1996c, ApJ 467, 309
Pelletier G., Pudritz R. E., 1992, ApJ 394, 117–38
Pudritz R. E., 1986, Publ. Astron. Soc. Pac. 98, 709
Radford H. E., 1961, Phys. Rev. 122, 114-30
Reid M. J., Moran J. M., 1988, in "Galactic and Extragalactic Radio Astronomy", ed.
G. L., Verschuur, K. I. Kellermann, New York: Springer, p255
Reid M. J., Silverstein E. M., 1990, ApJ 361, 483
Reid M. J., Haschick A. D., Burke B. F., Moran J. M., Johnston K. J., Swenson G. W.,
1980, ApJ 239, 89-111
Roberts W. W., Stewart G. L., 1987, ApJ 314, 10
References
239
Rowan-Robinson M., 1979, ApJ 234, 111
Sams B. J. III, Moran, J. M., Reid M. J., 1996, ApJ 459, 632-637
Sandford S. A., Allamandola L. J., 1993, ApJ 417, 815-25
Sargent A. I., 1977, ApJ 218, 736
Scalo J., 1986, Fundam. Cosmic. Phys. 11, 1
Schraml J., Mezger P. G., 1969, ApJ 156, 269
Schutte W. A., 1996, in "Cosmic Dust Connection" ed. J. M. Greenberg, p1-42,
Dordrecht: Kluwer
Shu F. H., Adams F. C., Lizano S., 1987, Annu. Rev. Astron. Astrophys. 25, 23-81
Shu F. H., Lizano S., Adams F. C., 1986, in "Star Forming Regions, IAU Symp. No.
115", ed. M. Peimbert, J. Jugaku
Shu F. H., Najita J., Ostriker E. C., Shang H., 1995, ApJ 455, L155–58
Skinner C. J., Smith H. A., Sturm E., Barlow M. J., Cohen R. J., Stacey G. J., 1997,
Nature 386, 472
Snell R. L., Mundy L. G., Goldsmith P. F., Evans N. J., Erikson N. R., 1984, ApJ 276,
625
Snyder L. E., Buhl D., 1974, ApJ 189, L31-3
Solomon P. M., Sanders D. B., 1985, in "Protostars and Protoplanets II", eds D. C.
Black, M. S. Matthews, p81
Solomon P. M., Sanders D. B., Scoville N. Z., 1979, in "The Large Scale
Characteristics of Galaxies", ed W. B. Burton, p35
Spaans M., Hogerheijde M. R., Mundy L. G., van Dishoeck E. F., 1995, ApJ 455,
L167-70
Spitzer L., 1968, in "Nebulae and Interstellar Matter, Stars and Stellar Systems", ed B
Middlehurst, L. H., Aller, 7:1. Chicago: Univ. Press
Spitzer L., 1978, in "Physical Processes in the Interstellar Medium", p162, New
York: Wiley-Interscience
Stark A. A., 1985, in "The Milky Way, IAU Symp. No. 106", eds H. van Woerden, R. J.
Allen, W. B. Burton, p445
Sternberg A., Dalgarno A., 1995, ApJ Suppl. 99, 565-607
Strong A. W., et al, 1988, A&A 207, 1
Thissen T., Spiecker H., Andresen P., 1999, A&A Suppl. Ser. 137, 323-336
Thronson A. H., Harper D. A., 1979, ApJ 230, 133
References
240
Tieftrunk A. R., Gaume R. A., Claussen M. J., Wilson T. L., Johnston K. J., 1997,
A&A 318, 931
Tieftrunk A. R., Megeath S. T., Wilson T. L., Rayner J. T., 1998, A&A 336, 991
Tielens A. G. G. M., Hollenbach D. J., 1985a, ApJ 291, 722-46
Tielens A. G. G. M., Whittet D. C. B., 1997, in "Molecules in Astrophysics: Probes
and Processes", IAU Symp 178, Dordrecht: Kluwer, p45-60
Timmermann R., Poglitsch A., Nikola T., Geis N., 1996, ApJ 460, L65–68
Townes C. H., Schawlow A. L., 1975, "Microwave Spectroscopy", Dover
publications, chapter 7
Turner J. L., 1984, Ph. D. thesis, University of California, Berkeley
Turner J. L., Welch W. J., 1984, ApJ 317, L21
Van Buren D., Mac Low M.-M., Wood D., Churchwell E., 1990, ApJ 353, 570
van Dishoeck E. F., 1988, in "Millimeter and Submillimeter Astronomy", ed. R. D.
Wolstencroft ,W. B. Burton, p117-64, Dordrecht: Reidel
van Dishoeck E. F., 1997, ed. "Molecules in Astrophysics: Probes and Processes",
IAU Symp 178, Dordrecht: Kluwer, p588
van Dishoeck E. F., 1998a, in "The Molecular Astrophysics of Stars and Galaxies",
Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press
van Dishoeck E. F., 1998b, in "Formation and Evolution of Solids in Space", ed. J.
M., Greenberg, Dordrecht: Kluwer
van Dishoeck E. F., Black J. H., 1987, in "NATO/ASI Physical Processes in
Interstellar Clouds", ed M. Scholer
van Dishoeck E. F., Blake G. A., 1998, Annu. Rev. Astron. Astrophys. 36, 317-368
van Vleck J. H., 1929, Phys. Rev. 33, 467-506
Vázquez-Semadini E., Ostriker E. C., Passot T., Gammie C. F., Stone J. M., 2000, in
"Protostars and Planets IV", ed. V. Mannings, A. Boss, S. Russell, Tucson: Univ.
Ariz.
Vrba F. J., Strom K. M., Strom S. E., 1976, Astron. J. 81, 958
Wagner A. F., Graff M. M., 1987, ApJ 317, 423-31
Waller W. H., Clemens D. P., Sanders D. B., Scoville N. Z., 1987, ApJ 314, 397
Ward-Thompson D., 1999, in "The Universe as Seen by ISO", eds. P. Cox & M. F.
Kessler. ESA-SP 427
Watson W. D., 1993, in "The Structure and Content of Molecular Clouds", Springer-
Verlag, Germany
References
241
Weaver H., Dieter N. H., Williams D. R. W., Lum W. T., 1965, Nature 208, 29-31
Welch W. J., Marr J., 1987, ApJ 317, L21
Weliachew L. N., Lucas R., 1988, Rep. Prog. Phys 51, 605
Whiteoak J. B., Gardner F. F., 1973, Astrophys. Lett. 15, 211-5
Willacy K., Williams D. A., Duley W. W., 1994b, MNRAS 267, 949-56
Williams D. A., 1993, in "Dust and Chemistry in Astronomy", Bristol: Inst. Phys.
(IOP), p143-70
Williams D. A., Taylor S. D., 1996, Q. J. R. Astron. Soc. 37, 565-92
Wilson T. L., Johnston K. J., Mauersberger R., 1991, A&A 251, 220
Wilson T. L., Walmsley C. M., Baudry A., 1990, A&A 234, 159
Wilson W. J., Darrett A. H., 1968, Science 161, 778-9
Wink J. E., Duvert G. Guilloteau S., Güsten R., Walmsley C. M., Wilson T. L., 1994,
A&A 281, 505-516
Wiseman J., Ho P. T. P., 1998, ApJ 502, 676
Wu Y. C., 1992, Phys. Lett. A. 167, 243
Wu Y. C., Elitzur M., 1992, Phys. Lett. A. 162, 137
Wynn-Williams C. G., Becklin E. E., Neugebauer G., 1972, MNRAS 160, 1
Wyrowski F., Hofner P., Schilke P., Walmsley C. M., Wilner D. J., Wink J. E., 1997,
A&A 320, L17-20
Wyrowski F., Schilke P., Walmsley C. M., Menten K. M., 1999, ApJ 514, L43-46
Yorke H. W., Krugel E., 1977, A&A 54, 183
Zmuidzinas J., Blake G. A., Carlstrom J., Keene J., Miller D., et al., 1995, Proc.
Airborne Astron. Symp., ed. M. R. Haas, J. A. Davidson, E. F. Erickson, p. 33–40.
San Francisco: Astron. Soc. Pac.
Zuckerman B., Palmer P., 1974, Annu. Rev. Astron. Astrophys. 12, 279